Home

ZyXEL 802.11g User's Manual

1. 150000048 SUA Server 11 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 50000049 SUA Server 11 Port Start 0 50000050 SUA Server 11 Port End 0 50000051 SUA Server 11 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 50000052 SUA Server 12 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 50000053 SUA Server 12 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 50000054 SUA Server 12 Port Start 0 50000055 SUA Server 12 Port End 0 50000056 SUA Server 12 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 SMT Menu 21 1 Menu 21 Filter set 1 SMT Menu 21 FI FN PVA INPUT 210100001 Filter Set 1 Name Str Menu 21 1 1 1 set 1 rule 1 SMT Menu 21 1 1 1 FI F PVA INPUT 210101001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt S232 210101002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210101003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Protocol 6 210101004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210101005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210101006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Port 137 210101007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210101009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Subnet Mask 0 210101010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port 0 210101011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 n
2. 151 cM scie e 151 Bob onn DMZ oe tonne creer Retr Leda rrr errr Hp Hd Up GNE La dic 151 8 3 DMZ Public IP Address Example esse ruin t rtr EXE RHPRII RS nnan ERAT XN RM RUM IR 153 8 4 DMZ Private and Public IP Address Example sssssssss 154 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens eueeessss 157 B NAT CIVIC caecis pid e em dana aa v miei 157 SAA NAT DENNIUONS A 157 dun ANNAT OE eE EE E AAEE ARE 158 9 1 2 How NAT WOKS 4 usine iri EU r Kaede ea 158 B L4 HET Applicaton 55i et o be bp re Pob Herc n d eds 159 8 1 3 NAT MARGIN TYPES aurrindu inian adaa aao Fe dades edi pna dado 159 9 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT ssec isse cei innen 160 14 Table of Contents P 662H HW D Series User s Guide RN nlt i r belg c a 160 CE INI onc ps rn 161 9 4 1 Default Server IP Addiess isse er ek od to bt Evo pe SEU vod Ln Cue ud eei cvaadd 162 9 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers sees 162 9 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example 163 9 5 Configunrig Port FOPREBFEIIEI iusisssucc ccce epu aee eu errat qae ttd ane EE EE a RAE Ut tad ue EErE eue 163 9 5 1 Port Forwarding Role Edil uisu ra rap ERR UL EERPEN ankn ai aad 164 So Address Mapping sasiada abeo ht bande EAA ee 165 9 5 1 Address Mapping R
3. S 184 Figure 96 Firewall NS xicudetbxxtxduutudeosebuteficeeeu pA Eu eud Rm banal e pb BILE DM AN e 186 Figur 97 Firewall Bee Fleet reo teu eek H De tera as ob einen bue Pee Pp a et t atn buque alis 188 Figure 98 Firewall Customized Services iiiisses eren errore terrent arp issikka diinn REPE XX RA ER PERdA 190 Figure 99 Firewall Configure Customized Services eese nentes 191 Figure 100 Firewall Example RU GS iiie cire tt ri ptt Eo khi eerie Ee a 192 Figure 101 Edit Custom or EXAmplB osos sorts casa UR rt bI tr Do dor ia DERE M Fede MO E 192 Figure 102 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address ssssssss 193 Figure 103 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services 194 Figure 104 Firewall Example Rules MyService cccceccccceseeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeceeeenneees 195 Figure 105 Firewall Anti POBI isciuoed soper remo e PEPIOEME S EpEU TOM a b Rb bu qe aati tee U TN ME ERPEUE UA 197 Figure 106 Firewall TSS iiec urere Enter n Max a o Od ione onn RR LR RN 200 Figure 107 ZyXEL Device Anti virus Application ss m 204 Figure 108 Anti Virus Packet SCAN iuuucccccsonei eec cosie nte ctc ue e pp EX tu Supp rpe e co EEEN Anaan 206 Figure 109 Anti Virus Registration and Virus Information Update 208 Figure 110 Virus Sean Update In Progress zusiiee et ee tr pe F
4. ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeseees 236 Figure 129 IPSec Summary Fs oink n RECO BAR aan 241 XUL I ceu Ecco etm T 242 Figure 130 NAT Router Between IPSec Routers esses isses eerie antea dcn tek 244 Figure 131 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example sse 245 Figure oe Ed VEN Poles Losnsiciiqvate n aana I QR ERU DIQU DERI Mtn rt HR dd bru 248 Figure 122 Two Phases to Set Up the IPSec SA uie dien trend ad rau ord a x Lid d 252 Figure 134 Advanced VPN Policies 1 icai cede rtr kan nenna d sta iba adn Lu danda d dd 255 Figure 135 YPN Manual KOY A 258 Figure 19b VENE SAMONIO sessions 261 Figure 137 YPN Global SSW oascesisubebupdiise ee Id Eon O a M iS P CR uod ben FU Bee NN ORRRb REG EPRIE 261 Figure 138 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example esee 262 Figure 139 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example esee 263 Figure 140 Certificate Configuration Overview eeeesesseeee rennen nnn nitas nntta anna 266 Figuro TAT iy 2 spes c c 267 Figure 142 My Certificate IDIDOEL uu cesses data ciet qd LER enw E TOLEUR EAM EUR REP PIRA EUER A Au seed EER ER TRUE canada 269 Figure 143 My Certificate Create uices rises tivi b tr essa zat Fides a ixl bes aiaiai 270 Figure 144 My Certificate Details 1 2 5 or Ero rLAe RR rer ER HE ti o AR LR HERR dA 273 Euwe iari s BOS i NN N 276 Figure 146 Mmusted
5. 297 19 6 3 Bandwidth Management Priorities eeeseeeeeeeseeeeeee 297 19 7 v CUL CESDCAKEMET S S DES 297 19 8 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup c ccccseccccceessscccceeesseeceeeensneceeenenseaes 299 EN Eee rue S 300 19 9 Bandwidih sn e 302 Chapter 20 Dynamic Eun m 305 20 1 Dynamic EDN 38 17 MO UTUIN 305 Zu TT DFNONS SEO epee pene ener peeled apre act oM TER qd erm athe ever Ue PauU 305 20 2 Connor Dynami ONS sssaaa FR RR poa FR ans 305 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennnnnnn nnn 309 21 1 Remote Management Overview 2ssuesaseide etre r PIN ERE HERR RE EFV II EK eiaeaen 309 21 1 1 Remote Management Limitations n eeeeeceeeeceeceen enne 309 Table of Contents 19 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 21 1 2 Remote Management and NAT esee enn nnns 310 ale Wank TEM NUIT T Tr 310 PAM S E 310 PIE M I TTE 311 Pa se AMI ee manpeennlnen an 311 FAR Xe UID d p d 312 AEE EE M Lau escrita daba eris kia etus AULA E ERU haan OOE EN GM LEA 313 ez TB T Seppo MIBE annan E ED didis 314 ZREL SNMP TEIDS oto cit tei b s vs bran 315 21 03 Biel Ve LC es NES aiti etit coeur err rere cement or eer eatem tubas Mns 315 FEED DNS 317 VAR Coins e cR 317 1 9 TES aic siise iic nM EER Na AUR ERR Ra enn MI MN N
6. BROADCAST SUBNET SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS LAST ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 The following table is a summary for class C subnet planning Table 161 Class C Subnet Planning NO BORROWED HOST NO HOSTS PER BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 255 255 255 128 25 255 255 255 192 26 62 255 255 255 224 27 30 126 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 NI OO oO BR oO rm Subnetting With Class A and Class B Networks For class A and class B addresses the subnet mask also determines which bits are part of the network number and which are part of the host ID A class B address has two host ID octets available for subnetting and a class A address has three host ID octets see Table 149 on page 390 available for subnetting Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting 395 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table is a summary for class B subnet planning Table 162 Class B Subnet Planning EQ E HOST SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS ape ale PER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21
7. ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Local This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 157 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 9 1 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the ISP In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them accessible to the outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload mapping see Table 53 on page 160 NAT offers the additional benefit of firewall protection With no servers defined your ZyXEL Devic
8. LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Wizard INTERNET Use these screens for initial configuration including general WIRELESS setup ISP parameters for Internet Access and WAN IP DNS SETUP Server MAC address assignment BANDWIDTH Use these screens to limit bandwidth usage by application or MANAGEMENT packet type SETUP Logout Click this icon to exit the web configurator Status This screen shows the ZyXEL Device s general device system and interface status information Use this screen to access the summary statistics tables Network Remote Node Use this screen to configure placing calls to a remote gateway WAN Internet Access This screen allows you to configure ISP parameters WAN IP Setup address assignment DNS servers and other advanced properties WAN Backup Use this screen to configure your traffic redirect properties and Setup WAN backup settings LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP IP settings enable Any IP and other advanced properties DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP settings Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign an IP address to a MAC address and host name IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets Wireless LAN General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and Wireless devices WLAN authentication security settings only OTIST This screen allows you to assign wireless clients the ZyXEL D
9. anig 271 Table 104 My Cor ficate Details sessmisicrsssisrrenirnnsderisninee Fleet bx ed aL a aur POUR Ec 274 Tobie WPS ee CAG m ET 276 Tablo 106 Tusi CA MDO eaaa EAA 277 Table 107 Trusted CA Details aissis oaasi naaa aa aaa aa epu en 279 Table TOS Trusted Remote MOSIS 3d ieissen ee eu pra bd pato bci ia eoe sq vUR e ane sda eee e PL ERE E DUET IE 281 Table 109 Trusted Remote Host Impott 1 2 rrt td e Ere LIE FR FERE eor E Er PR HER ants 283 Table 110 Trusted Remote Host Details 1 rta rra rtr bt hoe ie t ba ERNE ERA 285 Table T11 Directory Gerners ee Htm 287 Table 112 Directory Server Add 2 enar eran e n PR Ra ga ER a RE REN pa au Enn RE E na 288 Tabs 113 Slc RONG uoedsasteediaq bui Tie s N Md ipe qa 290 Tanlo Ti4 Statie Rp lG Edi TET T 291 Table 115 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example 294 Table 116 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example cccccccccccceeeeeeseccceeeeeeeeceeeesenecceeeneseeeees 296 Table 117 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 296 Table 118 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 297 Table 119 Bandwidth Management Priorities sescscsccasssisecaccvssneressevesshenseeenteecanaestumeassereeuers 297 Table 120 Media Bandwidth Management Summary sse een 298 Table 121 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup ccce
10. 27 4 1 1 2 Enable pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen 356 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 206 Internet Options Internet Options aera General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Rura Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker S9 Prevent most pop up windows from appearing v Block pop ups 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 1 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 357 358 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 207 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the
11. cannot get a WAN IP address from the ISP The ISP provides the WAN IP address after authenticating you Authentication may be through the user name and password the MAC address or the host name The username and password apply to PPPoE and PPPoA encapsulation only Make sure that you have entered the correct Service Type User Name and Password be sure to use the correct casing Refer to the WAN Setup chapter cannot access the Internet Make sure the ZyXEL Device is turned on and connected to the network Verify your WAN settings Refer to the chapter on WAN setup Make sure you entered the correct user name and password If you use PPPoE pass through make sure that bridge mode is turned on The Internet connection disconnects Check the schedule rules If you use PPPoA or PPPoE encapsulation check the idle time out setting Refer to Chapter 5 on page 85 Contact your ISP 354 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 27 4 Problems Accessing the ZyXEL Device Table 146 Troubleshooting Accessing the ZyXEL Device PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION cannot The default user password is user and admin password is 1234 The Password access the field is case sensitive Make sure that you enter the correct password using the proper ZyXEL Device case If you have changed the password and have now forgotten it you will need to upload the default configura
12. Intemet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet This zone contains all Web sites you haven t placed in other zones Security level for this zone Custom Custom settings To change the settings click Custom Level To use the recommended settings click Default Level RT TDI 3 Scroll down to ActiveX controls and plug ins 4 Under Download signed ActiveX controls select the Prompt radio button 5 Under Run ActiveX controls and plug ins make sure the Enable radio button is selected 6 Then click the OK button 362 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 213 Security Setting ActiveX Controls Security Settings el Automatic prompting For ActiveX controls Binary and script behaviors Download signed Activex controls Disabl el Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe ie Run ActiveX controls and plug ins Administrator approved E Reset custom settings Reset to Medium Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 363 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 364 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX A Product Specifications See also the Introduction chapter for a general overview of the key features Specification Tables Table 147 Device Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default Password 1234 DHCP Po
13. PING ICMP 0 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP_TUNNEL GRE 0 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 143 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 46 Commonly Used Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION REAL AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNM
14. LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Cannot resolve Secure Gateway Addr for rule d The router couldn t resolve the IP address from the domain name that was used for the secure gateway address Peer ID peer id My remote type My local type The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection vs My Remote My remote My remote The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection vs My Local My local gt lt My local The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection Send packet A packet was sent Recv packet IKE uses ISAKMP to transmit data Each ISAKMP packet contains many different types of payloads All of them show in the LOG Refer to RFC2408 ISAKMP for a list of all ISAKMP payload types Recv Main or Aggressive Mode request from IP The router received an IKE negotiation request from the peer address specified Send Main or Aggressive Mode request to IP The router started negotiation with the peer Invalid IP Peer local Peer local The peer s Local IP Address is invalid Remot IP Remot IP Remote IP conflicts The security gateway is set to 0 0 0 0 and the router used the peer s Local Address as the router s Remote Address This information conflicted with static rule d thus
15. 286 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 153 Directory Servers Directory Servers Directory Servers PKI Storage Space in Use 10 do C 00 Directory Services a INTTR RTT ealo Test 192 168 1 3 LDAP BP d Add The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 111 Directory Servers LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage Space This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is in Use currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates The index number of the directory server The servers are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this directory server Address This field displays the IP address or domain name of the directory server Port This field displays the port number that the directory server uses Protocol This field displays the protocol that the directory server uses Modify Click the details icon to open a screen where you can change the information about the directory server Click the delete icon to remove the directory server entry A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the directory server Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this a
16. Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers 196 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 69 Predefined Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION SSDP UDP 1900 Simole Service Discovery Protocol SSDP is a discovery service searching for Universal Plug and Play devices on your home network or upstream Internet gateways using DUDP port 1900 SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRMWORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution 11 9 Anti Probing If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allow
17. list List all trusted remote host certificate names and basic information rename old name Rename the specified trusted remote host new name certificate old name specifies the name ofthe certificate to be renamed new name specifies the new name as which the certificate is to be saved dir server add name Add a new directory service lt name gt specifies a addr port descriptive name as which the added directory gt server is to be saved addr port specifies the server address required and port optional The format is server address port The default port is 389 login pswd specifies the login name and password if required The format is login password login pswd delete name Delete the specified directory service lt name gt specifies the name of the directory server to be deleted view name View the specified directory service name specifies the name of the directory server to be viewed edit name Edit the specified directory service lt name gt lt addr port Specifies the name of the directory server to be gt edited lt addr port gt specifies the server address required and port optional The format is server address port The default port is 389 login pswd specifies the login name and password if required The format is login password login pswd list List all directory service names and basic inf
18. Click the Remove icon to delete an existing firewall rule A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule Note that subsequent firewall rules move up by one when you take this action Order Click the Move icon to display the Move the rule to field Type a number in the Move the rule to field and click the Move button to move the rule to the number that you typed The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their numbering Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 6 1 Configuring Firewall Rules Refer to Section 10 1 on page 169 for more information In the Rules screen select an index number and click Add or click a rule s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 187 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 97 Firewall Edit Rule Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Address Type any Address x eee 0 0 0 6 Add gt gt Any End IP 7 Address Less Subnet Mask Delete Destination Address Address Type any Address x Start IP boso Any Address 0 0 0 0 Add gt gt End IP ooo Ann Address Seu esie E Subnet Mask Delete Service Source Address List Destination Address List
19. Enable SMTP Authentication User Name Password Log Schedule Day for Sending Log Time for Sending Log Clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging Active Syslog Server IP Address Log Facility Active Log and Alert Log v System Maintenance v System Errors I Access Control Iv uPnP I Forward Web Sites v Blocked Web Sites M attacks M any IP Iv 802 1x C foutgeng SMTP Server Name or IP Address E Mail Address E Mail Address en Log is Full X 0 hour 0 minute 0 0 0 0 Server Name or IP Address Locar1 7 Send Immediate Alert M System Errors M Access Control M Blocked Web Sites M Attacks Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 137 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Log Settings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages will not be sent via E mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Not all ZyXEL Device models have this field Chapter 24 Logs 341 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 137 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Send Log To The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left
20. Table 157 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VADE ANI BI IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 158 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER SA UE EIE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 192 168 1 128 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 192 168 1 191 Table 159 Subnet 4 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 192 168 1 192 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 192 168 1 255 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 394 Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table shows class C IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 160 Eight Subnets
21. Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management Active Select an interface s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Speed kbps Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using bandwidth management This appears as the bandwidth budget of the interface s root class The recommendation is to set this speed to match what the interface s connection can handle For example set the WAN interface speed to 10000 kbps if the DSL connection has an upstream speed of 10Mbps Scheduler Select either Priority Based or Fairness Based from the drop down menu to control the traffic flow Select Priority Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities Select Fairness Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally Max Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device divide up all of the interface s Bandwidth unallocated and or unused bandwidth among the bandwidth classes that require Usage bandwidth Do not select this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth class or you want to limit the speed of this interface see the Speed field description Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 298 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 662H
22. 178 10 6 1 Seui MOENGA m 179 10 7 Packet Filtering Vs Firewall era erri nra tata Rr c kac dil orar 179 10 7 1 Packet FII uuuuisienioeeiaou eo iiodie erroe eii dock eerie tonto enirn 180 TOLI When To Uso Fi iem 180 US i mv tere eeirpr ert er ere per reac monn ne cert ry ae preter rer rnecatana Pere re trntr 180 10 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall scsrccsiisssiserssnoriscoiaaecssaisrsaascesicenieneceeas 180 Chapter 11 Firewall Gonffqurdalili cuiceene sa sedan suE na ka a0p Kaye nuda pa2 EVE RERYa ER EENEKERE xad Mtm E XX R eraai 181 T1 1 PS MOINS Lo sale e eodbetimiena a ala eli eld ctan aa 181 11 2 Firewall Policies DUOViIGW 5 va iiec o cete ixERI MIL ie eva abb EY ERE p Quoc ke bL AERON AES 181 Table of Contents 15 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide To Rule Logie OVW 182 Qum mici 182 11 3 2 Security FamifiGstloi8 22 cou esie eor poke trier keen tot dir uoi dd dicic i 182 11 2 3 Kay Fields For Configuring Rules 4 rrr tte rnt petens 183 TELS AO tei e PR ei RDUM RUNS RR HR RIA T ELE ener 183 jJ RON 183 1 3 3 3 UN CS AdOTOSS Nr r 183 11 93 34 Miu ura Tec ct 183 11 4 Connec ptV DIE i 1 oos oix cre e Rb nnd eco onte a Dre orem 183 11 4 1 LAN to WAN ROUGE pcs is had Le rnana Eee ds ER a E Beal pa 184 Der o TT 184 11 5 General Firewall POlIGy Liussccercaeniisexcni p o ORGANE CELER
23. 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201005 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201006 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 1 30201007 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 441 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 171 Menu 3 SMT Menu 3 continued 30201008 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201009 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201010 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201011 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201012 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201013 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201014 IP Alias 2 0O No 1 Yes gt 0 30201015 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201016 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201017 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201018 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201019 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 30201020 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201021 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201022 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201023 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201024 IP Alias 2 O
24. 344 Chapter 24 Logs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 25 Tools This chapter describes how to upload new firmware manage configuration and restart your ZyXEL Device 25 1 Firmware Upgrade Find firmware at www zyxel com in a file that usually uses the system model name with a bin extension for example ZyXEL Device bin The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot Only use firmware for your device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your device Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device Figure 193 Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure Current Firmware Version V3 40 AGL 0 b2 01 06 2006 File Path Browse Upload The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 139 Firmware Upgrade LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Firmware This is the present Firmware version and the date created Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in th
25. Passphrase Enter a Passphrase up to 32 printable characters and click Generate The ZyXEL Device automatically generates a WEP key WEP Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you want to manually set the WEP key enter any 5 13 or 29 characters ASCII string or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup 7 5 3 WPA 2 PSK In order to configure and enable WPA 2 PSK authentication click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list 130 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 65 Wireless WPA 2 PSK Wireless Setup M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL T Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Security Security Mode WPA2 PSK 7 WPA Compatible Pre Shared Key ReAuthentication Timer 1800 In Seconds Idle Timeout 3600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 In Seconds Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following
26. Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click Close OK in Windows 2000 NT to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Close the Network Connections window Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT 11Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 In the Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab Macintosh OS 8 9 1 Click the Apple menu Control Panel and double click TCP IP to open the TCP IP Control Panel Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 381 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 225 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu File Edit View Window Special Help About This Computer D Apple System Profiler E Calculator f Chooser ADSL Control and Status Control Panels b Appearance Favorites Apple Menu Options Key Caps AppleTalk Network Browser ColorSync G Recent Applications Control Strip il Recent Documents aac cif Remote Access Status Energy Saver aos Extensions Manager erloc File Exchange d Speakable Items File Sharing Stickies General Controls Internet Keyboard Keychain Access Launcher Location Manager Memory Modem Monitors Mouse
27. iii ll Appendix C Wall mounting Instructions 371 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 372 Appendix C Wall mounting Instructions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment make sure that your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN port Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 373 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 215 WIndows 95 98 Me Network Configuration Network LPR for TCP IP Printing 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B TX Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y P IP gt 3Com Et
28. sssssssseeee 109 cR UI TTC 110 HM NUM EIE 110 61 2 DNS Server Addless 2 rid eio reed cope a 110 6 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment eec tn nnns 111 0 2 LAN TOPP KM 111 6 2 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask 2 esee rnit e tnn aa ERR Rr eur ain 111 6 2 1 1 Private JP AGUFGBBOS 22 etis ipe ape PER ER REPEPII EREE PRI aED 112 B2 RIFE OUP oina H R 112 Cae KAS ia aa E e d fed dade tem hadamineels 113 Wer Eg M HH 113 pad T How ADY PF WORS Losses ati P LI REL RULES HS c 114 Sa Congamig BAIE onanera EE ERU MUERE Urbe vE NR EPA dabei de ERN IN dU Er EIME 115 6 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN SotUp u sie crore etae eite r ict iid 115 pO DACP BOB ioca death a uela dde da 117 CS LAN CGn UST eu iaa A 118 CO LANIP AIAS M 119 Chapter 7 aa oig LIN E AE T A EI E E T 123 21 Wireless Network Overview uenis is ra pte RE i a E EMEN RE 123 2 Wireless Soourity DUVO VIDW 2 ieucccuc sostecctcs toca ca cet semantics atas c tpi dera eL UE deve ia cLE aie 124 pod OOD aO 124 fu MAG Address FISCI RREE RH Ye IPM S bebe MIU MM 124 nu Usar Ahentitaton P 124 Xo Mc v erg TTE Unis 125 7 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST 126 Table of Contents 13 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 7 3 Wireless Performance Overview 1 155 rerit bra dea Ente RE nn ERR S Pp aede E Ron ddl 126 T3 Qua
29. 10 5 5 Upper Layer Protocols Some higher layer protocols such as FTP and RealAudio utilize multiple network connections simultaneously In general terms they usually have a control connection which is used for sending commands between endpoints and then data connections which are used for transmitting bulk information Consider the FTP protocol A user on the LAN opens a control connection to a server on the Internet and requests a file At this point the remote server will open a data connection from the Internet For FTP to work properly this connection must be allowed to pass through even though a connection from the Internet would normally be rejected In order to achieve this the ZyXEL Device inspects the application level FTP data Specifically it searches for outgoing PORT commands and when it sees these it adds a cache entry for the anticipated data connection This can be done safely since the PORT command contains address and port information which can be used to uniquely identify the connection Any protocol that operates in this way must be supported on a case by case basis You can use the web configurator s Custom Ports feature to do this 10 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall Change the default password via CLI Command Line Interpreter or the web configurator Limit who can telnet into your router Don t enable any local service such as SNMP or NTP that you don t use Any e
30. 12 4 Anti Virus Packet Scan Configuration ceeecee eene eerta nnne 205 12 5 Registration and Online DOS 5 5 x m rx rri Ert a na o Pee RUP teh M ad 207 12 5 1 Updating the Anti Virus Packet Scan eeeeeeneseneen nnne 209 Chapter 13 Genildgi que m M 211 13 1 Content FIORHO CINGISMBW 31 cassis oats aspects Lens repa sec E Redux Zi 13 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking isis ee Lora eb tate nakenin aana aa 211 13 3 Coniigunng THE Schedule 22 cete titt reb cra epe Eco A A cr d da ppEE ve 212 16 Table of Contents P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 134 Configunig Trusted CO UIDES ceo en LOS RR PLA ERAS HX PLA RPPLA GR ERA 213 Chapter 14 Content Access COMO uei sis ixi prisa dol u E RR ead dd AER IA RA MAIER Y Rp iaa 215 14 1 Content Access Control OV VigW Lacer epe rix Rr ero PR ur rore Xd LER T nannini 215 14 1 1 Content Access Control WLAN Application sssssssssss 215 14 12 Configuration SHS FS denied eua cce bed ex bed bda EnEn Ex a dn Rub Ala EEA bia DR Ed 215 14 2 Activating CAC and Creating User Groups eene 216 T4 2 1 Conftiquili Time Sehedule 1 ipto ade le rit prt cr rtp r d 217 14 2 2 Configuring Servis qv NET 219 14 2 21 Ayeilable Services uuieecic sitetvssi Pli ive pt abb Ei eM ia eie taro i NF OE 220 14 2 3 Configuring Web Site FM BIS 1 uussii siint rrr tt ptr nt beh hen trn 222 14 2 4 Te
31. 21 6 3 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears as shown Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 315 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 169 Remote Management SNMP SNMP SNMP Port 161 Access Status Disable 7 Secured Client IP G all selected o 1 0 0 SNMP Configuration Get Community public Set Community public TrapCommunity public TrapDestination 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 129 Remote Management SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incom
32. 5 1 WAN Overview A WAN Wide Area Network 1s an outside connection to another network or the Internet 5 1 1 Encapsulation Be sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP The ZyXEL Device supports the following methods 5 1 1 1 ENET ENCAP The MAC Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP is only implemented with the IP network protocol IP packets are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment For instance it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged ATM cells ENET ENCAP requires that you specify a gateway IP address in the ENET ENCAP Gateway field in the second wizard screen You can get this information from your ISP 5 1 1 2 PPP over Ethernet PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet provides access control and billing functionality in a manner similar to dial up services using PPP PPPoE is an IETF standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals
33. Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats Binary x 509 PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 Binary PKCS 7 PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 File Path Browse Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 109 Trusted Remote Host Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen 17 14 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted Remote Host Details screen You can use this screen to view in depth information about the trusted remote host s certificate and or change the certificate s name Chapter 17 Certificates 283 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 152 Trusted Remote Host Details Certificates Trusted Remote Hosts Details Certificate Name ce riCa cer Certificate Path Searching El E s Refresh Certificate Path Type CA signed X 509 Certificate Version V3 Serial Number 14449412048629 113676232 17330
34. P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 29 WAN Dial Backup Modem Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Retry Interval Type a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait before trying another call after a call has failed This applies before a phone number is blacklisted Example 10 Drop Timeout Type the number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait before dropping the DTR signal if it does not receive a positive disconnect confirmation Example 20 Call Back Delay Type a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait between dropping a callback request call and dialing the corresponding callback call Example 15 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 5 WAN Setup 107 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 108 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 6 LAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure LAN settings 6 1 LAN Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is a computer network limited to the immediate area usually the same building or floor of a building The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses See Section 6 3 on page 115 to configure the LAN screens 6 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device The actual physical conne
35. set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule 4 destaddr Device check for traffic going to this range of range start ip address end addresses ip address config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL 4 rule rule 4 TCP destport Device check for TCP traffic with this single port 4 destination address You may repeat this command to enter various non consecutive port numbers config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL 4 rule rule 4 TCP destport Device check for TCP traffic with a destination range start port gt end port portin this range gt config edit firewall set set _ This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule gt UDP destport Device check for UDP traffic with this single lt port gt destination address You may repeat this command to enter various non consecutive port numbers config edit firewall set set _ This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule gt UDP destport Device check for UDP traffic with a destination range start port gt end port portin this range gt Delete config delete firewall e mail _ This command removes all of the settings for e mail alert config delete firewall attack This command resets all of the attack response settings to their defaults config delete firewall set This command removes the specified set
36. 4 Have the wizard determine where the certificate should be saved on your computer or select Place all certificates in the following store and choose a different location Figure 255 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 4 Ri i 2 Certificate Store Certificate stores are system areas where certificates are kept Windows can automatically select a certificate store or you can specify a location for Place all certificates in the following store 5 Click Finish to complete the wizard and begin the import process 416 Appendix G Importing Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 256 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 5 Certificate Import Wizard xj Completing the Certificate Import Wizard You have successfully completed the Certificate Import wizard You have specified the Following settings Certificate Store Selected Automatically determined by t Content PFX File Name D Projects_2003 10 CPE2 cp 6 You should see the following screen when the certificate is correctly installed on your computer Figure 257 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 6 Certificate Import Wizard x d The import was successful Using a Certificate When Accessing the ZyXEL Device Example Use the following procedure to access the ZyXEL Device via HTTPS 1 Enter https ZyXEL Device IP Address in your browser s web address field Figure 258 Access the ZyXEL Device Via HTTPS abo
37. 472 Appendix O Log Descriptions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 192 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION mode mismatch XAUTH fail Username The router was not able to use extended authentication to Username authenticate the listed username Rule d Phase 1 negotiation The listed rule s IKE phase 1 negotiation mode did not match between the router and the peer key mismatch Rule d Phase 1 encryption The listed rule s IKE phase 1 encryption algorithm did not algorithm mismatch match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 The listed rule s IKE phase 1 authentication algorithm did not authentication algorithm match between the router and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 1 The listed rule s IKE phase 1 authentication method did not authentication method match between the router and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 1 key group The listed rule s IKE phase 1 key group did not match mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 protocol The listed rule s IKE phase 2 protocol did not match between mismatch the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 encryption The listed rule s IKE phase 2 encryption algorithm did not algorithm mismatch match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 The listed rule s IKE phase 2 authentication algorithm did not authentication algorithm match between the r
38. 53 Finger 79 HTTP Hyper Text Transfer protocol or WWW Web 80 POP3 Post Office Protocol 110 NNTP Network News Transport Protocol 119 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 161 SNMP trap 162 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 1723 162 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 9 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet Figure 85 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example 192 168 1 1 B 192 168 1 34 m Internet C 192 168 1 35 CA IP address D 192 168 1 36 assigned by ISP 9 5 Configuring Port Forwarding Note The Port Forwarding screen is available only when you select SUA Only in the NAT gt General screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen See Table 55 on page 162 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 86 NAT Port Forwardin
39. 792 168 1 658618 16608 TEP be merece 192 158 1 663054 27111 Ue msrases 192 1EE 1 81 7 281 35007 UDF 9 mene 12 1 R18 710 21 711 TCR Figure 182 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add Service Settings kl x Description of service Test Name or IP address for example 192 168 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 G TCP UDP Internal Port number for this service 143 Cancel 5 When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically 6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray 328 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 183 System Tray Icon J Internet Connection is now connected Click here For more information s upnp2 Paint 7 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status Figure 184 Internet Connection Status Internet Connection Status f General Internet Gateway Status Connected Duration 00 00 56 Speed 100 0 Mbps Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Packets Sent 8 B18 Received 5 943 746 Close Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the I
40. Always shred confidential information particularly about your computer before throwing it away Some hackers dig through the trash of companies or individuals for information that might help them in an attack 10 7 Packet Filtering Vs Firewall Below are some comparisons between the ZyXEL Device s filtering and firewall functions Chapter 10 Firewalls 179 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 10 7 1 PacketFiltering e e The router filters packets as they pass through the router s interface according to the filter rules you designed Packet filtering 1s a powerful tool yet can be complex to configure and maintain especially if you need a chain of rules to filter a service Packet filtering only checks the header portion of an IP packet 10 7 1 1 When To Use Filtering e To block allow LAN packets by their MAC addresses To block allow special IP packets which are neither TCP nor UDP nor ICMP packets To block allow both inbound WAN to LAN and outbound LAN to WAN traffic between the specific inside host network A and outside host network B If the filter blocks the traffic from A to B it also blocks the traffic from B to A Filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address To block allow IP trace route 10 7 2 Firewall The firewall inspects packet contents as well as their source and destination addresses Firewalls of this type employ an inspection mo
41. Available Services Selected Services Add gt gt AIMINEW ICQCTCP 51 90 AUTH TCP 113 SEDES BGP TCP 179 x Remove Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday VV sun V Mon I Tue IV wed IV Thu V rri IV sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M all day stando hour minute End c hour minute Log S Log Packet Detail Information Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel 188 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 66 Firewall Edit Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this option to enable this firewall rule Action for Matched Packet Use the drop down list box to select what the firewall is to do with packets that match this rule Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Source Destination Address Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular single IP a range of IP addresses e g 192 168 1 10 to 192 169 1 50 a subnet or any IP address Select an option from the drop down list box that in
42. Channel 6 Security Manually assigned Network Key WEP Key 1 Press Finish button to close this rd or click the following link to open other pages pade Return to Wizard Main Page View device Status 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct 78 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard This chapter shows you how to configure basic bandwidth management using the wizard screens 4 1 Introduction Bandwidth management allows you to control the amount of bandwidth going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN port and prioritize the distribution of the bandwidth according to service bandwidth requirements This helps keep one service from using all of the available bandwidth and shutting out other users 4 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services The following is a description of the services that you can select and to which you can apply media bandwidth management using the wizard screens Table 19 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION WWW The World Wide Web WWW is an Internet system to distribut
43. Choose Manually assign a WPA PSK key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 75 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 33 Manually assign a WPA key STEP 1 STEP 2 fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 12345678 14re a4 etwork The pre sha E ould be at lea and num The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 17 Manually assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most secure Key wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 3 3 Manually assign a WEP key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters Figure 34 Manually assign a WEP key rs using only the numbers 0 9 and the nfigure different nath the On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping 76 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 18 Manually assign a WEP key LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The WEP keys are used
44. DEL Delete VID Vendor ID Log Commands Go to the command interpreter interface Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL Device to Log 1 Use the sys logs load command to load the log setting buffer that allows you to configure which logs the ZyXEL Device is to record 2 Use sys logs category to view a list of the log categories Figure 271 Displaying Log Categories Example Copyright c 1994 2004 ZyXEL Communications Corp ras Valid commands are Sys exit ether aux ip ipsec bridge bm certificates cnm 8021x radius ras 3 Use sys logs category followed by a log category to display the parameters that are available for the category Figure 272 Displaying Log Parameters Example ras sys logs category access Usage 0 none 1 10g 2 alert 3 both 0 don t show debug type l show debug type 4 Use sys logs category followed by a log category and a parameter to decide what to record Appendix O Log Descriptions 479 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Use 0 to not record logs for that category 1 to record only logs for that category 2 to record only alerts for that category and 3 to record both logs and alerts for that category Not every parameter 1s available with every category 5 Use the sys logs save command to store the settings in the ZyXEL Device you must do this in order to record logs Displaying Logs categories Log Command Example Use the sys logs
45. E E EP B B E E E E E Eb G E E E E Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 88 VPN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the VPN policy index number Click a number to edit VPN policies Active This field displays whether the VPN policy is active or not A Yes signifies that this VPN policy is active No signifies that this VPN policy is not active Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Local Address This is the IP address es of computer s on your local network behind your ZyXEL Device The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Subnet 242 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 88 VPN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Remote Address This is the IP address es of computer s on the remote network behind the remote IPSec router This field displays N A when the Secure Gateway Address field displays 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remot
46. E x E4 E4 E4 E E4 EJ E4 E4 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 78 Content Access Control General LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Select the check box to allow the LAN administrator to have control over a LAN user s Content Internet access Access Control Idle Timeout Type the time in minutes that elapses before the ZyXEL Device automatically terminates the Internet session The default time is 10 minutes Group List These groups are used in conjunction with content filtering to decide which web pages cannot be accessed by the user You can set up to four user groups Group Name Enter the name of a user group for identification purposes Restrictions Use the links below to configure the access restrictions for the user group Time Click the Edit E Jicon to set up the time allowances start times and end times of the day s when access is allowed 216 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 78 Content Access Control General continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Click Edit to select the services you wish to block access for a user group Web Browsing Click Edit to specify the web site category ies and or key words in a web site address you wish to block access for a user group Click the Diagnose icon to test the access privilege on a specified web site addr
47. Figure 96 Firewall Rules Rules ov fll oo RI Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 3 Packet Direction wan to LAN Create a new rule after rule number IE 7 100 Move the rule tolo Move 1 WV any 7 any 7 NetBIOS TCP UDP 137 139 445 7 Permit No No amp Wl pN Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 65 Firewall Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use This read only bar shows how much of the ZyXEL Device s memory for recording firewall rules it is currently using When you are using 80 or less of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red Packet Direction Use the drop down list box to select a direction of travel of packets for which you want to configure firewall rules Create a new rule after rule number Select an index number and click Add to add a new firewall rule after the selected index number For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 The following read only fields summarize the rules you have created that apply to traffic traveling in the selected packet direction The firewall rules that you configure summarized below take priority over the general firewall action settings in the General screen This is your firewall rule number The orderin
48. IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices the ZyXEL Device to decide which hop to use to help forward data along to its specified destination The following lists out the steps taken when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first time through the ZyXEL Device 1 When a computer which is in a different subnet first attempts to access the Internet it sends packets to its default gateway which 1s not the ZyXEL Device by looking at the MAC address in its ARP table 2 When the computer cannot locate the default gateway an ARP request is broadcast on the LAN 3 The ZyXEL Device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own MAC address 4 The computer updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table Once the ARP table is updated the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device 5 When the ZyXEL Device receives packets from the computer it creates an entry in the IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the computer 114 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide After all the routing information is updated the computer can access the ZyXEL Device and the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device 6 3 Configuring LAN IP Click LAN to open the IP screen See Section 6 1 on page 109 for background information Figure 55 LAN IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255
49. Menu 12 1 15 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 15 FI F PVA INPUT 120115001 IP Static Route set 15 Name Str 448 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 173 Menu 12 SMT Menu 12 continued 120115002 IP Static Route set 15 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120115003 IP Static Route set 15 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120115004 IP Static Route set 15 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20115005 IP Static Route set 15 Gateway 0 0 0 0 20115006 IP Static Route set 15 Metric 0 20115007 IP Static Route set 15 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zu Menu 12 1 16 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 16 FIN E PVA INPUT 20116001 IP Static Route set 16 Name lt Str gt 20116002 IP Static Route set 16 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zu 20116003 IP Static Route set 16 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20116004 IP Static Route set 16 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20116005 IP Static Route set 16 Gateway 00 04 02 0 20116006 IP Static Route set 16 Metric 0 120116007 IP Static Route set 16 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 174 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup SMT Menu 15 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup SMT Menu 15 FI F PVA INPUT 150000001 SUA Server IP address
50. Multiple Users Numbers QuickTime Settings Remote Access Software Update Startup Disk TCP IP Te USB Printer Sharing 2 Select Ethernet built in from the Connect via list Figure 226 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP Comect via Setup Configure Using DHCP Server DHCP Client ID IP Address lt will be supplied by server 7 Suret mask lt will be supplied by server gt Router address lt will be supplied by server gt Search comans Name server addr lt will be supplied by server 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP Server from the Configure list 382 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Close the TCP IP Control Panel 6 Click Save if prompted to save changes to your configuration 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the TCP IP Control Panel window Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 227 M
51. Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site Chapter 5 WAN Setup 85 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access 5 1 1 3 PPPoA PPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 A PPPoA connection functions like a dial up Internet connection The ZyXEL Device encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an ATM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit to the Internet Service Provider s ISP DSLAM digital access multiplexer Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA Refer to RFC 1661 for more information on PPP 5 1 1 4 RFC 1483 RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit LLC based multiplexing and the second method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit VC based multiplexing Please refer to the RFC for more detailed information 5 1 2 Multiplexing There are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circ
52. TKIP 1 WEP gt 0 Multicast packets 230400010 WPA Broadcast Multicast Key Update 0 Timer Table 178 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control SMT Menu 24 11 Menu 24 11 Remot anagement Control SMT Menu 24 11 FIN F PVA INPUT 241100001 TELNET Server Port 23 241100002 TELNET Server Access O all 1 none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan gt 241100003 T ET Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100004 FTP Server Port 21 241100005 FTP Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan gt 241100006 FTP Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100007 WEB Server Port 80 241100008 WEB Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan gt 241100009 WEB Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 Command Examples The following are example Internal SPTGEN screens associated with the ZyXEL Device s command interpreter commands Table 179 Command Examples 2 gdmt 3 multim ode FIN FN PVA INPUT ci command for annex A wan adsl opencmd FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD lt O glite 1 t1 413 3 ci command for annex B wan adsl opencmd 460 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 179 Command Examples continued FIN FN PVA INPUT FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD lt 0 etsi 1 normal 3 2 gdmt 3 multimo de Appe
53. Table 3 Web Configurator Screens Summary continued LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Remote MGMT WWW Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTPS or HTTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device ICMP Use this screen to change your anti probing settings UPnP Use this screen to enable UPnP on the ZyXEL Device Maintenance System General This screen contains administrative and system related information and also allows you to change your password Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to view the logs for the categories that you selected Log Settings Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s log settings Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore the configuration o
54. Teardrop attacks exploit bugs in the TCP IP implementations of various computer and host systems Figure 91 Three Way Handshake Ping of Death uses a ping utility to create an IP packet that exceeds the maximum 65 536 bytes of data allowed by the IP specification The oversize packet is then sent to an unsuspecting system Systems may crash hang or reboot Teardrop attack exploits weaknesses in the re assembly of IP packet fragments As data is transmitted through a network IP packets are often broken up into smaller chunks Each fragment looks like the original IP packet except that it contains an offset field that says for instance This fragment is carrying bytes 200 through 400 of the original non fragmented IP packet The Teardrop program creates a series of IP fragments with overlapping offset fields When these fragments are reassembled at the destination some systems will crash hang or reboot 6 Weaknesses in the TCP IP specification leave it open to SYN Flood and LAND attacks These attacks are executed during the handshake that initiates a communication session between two applications Client ACK Server 172 Chapter 10 Firewalls P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Under normal circumstances the application that initiates a session sends a SYN synchronize packet to the receiving server The receiver sends back an ACK acknowledgment packet and its own SYN and then the initiator re
55. User access will be denied after the End Time for that day even if the time allowance has not run out Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 218 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 14 2 2 Configuring Services To customize services for each user group click Edit under Services for that user group in the Content Access Control General screen Figure 118 Content Access Control General Services Group1 Services Services to be Blocked Available Services Blocked Services AIMMEVY ICQTCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 BGP TCP 179 BOOTP_CLIENT UDP 68 BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 CU SEEME TCP UDP 7646 24032 DNS TCPAUDP 53 FINGER TCP 79 FTP TCP 20 21 H 323 TCP 1720 HTTP TCP 80 HTTPS TCP 443 IPSEC_TRANSPORT TUNNEL 4H 0 x Select Custom Port you can give new port range for blocking rcp o E Add Clear All Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 80 Content Access Control General Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Service to be Blocked Available services Select a service from the list and click the gt gt button to have the service blocked on a weekday Monday to Friday or to have the service blocked on a day in the weekend Saturday or Sunday These services will be
56. eeseseseeeneeeeeen nne 227 Table 84 Content Access Control User Profiles 1 nennt nhu t tanta nennen 228 Table 85 Content Access Control Online Status eese 229 Table BO VPN and NAT daabscdasie cnini mn E PER ras rb ee PERRA 237 TOO ANOM ESP ee 240 NE SS VFN SED RR UT 242 Table BD VEN and NAT ioi D ERR En LEN E PRODR IEEE PFERDE HE FD MR MMEDE 244 Table 90 Local ID Type and Gontent Fields uuo m EE vete bora ett npo Pe baterias 246 Table 91 Peer ID Type and Content Fields sssssssssssseeeme 246 Table 92 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example sssssss 247 Table 93 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configuration Example s 247 Table 84 Edit YPN POlGI amp S iusosisixkrrene ek HRERETMARRERISRARERRRES EXE MMEFERERRREKRR A 248 Table 95 Advanced VIN POlGIBE uio uisekc p o erri Ne DI LE hd RUN ERE cU QUEE Pav dE nv ia Fol OQ ia asl Lun puede 255 Table 06 VPN Manual KOy Wee uM 258 Table oF YPN MR S ooo oom 261 Table 99 VPN Global SUNG sassi GU YQ EE SUEREECAEHU AR LIS RA CR OR 262 Table 99 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example eee 263 Table 100 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example ssssssss 264 Tels 101 My eS oet tci tb Doe E E rede dt e ER ia Hate aded 267 IE WIN as udiera ss Wt 270 Table 103 My Cercate Create Ae
57. ip spoofing WAN ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN port For type and code details see Table 197 on page 477 icmp echo ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack For type and code details see Table 197 on page 477 syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack For type and code details see Table 197 on page 477 illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing entry TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack For type and code details see Table 197 on page 477 traceroute ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack For type and code detail
58. or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address 27 4 1 1 1 Disable pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 355 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 204 Pop up Blocker Mail and News bj Pop up Blocker Turn Off Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Pop up Blocker Settings Synchronize x Windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 205 Internet Options Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet gt zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker S Prevent most pop up windows from appearing C Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting
59. p 5o s New Date yyyy mm dd 000 fi y i Get from Time Server Time Protocol Daytime RFC 867 Time Server Address 0 0 0 0 Time Zone Setup Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Y IV Enable Daylight Savings Start Date First Sunday of January 2000 01 02 at fo o clock End Date First Sunday 7 of January 2000 01 02 at o a clock Cancel Chapter 23 System 335 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 135 System Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time and Date Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with the time server Time and Date Setup Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it New Time This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time hh mm ss configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new t
60. the ZyXEL Device can pass the DNS servers to the computers and the computers can query the DNS server directly without the ZyXEL Device s intervention 110 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 6 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses TheISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen The ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy when the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields are left as 0 0 0 0 in the DHCP Setup screen 6 2 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability 6 2 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet m
61. which means the Internet session will not timeout Budget The configuration in the Budget fields has priority over your Connection settings Allocate Budget Type the amount of time in minutes that the dial backup connection can be used during the time configured in the Period field Set an amount that is less than the time period configured in the Period field If you set the Allocated Budget to 0 you will not be able to use the dial backup connection Period Type the time period in hours for how often the budget should be reset For example to allow calls to this remote node for a maximum of 10 minutes every hour set the Allocated Budget to 10 minutes and the Period to 1 hour If you set the Period to 0 there is no budget control and the ZyXEL Device uses the Connection settings Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 10 Dial Backup Modem Setup Click Edit in the WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup screen to configure the advanced modem settings Chapter 5 WAN Setup 105 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 52 WAN Dial Backup Modem Setup Dial Drop Answer CLID Called ID Speed Call Control Dial Timeout Retry Count AT Command Strings Drop DTR When Hang Up AT Response Strings Retry Interval Drop Timeout Call Back Dela
62. 0 100000 kbps Telnet 0 100000 kbps Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 303 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 304 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 20 Dynamic DNS Setup This chapter discusses how to configure your ZyXEL Device to use Dynamic DNS 20 1 Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 20 1 1 DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname If you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynami
63. 100 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS All Telecommuter Rules All Headquarters Rules My IP Address 0 0 0 0 My IP Address bigcompanyhq com Secure Gateway Address bigcompanyhq com Local IP Address 192 168 1 10 Remote IP Address 192 168 1 10 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Peer ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Telecommuter A telecommutera dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 1 Local ID Type IP Peer ID Type IP Local ID Content 192 168 2 12 Peer ID Content 192 168 2 12 Local IP Address 192 168 2 12 Secure Gateway Address telecommuter1 com Remote Address 192 168 2 12 Telecommuter B telecommuterb dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 2 Local ID Type DNS Peer ID Type DNS Local ID Content telecommuterb com Peer ID Content telecommuterb com Local IP Address 192 168 3 2 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterb com Remote Address 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C telecommuterc dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 3 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content myVPN myplace com Peer ID Content myVPN 2myplace com Local IP Address 192 168 4 15 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterc com Remote Address 192 168 4 15 16 19 VPN and Remote Management If a VPN t
64. 192 168 1 10 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 Figure 234 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO DEVICE eth0 ONBOOT yes BOOTPROTO static IPADDR 192 168 1 10 NETMASK 255 255 255 0 USERCTL no PEERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet 2 If you know your DNS server IP address es enter the DNS server information in the resolv conf file in the etc directory The following figure shows an example where two DNS server IP addresses are specified Figure 235 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings in resolv conf nameserver 172 23 5 1 nameserver 172 23 5 2 3 After you edit and save the configuration files you must restart the network card Enter network restart inthe etc rc d init d directory The following figure shows an example Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 387 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 236 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Ethernet Card root localhost init d network restart Shutting down interface eth0 OK Shutting down loopback interface OK Setting network parameters OK Bringing up loopback interface OK Bringing up interface eth0 OK Verifying Settings Enter ifconfig in a terminal screen to check your TCP IP properties Figure 237 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties root localhost ifconfig etho Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 50 BA 72 5B 44 inet addr 172 23 19 129 Bceast 172 23 19 255 Mask 255 255 255
65. 255 0 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 30 LAN IP LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask assigned to you by your ISP if given Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced LAN Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup 6 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced LAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN IP screen The screen appears as shown Chapter 6 LAN Setup 115 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 56 Advanced LAN Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Both RIP Version RP 1 Multicast IGMP v1 Any IP Setup IV Active Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP IV Allow between LAN and WAN Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 Advanced LAN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicas
66. 9 Back to Factory DeISulls sie dose M grt msi ed eta a a RR XS RA RRER RA 349 20 3 ROGSIBEE oun iti PA EE E title b naka uaa EO RU aaah arian ode 349 Chapter 26 Bir e N 351 VON Urbi 351 20 DSL s DENINOSES upper a bees bad rented load isa e n 352 Chapter 27 Hle 353 47 1 Problems Starting Up the ZyXEL DeviGB 1secie reisen prt asa toe FIYS a aE REED AR greed aa 353 272 Prablems withthe LAN uu oreet ot a oed bea o POR bd ane da 353 27 2 Probleme with ihe WAN saracak EET ne DNE EH DOT n bmp E distin MIU MEER 354 27 4 Problems Accessing the ZyXEL Device ouest ene 355 27 4 1 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 355 27 4 1 1 Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers ssssssssss 355 ae NR ME E a a E mM c n S 358 2190 13 Java PTI VON Sy uen i prep Lose iin tonne ehh dio ia P Eta uade 360 27 4 2 ActiveX Controls in Internet Explorer ssssssssssseess 362 Appendix A Product Specifications CO O0O Y 365 Appendix B Diss giu em C 369 Produc ion to B Tc 369 ADSL OVEP EW M 369 Pa es O ADSL A a EN woadeeeenanOs 369 Appendix C Wall mounting WS RNS sas ceeds cd dsccadeccadnsecdsanidataxsndatistsacasaaraansennatassoiannsia 371 Appendix D Setting up Yo
67. BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection 80 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 38 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETU nfiguration 3 Activate bandwidth management and select to allocate bandwidth to packets based on the services Figure 39 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information STEP 1 STEP 2 ff General Information t the check box to apply bandwidth management to traffic going through the device Enter nount of bandwidth that you want to allocate M Active Services Setup lt Back Next gt exit The following fields describe the label in this screen Table 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the Active check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply bandwidth eue to traffic going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN LAN or WLAN Ji Services Setup to allocate bandwidth based on the service requirements Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 81 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 4 Use the second wizard screen to select the services that you want to apply bandwidth management and select the priorities that you want
68. CA MPOT iusssccccisassesccttvessccecct tesscc ct seus cec ctt tag ea e eel tensa eer d ases eU ti omae pt tla 277 Figure 147 Trusted CA Details sisi one tan etnarede atin aatunseaaatulld stasiietadsoenibaedasanagiiad aiSia a 278 Figure 146 Trusted Remote OMG eer ninina ecto ee ama 281 Figure 149 Remote Host Certificates prre reta Eos S ER einn P LR Ent Xa ER P RM L 282 Figure 150 Certificate Details e eem 282 Figure 151 Trusted Remote Host IWADOL iccioeiacices ense ta corona sue tet tenais 283 Figure 152 Trusted Remote Host Details 1 rrr tre rrr I RR d I erp isini siiis 284 Foue 193 dB eig pu ca ME 287 Figure 154 Directory Server Add iiiesccssuectuit sope ctkeidet acti vemcacatbld seta util seed ttl vicia dE E S 288 Figure 155 Example of Static Routing Topology eeeiieeeeiesisseeei essent asa tnn 289 sU e ad Toli eee 290 Fow 157 claie Rouo 1 pe c 291 Figure 158 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example sess 294 Figure 159 Bandwidth Management Summary ieeeeceeseeseee eres senten tut k a dau u d dd 298 Figure 160 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup eese eren 299 Figure 161 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration esee 300 Figure 162 Bandwidth Management Monitor e iuiiieceiissecceee eene tenete 303 Faure Teo DODGE MS sais nara Feb a sup nb tn da oud ied EOM RD DU LUPA REGULAE UEIAORXR EAE
69. Certificates Commands 421 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 166 Certificates Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION create cmp enroll name CA addr CA cert auth key subject key size Create a certificate request and enroll for a certificate immediately online using CMP protocol lt name gt specifies a descriptive name for the enrolled certificate CA addr gt specifies the CA server address CA cert specifies the name of the CA certificate auth key specifies the id and key used for user authentication The format is id key To leave the id and key blank type subject specifies a subject name required and alternative name required The format is subject name dn ip dns email value If the name contains spaces please put it in quotes key size specifies the key size It has to be an integer from 512 to 2048 The default is 1024 bits import name Import the PEM encoded certificate from stdin name specifies the descriptive name optional as which the imported certificate is to be saved For my certificate importation to be successful a certification request corresponding to the imported certificate must already exist on ZyWALL After the importation the certification request will automatically be deleted If a descriptive name is not specified for the imported certificate the certificate will adopt the descriptive name of the certifi
70. Clear All Keyword Add Keyword Back Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 82 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre defined Web Content Categories Enable Pre defined Web Content Categories to have the ZyXEL Device check an external database to find to which category a requested web page belongs The ZyXEL Device then blocks or forwards access to the web page depending on the configuration of the rest of this page Enable This field is applicable when you have successfully registered for and activated the content filtering services Refer to the User s Guide for more information Select this option to start using the external content filtering service on the ZyXEL Device 222 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 82 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Log Matched Web Site Select this option to record attempts to access prohibited web pages Select Blocked Categories Use this section to prevent users from accessing web pages that match the categories that you select below Select All Select this check box to restrict access to all site categories listed below Clear All Select this check box to clear the selected categories below Adult Mature Content Selecting this category excludes pages that con
71. Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 Configure your wireless settings in this screen Click Next Figure 32 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 f Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Give your network a name You will search for this name from your wireless clients Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz use one c channels You should use the default channel unless other nearby u the same channel Manually assign a WPA PSK key o vould pr to create your own key WPA is stronger than WEP but not all are compatible with WPA lt Back Next gt Exit 74 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless Name SSID LAN If you change this field on the ZyXEL Device make sure all wireless stations use the same SSID in order to access the network Channel The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g wireless devices is called a Selection channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device Security Select Automatically assign a WPA key to allow the ZyXEL Device to configure a WPA key for you based on the setup key you entered on the previous scree
72. DESCRIPTION Active Keyword Blocking Select this check box to enable this feature Block Websites that contain This box contains the list of all the keywords that you have configured the these keywords in the URL ZyXEL Device to block Delete Highlight a keyword in the box and click Delete to remove it Clear All Click Clear All to remove all of the keywords from the list Keyword Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 127 characters Wildcards are not allowed Add Keyword Click Add Keyword after you have typed a keyword Repeat this procedure to add other keywords Up to 64 keywords are allowed When you try to access a web page containing a keyword you will get a message telling you that the content filter is blocking this request Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 13 3 Configuring the Schedule To set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule The screen appears as shown Figure 113 Content Filter Schedule co REIN Schedule IV Edit Daily to Block Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Active Everyday to Block a a ee CTI Vv 8 hdo min 17 hr 30 min Iv 0 do min 0 ndo min Iv o hd min 0 hi0 min Iv o ho min o ndo min i o hio min 0 hi0 min ri o hrf min
73. DNS server you must identify that DNS server You cannot use DNS servers on the LAN or from the ISP since these DNS servers cannot resolve domain names to private IP addresses on the remote network The following figure depicts an example where three VPN tunnels are created from ZyXEL Device A one to branch office 2 one to branch office 3 and another to headquarters In order to access computers that use private domain names on the headquarters HQ network the ZyXEL Device at branch office 1 uses the Intranet DNS server in headquarters The DNS server feature for VPN does not work with Windows 2000 or Windows XP Figure 131 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example ae N Public DNS Servers 1 212 54 64 170 DNS 10 1 1 10 VPN Tunnel Internet 212 54 64 171 a ER x EJ LAN HQ X DNS 212 54 64 170 10 1 1 1 200 BH 212 54 64 171 p r 2 N 192 168 1 1 50 Http info2 zyxel com 3 172 16 1 1 50 If you do not specify an Intranet DNS server on the remote network then the VPN host must use IP addresses to access the computers on the remote network 16 9 ID Type and Content With aggressive negotiation mode see Section 16 12 1 on page 253 the ZyXEL Device identifies incoming SAs by ID type and content since this identifying information is not encrypted This enables the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between multiple rules for SAs that connect from remot
74. E YCLES PR PERSA RPPLL SM MM n 184 TO Firowall TRUSS SCIL A Rc E 185 11 5 1 Configuring Firewall RUES oricioccsucce titer rite tette ea ritu i vi raria 187 11 6 2 Customized SOPIOSS ersin via pasarlo bak e be PAR xe a dax aaa 190 11 6 3 Configuring A Customized Service uuu keeeivaaeii revient bet p err ER PEE FABER E ERUA 191 TLF Example Frowall Rul esnasinda FEE dE eter booth 191 TLO Predelined SOmMiCoS KT E 195 QUEE iC 197 TUTO Dos THOSSHOIBS sss sia pas dne cen Ann eH pcd Lai nap du dad iran ado 198 EINER OC NT ET UTE 198 WU AG2 bri e aia 199 11 10 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time 199 11 10 3 Contouring Firewall Thresholds uice ertet trt pirEE br pito P bep Ebbep S EREEUDEOE 200 Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packet SCAM icc ica nach Rb RR LORUR RRR RIRERKRKERRR RR QR FERIA KKRRRR KE RE ia RANA UA RR 203 ES C T E H 203 123 1 Types of Computer VISOS 1 2 2 rrr eet re IRAE REERE PERIERE EAER 203 12 2 Signature Basod Viris OGaf auauiscuie sei cin b icti vid E tx vd i 203 12 2 1 Computer Virus Infection and Prevention eeesssesssssss 204 12 3 Introduction to the ZyXEL Device Anti virus Packet Scan 204 12 3 1 How the ZyXEL Device Virus Scan Works eeeeeesuss 205 12 3 2 Limitations of the ZyXEL Device Packet Scan sssssssss 205
75. ENET ENCAP only Select this if you have a dynamic IP Address address Static IP Address PPPoE PPPoA and ENET ENCAP only Select this if you do not have a dynamic IP address IP Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP Subnet Mask ENET ENCAP only Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP Gateway IP address ENET ENCAP only Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP Connection This section only appears if the Encapsulation is PPPoE and PPPoA Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Demand Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced WAN Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 5 5 1 Configuring Advanced Internet Connection To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Connection scr
76. MAIL FROM fail 6 means RCPT TO fail 7 means DATA fail 8 means mail data send fail 24 4 4 Example E mail Log An End of Log message displays for each mail in which a complete log has been sent The following is an example of a log sent by e mail You may edit the subject title The date format here is Day Month Year The date format here is Month Day Year The time format is Hour Minute Second End of Log message shows that a complete log has been sent Figure 192 E mail Log Example Subject Firewall Alert From ZyXEL Device Date Fri 07 Apr 2000 10 05 42 From user zyxel com To user zyxel com 1 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 TO 192 168 1 255 default policy forward 09 54 03 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 2 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 131 TOS 92 16 8 1 2259 default policy forward 09 54 17 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 3 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 6 To 10 10 10 10 match forward 09 54 19 UDP src port 03516 dest port 00053 1 01 Snip i snip 1 From 192 168 1 1 To2192 160 1 255 match forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 From 192 168 1 131 TO 192 168 14 255 match forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 128 Apr 7 00 From 192 168 1 1 To2192 168 1 255 match forward 10 05 30 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 End of Firewall Log Chapter 24 Logs 343 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide
77. Recovery Interval o sec Timeout o sec Traffic Redirect Active Traffic Redirect Metric fis Backup Gateway 0 0 0 0 Dial Backup Active Dial Backup Metric fis Port Speed 115206 z User Name Password Primary Phone Number Advanced Setup Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 WAN Backup Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Type Select the method that the ZyXEL Device uses to check the DSL connection Select DSL Link to have the ZyXEL Device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL Device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP Configure this field to test your ZyXEL Device s WAN accessibility Type the IP Address1 3 address of a reliable nearby computer for example your ISP s DNS server address Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must configure at least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyXEL Device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response Fail Tolerance Type the number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL Device may ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection Recovery Inte
78. Rule 1 Src Port 0 210201011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210201013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210201014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 ilter set 2 rule 2 SMT Menu 21 1 2 2 FI F PVA INPUT 210202001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Type lt 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210202002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210202003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210202004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210202005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210202006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210202007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210202008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 455 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 176 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 SMT Menu 21 1 continued 210202009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210202010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210202011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210202013 IP Filter
79. Rule 6 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 1less 4 greater 210106013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Act Match 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210106014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Act Not Match lt 1 check 2 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Table 176 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 SMT Menu 21 1 Menu 21 1 filter set 2 SMT Menu 21 1 FIN FN PVA INPUT 210200001 Filter Set 2 Nam Str NetBIOS WAN 454 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 176 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 22 SMT Menu 21 1 continued Menu 21 1 2 1 Filter set 2 rule 1 SMT Menu 21 1 2 1 FI FE PVA INPUT 210201001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Type 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210201002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt E 210201003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Protocol 6 210201004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210201005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210201006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port 137 210201007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210201008 P Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210201009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210201010 IP Filter Set 2
80. Seconds Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Key Group You must choose a key group for phase 1 IKE setup DH1 default refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number Phase 2 Active Protocol Use the drop down list box to choose from ESP or AH Encryption Algorithm This field is available when you select ESP in the Active Protocol field Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up
81. Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only M M Ov Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses MM No No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing address mapping rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action 166 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 9 6 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit To edit an address mapping rule click the rule s edit icon in the Address Mapping screen to display the screen shown next Figure 89 Edit Address Mapping Rule Edit Address Mapping Rule1 Type One to One X Local Start IP pono Local End IP N A Global Start IP o 0 0 0 Global End IP va Server Mapping Set vs Edit Details Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 59 Edit Address Mapping Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION Type Choose the port mapping type from one of the following One to One One to One mode maps one local IP a
82. System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 25 2 Configuration Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears as shown next Figure 197 Configuration Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to save the current configuration to you computer Backup Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file on your computer to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one and then click Upload File Pathi Browse Upload Reset to Factory Default Settings Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the factory default settings The following default settings would become effective after click Reset Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Reset 25 2 1 Backup Configuration Backup configuration allows you to back up save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configurati
83. This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool Address Pool Size This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool Remote DHCP If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then enter the IP address of the Server actual remote DHCP server here DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP address to the DHCP clients Chapter 6 LAN Setup 117 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 32 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS This field is not available when you set DHCP to Relay Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the Server DHCP clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask If the fields are left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy and forwards the DHCP client s DNS query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 6 5 LAN Client List This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecima
84. WAN IP address changes there may be a delay until the DDNS servers are updated with the remote gateway s new WAN IP address 16 4 1 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address If the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and does not use DDNS enter 0 0 0 0 as the secure gateway s address In this case only the remote secure gateway can initiate SAs This may be useful for telecommuters initiating a VPN tunnel to the company network see Section 16 18 on page 262 for configuration examples The Secure Gateway IP Address may be configured as 0 0 0 0 only when using IKE key management and not Manual key management 16 5 VPN Setup Screen The following figure helps explain the main fields in the web configurator Figure 128 IPSec Summary Fields IP addresses Local Remote Network Network iem Remote IPSec Router F m c Secure Gateway IP address VPN Tunnel My IP address Local and remote IP addresses must be static Click Security gt VPN to open the VPN Setup screen This is a read only menu of your IPSec rules tunnels The IPSec summary menu is read only Edit a VPN by selecting an index number and then configuring its associated submenus Chapter 16 VPN Screens 241 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 129 VPN Setup Summary m me oP On on ek ON NO mee oy OW Am hk WN home tacai dice Remate sirens conti TEE ni Algorithm Ip RR R R Up AMARA CQ GG GG UA Eb E E E
85. ZyXEL Device virus scan works 205 HTTP 162 170 171 172 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol 345 IANA 112 IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority 190 IBSS 397 ICMP echo 173 ID Type and Content 245 IEEE 802 11g 45 401 IEEE 802 11i 45 IGMP 113 IKE Phases 252 Independent Basic Service Set 397 initialization vector IV 406 Inside Header 236 Install UPnP 323 Windows Me 323 Windows XP 325 Integrated Services Digital Network 41 Internal SPTGEN 437 FTP Upload Example 439 Points to Remember 437 Text File 437 Index 489 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Internet Access 42 46 Internet access 65 Internet Access Setup 354 Internet access wizard setup 65 Internet Assigned Numbers AuthoritySee IANA 112 Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP 173 197 Internet Key Exchange 252 Internet Protocol Security 233 IP Address 111 162 163 164 IP Address Assignment 87 ENET ENCAP 87 PPPoA or PPPoE 87 RFC 1483 87 IP alias 44 IP Policy Routing IPPR 44 IP Pool 117 IP Pool Setup 110 IP protocol type 195 IP Spoofing 172 175 IPSec 233 IPSec Algorithms 235 239 IPSec and NAT 236 IPSec Architecture 235 IPSec standard 43 IPSec VPN Capability 43 ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network 41 K Keep Alive 243 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 183 L LAN Setup 85 109 LAN TCP IP 111 LAN to WAN Rules 184 LAND 172 173 License 3 Limitations of the ZyXEL Device 205 Logs 339 MAC Address Filter Action
86. ZyXEU Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported the SUA Only option in today s routers Many to Many Overload In Many to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps each local IP address to a unique global IP address Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 159 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types The following table summarizes these types Table 53 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILA1 IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 amp IGA1 Many to Many Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA1 ILA4 gt IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILA1 IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA3 Server Server 1 IP IGA1 Server 2 IP IGA1 Server 3 IP IGA1 9 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or serv
87. a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key 256 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 95 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security SA Life Time Seconds Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS is disabled NONE by default in phase 2 IPSec SA setup This allows faster IPSec setup but is not so secure Choose DH1 or DH2 from the drop down list box to enable PFS DH1 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number more secure yet slower A
88. algorithms The Authentication Algorithms HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 and HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 provide an authentication mechanism for the AH and ESP protocols Please see Section 16 2 on page 239for more information 15 2 2 Key Management Key management allows you to determine whether to use IKE ISAKMP or manual key configuration in order to set up a VPN 15 3 Encapsulation The two modes of operation for IPSec VPNs are Transport mode and Tunnel mode Chapter 15 Introduction to IPSec 235 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 127 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation Original IP TCP IP Packet Header Header ransport Mode IPSec IP TCP Data Header Header Header IP IPSec IP TCP Header Header Header Header 15 3 1 Transport Mode Transport mode is used to protect upper layer protocols and only affects the data in the IP packet In Transport mode the IP packet contains the security protocol AH or ESP located after the original IP header and options but before any upper layer protocols contained in the packet such as TCP and UDP With ESP protection is applied only to the upper layer protocols contained in the packet The IP header information and options are not used in the authentication process Therefore the originating IP address cannot be verified for integrity against the data With the use of AH as the security protocol protection is extended forward into the IP header to verify th
89. and only allow access to the Internet via the ZyXEL Device setprivacy type 0 NO 1 WEP64 2 WEP128 3 WEP256 This command specifies the security mode for the guest wireless network Type one of the following 0 to disable security on the guest wireless network 1 to enable 64 bit WEP key encryption 2 to enable 128 bit WEP key encryption 3 256 bit WEP key encryption setprivacy wepkey 1 4 Key String This command allows you to create up to four WEP keys Enter 1 2 3or 4 to specify which WEP key you are creating followed by any 5 13 or 29 characters ASCII string or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively setprivacy defaultkey 1 4 This command specifies which WEP key guests have to configure on their wireless clients to access the guest wireless network guest autoOff 1 on O off gt Timeout minutes 0 for default This command enables or disables an automatic timeout feature of the guest wireless network If you enable this feature the guest wireless network becomes disabled after the specified amount of time You need to enter two parameters Type 0 to disable the automatic timeout feature or type 1 to enable it for the next value enter the number of minutes that the guest wireless network stays active Enter a number from 0 to 30000 Entering O resets the value to the default 60 minutes Note This c
90. at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again If the PCR SCR or MBS is set to the default of 0 the system will assign a maximum value that correlates to your upstream line rate The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR SCR and MBS Figure 42 Example of Traffic Shaping a d Time 5 3 1 ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification 5 3 1 1 Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate cells may be dropped Examples of connections that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice 5 3 1 2 Variable Bit Rate VBR The Variable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class 1s used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class can be grouped into real time VBR RT or non real time VBR nRT connections The VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation It also provides a fixed amount of bandwi
91. automatically detect and thwart all known DoS attacks 10 4 1 Basics Computers share information over the Internet using a common language called TCP IP TCP IP in turn is a set of application protocols that perform specific functions An extension number called the TCP port or UDP port identifies these protocols such as HTTP Web FTP File Transfer Protocol POP3 E mail etc For example Web traffic by default uses TCP port 80 When computers communicate on the Internet they are using the client server model where the server listens on a specific TCP UDP port for information requests from remote client computers on the network For example a Web server typically listens on port 80 Please note that while a computer may be intended for use over a single port such as Web on port 80 other ports are also active If the person configuring or managing the computer is not careful a hacker could attack it over an unprotected port Some of the most common IP ports are Chapter 10 Firewalls 171 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 60 Common IP Ports 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 10 4 2 Types of DoS Attacks There are four types of DoS attacks 1 Those that exploit bugs in a TCP IP implementation 2 Those that exploit weaknesses in the TCP IP specification 3 Brute force attacks that flood a network with useless data 4 IP Spoofing 5 Ping of Death and
92. blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail Send Alerts To Alerts are real time notifications that are sent as soon as an event such as a DoS attack system error or forbidden web access attempt occurs Enter the E mail address where the alert messages will be sent Alerts include system errors attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via E mail Enable SMTP SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Authentication Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication If mail server authentication is needed but this feature is disabled you will not receive the e mail logs User Name Enter the user name up to 31 characters usually the user name of a mail account Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being sent as E mail Daily Weekly Hourly When Log is Full None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Log Use the drop down list box to select
93. blocked according to the settings you configure in Time Scheduling screen Blocked Services This box shows all the services that you want to block during the specified time for the user group Click the button to remove a service from the box Customized A customized service is a service that is not available in the pre defined Available Services Services list and you must define using the next two fields Type Services are either TCP and or UDP Select from either TCP or UDP Port Number Enter a port number or a range of port numbers to define the service For example suppose you want to define the Gnutella service Select TCP type and enter a port range from 6345 6349 Add Click Add to add a service to be blocked to the Blocked Services box Clear All Click Clear All to empty the Blocked Services box Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Chapter 14 Content Access Control 219 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 80 Content Access Control General Services continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 14 2 2 1 Available Services The Available Services list box in the Services screen displays some predefined services that the ZyXEL Device supports The following table shows a list of services that can be configured Next to the name of the
94. certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path Chapter 17 Certificates 285 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 110 Trusted Remote Host Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote hosts actual certificate See Section 17 12 on page 282 for how to verify a remote host s certificate SHA Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote hosts actual certificate See Section 17 12 on page 282 for how to verify a remote host s certificate Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box d
95. channels for your region so you should use a different channel than an adjacent AP access point to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other Appendix F Wireless LANs 399 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 241 RTS CTS Station AP me i aped When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP at the same time resulting in a loss of messages for both stations RTS CTS is designed to pre
96. class of an address Class A addresses have a 0 in the leftmost bit Class B addresses have a 1 in the leftmost bit and a 0 in the next leftmost bit Class C addresses start with 1 1 0 in the first three leftmost bits Class D addresses begin with 1 1 1 0 Class D addresses are used for multicasting which is used to send information to groups of computers There is also a class E It is reserved for future use The following table shows the allowed ranges for the first octet of each class This range determines the number of subnets you can have in a network Table 150 Allowed IP Address Range By Class CLASS ALLOWED RANGE OF FIRST OCTET BINARY SCTETIS CIM Pen OEEIRST Class A 00000000 to 01111111 0 to 127 Class B 10000000 to 10111111 128 to 191 Class C 11000000 to 11011111 192 to 223 Class D 11100000 to 11101111 224 to 239 Class E 11110000 to 11111111 240 to 255 reserved 390 Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID Subnet mas
97. computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information Local ID Type This field is read only when Certificate is selected Select IP to identify this ZyXEL Device by its IP address Select DNS to identify this ZyXEL Device by a domain name Select E mail to identify this ZyXEL Device by an e mail address Content This field is read only when Certificate is selected When you select IP in the Local ID Type field type the IP address of your computer in the local Content field The ZyXEL Device automatically uses the IP address in the My IP Address field refer to the My IP Address field description if you configure the local Content field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 in the local Content field or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When
98. connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router and the peer s Local Remote Addresses don t match IKE Packet Retransmit The router retransmitted the last packet sent because there was no response from the peer Failed to send IKE Packet An Ethernet error stopped the router from sending IKE packets Too many errors Deleting SA An SA was deleted because there were too many errors Phase 1 IKE SA process done The phase 1 IKE SA process has been completed Duplicate requests with the same cookie The router received multiple requests from the same peer while still processing the first IKE packet from the peer IKE Negotiation is in process The router has already started negotiating with the peer for the connection but the IKE process has not finished yet No proposal chosen Phase 1 or phase 2 parameters don t match Please check all protocols settings Ex One device being configured for 3DES and the other being configured for DES causes the connection to fail Local remote IPs of incoming request conflict with rule lt d gt The security gateway is set to 0 0 0 0 and the router used the peer s Local Address as the router s Remote Address This information conflicted with static rule d thus the connection is not allowed Appendix O Log Descriptions 471 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 192 IKE Logs continued
99. device Connect the power cord or power adaptor to the right supply voltage 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT use the device if the power supply is damaged as it might cause electrocution Ifthe power supply is damaged remove it from the power outlet Do NOT attempt to repair the power supply Contact your local vendor to order a new power supply Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power cord and do NOT locate the product where anyone can walk on the power cord Ifyou wall mount your device make sure that no electrical gas or water pipes will be damaged Do NOT install nor use your device during a thunderstorm There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Do NOT store things on the device Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device This product is recyclable Dispose of it properly 6 Safety Warnings P 662H HW D Series User s Guide ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defec
100. end entity s own certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust the end entity s certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to s
101. for default 0 0 0 0 port 50000002 SUA Server 2 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 50000003 SUA Server 2 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000004 SUA Server 2 Port Start 0 150000005 SUA Server 2 Port End 0 150000006 SUA Server 2 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000007 SUA Server 3 Active lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000008 SUA Server 3 Protocol 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000009 SUA Server 3 Port Start 0 150000010 SUA Server 3 Port End 0 150000011 SUA Server 3 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000012 SUA Server 4 Active lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000013 SUA Server 4 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 449 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 174 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup SMT Menu 15 continued 150000014 SUA Server 4 Port Start 0 150000015 SUA Server 4 Port End 0 150000016 SUA Server 4 Local IP address 0 0 0 50000017 SUA Server 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 50000018 SUA Server 5 Protocol 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000019 SUA Server 5 Port Start 0 150000020 SUA Server 5 Port End 0 150000021 SUA Server 5 Local IP address 0 0 0 150000022 SUA Server 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 0 150000023 SUA Server 6 Protoc
102. framework of servers software procedures and policies that handles keys is called PKI public key infrastructure 17 1 1 Advantages of Certificates Certificates offer the following benefits The ZyXEL Device only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you decide to trust no matter how many devices you need to authenticate Key distribution is simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and you never need to transmit private keys 17 2 Self signed Certificates Until public key infrastructure becomes more mature it may not be available in some areas You can have the ZyXEL Device act as a certification authority and sign its own certificates 17 3 Configuration Summary This section summarizes how to manage certificates on the ZyXEL Device Figure 140 Certificate Configuration Overview Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates My Certificates My Certificates Use the My Certificates screens to generate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Device s CA signed certificates Use the Trusted CAs screens to save CA certificates to the ZyXEL Device Use the Trusted Remote Hosts screens to import self signed certificates 266 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Use the Directory Servers screen to configure a list of addresses of directory servers that contain li
103. higher the priority Assign real time applications like those using audio or video a higher priority number to provide smoother operation 294 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 19 5 2 Fairness based Scheduler The ZyXEL Device divides bandwidth equally among bandwidth classes when using the fairness based scheduler thus preventing one bandwidth class from using all of the interface s bandwidth 19 6 Maximize Bandwidth Usage The maximize bandwidth usage option see Figure 159 on page 298 allows the ZyXEL Device to divide up any available bandwidth on the interface including unallocated bandwidth and any allocated bandwidth that a class 1s not using among the bandwidth classes that require more bandwidth When you enable maximize bandwidth usage the ZyXEL Device first makes sure that each bandwidth class gets up to its bandwidth allotment Next the ZyXEL Device divides up an interface s available bandwidth bandwidth that is unbudgeted or unused by the classes depending on how many bandwidth classes require more bandwidth and on their priority levels When only one class requires more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives extra bandwidth to that class When multiple classes require more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives the highest priority classes the available bandwidth first as much as they require if there is enough available bandwidth and then to lower priority classes if there 1s still b
104. i 2x General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 O Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections x Sun p Java 2 v1 4 1 07 for applet requires restart ZI Ndicsefoft VM O Java console enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing Md gt Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 361 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 27 4 2 ActiveX Controls in Internet Explorer If ActiveX is disabled you will not be able to download ActiveX controls or to use Trend Micro Security Services Make sure that ActiveX controls are allowed in Internet Explorer Screen shots for Internet Explorer 6 are shown Steps may vary depending on your version of Internet Explorer 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab 2 In the Internet Options window click Custom Level Figure 212 Internet Options Security Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings amp 0
105. list below Address of W eb site to allow http 4 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAQ 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting 27 4 1 2 JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 208 Internet Options Internet options zx General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e oe Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet S This zone contains all Web sites you SES haven t placed in other zones r Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone Medium Safe browsing and still functional E Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites 4 Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Scripting 4 Under Activ
106. o ho min 0 do min o hio min Cancel 212 Chapter 13 Content Filtering P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 76 Content Filter Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Schedule Select Active Everyday to Block to make the content filtering active everyday Otherwise select Edit Daily to Block and configure which days of the week or everyday and which time of the day you want the content filtering to be active Active Select the check box to have the content filtering to be active on the selected day Start Tlme Enter the start time when you want the content filtering to take effect in hour minute format End Time Enter the end time when you want the content filtering to stop in hour minute format Apply Click Apply to save your changes Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 13 4 Configuring Trusted Computers To exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted The screen appears as shown Figure 114 Content Filter Trusted From To Trusted User IP Range IP address IP address Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 77 Content Filter Trusted LABEL DESCRIPTION Trusted User IP Range From Type the IP address of a c
107. object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events 21 6 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II that is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance 314 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 21 6 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 128 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting power on 1 warmsStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting software reboot 6 whyReboot defined in ZYXEL A trap is sent with the reason of restart before MIB rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files Cl command sys reboot etc 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the system reboots because of fatal errors
108. one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time Chapter 23 System P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 135 System Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the first Sunday of April Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday April and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the last Sunday of October Each time zone in the United States stops using Day
109. only uses 1024 kbps of the budgeted 2048 kbps the ZyXEL Device also divides the remaining 1024 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth Therefore the ZyXEL Device divides a total of 3072 kbps of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth among the classes that require more bandwidth 19 6 2 1 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the priorities of the bandwidth classes and the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 117 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES PRIORITIES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration Priority 4 1024 kbps Sales Priority 6 3584 kbps Marketing Priority 6 3584 kbps Research Priority 5 2048 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The sales and marketing are first to get extra bandwidth because they have the highest priority 6 If they each require 1536 kbps or more of extra bandwidth the ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally between the sales and marketing departments 1536 kbps extra to each for a total of 3584 kbps for each because they both have the highest priority level 296 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 662H HW D Seri
110. or generated by the ZyXEL Device Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same as the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate The ZyXEL Device uses rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Some certification authorities may use rsa pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired 274 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 104 My Certificate Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate th
111. other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a
112. packets of new connections when the maximum number of opened connections is reached default is 300 connections at a time Packet Scan Information Packet Scan Engine Version This read only field displays the version of the scanning engine on the ZyXEL Device Virus Pattern This read only field displays the version number of the virus pattern Version It is recommended that you update the pattern file regularly in the Registration and Virus Information Update screen refer to the Section 12 5 on page 207 section for more information Back Click Back to return to the previous screen 206 Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packet Scan P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 73 Anti Virus Packet Scan continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 12 5 Registration and Online Update Use the Registration and Virus Information Update screen to register for and activate the anti virus packet scan feature on the ZyXEL Device You can also configure a schedule for the ZyXEL Device to automatically update the virus pattern file in this screen Click Anti Virus gt Registration gt Virus Information Update to display the screen as shown Note The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts after the virus scan update is complete Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packet Scan 207 P 662H HW
113. probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the firewall policy which by default is to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet You can use the command sys firewall tcprst rst on off to change this policy When the firewall mechanism blocks a UDP packet it drops the packet without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 318 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 21 9 TR 069 TR 069 is a protocol that defines how your ZyXEL Device can be managed via a management server such as ZyXEU s Vantage CNM Access An administrator can use CNM Access to remotely set up the ZyXEL device modify settings perform firmware upgrades as well as monitor and diagnose the ZyXEL device All you have to do is enable the device to be managed by CNM Access and specify the CNM Access IP address or domain name and username and password Follow the procedure below to configure your ZyXEL Device to be managed by CNM Access See the Command Interpreter appendix for information on the command structure and how to access the CLI Command Line Interface on the ZyXEL Device Note In this example a b c d is the IP address of CNM Access You must change this value to reflect your actual management server IP address or domain name See Table 132 on page 319for detailed d
114. rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 5 1 6 NAT NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network Chapter 5 WAN Setup 87 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 5 2 Metric The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost The metric sets the priority for the ZyXEL Device s routes to the Internet If any two of the default routes have the same metric the ZyXEL Device uses the following pre defined priorities Normal route designated by the ISP see Section 5 5 on page 90 Traffic redirect route see Section 5 7 on page 99 WAN backup route also called dial backup see Section 5 8 on page 100 For example if the normal route has a metric of 1 and the traffic redirect route has a metric of 2 and dial backup route has a metric of 3 then the normal route acts as the primary default route If the normal route fails to connect to the Internet the ZyXEL Device t
115. review or describe weapons such as guns knives or martial arts devices or provide information on their use accessories or other modifications It does not include pages that promote collecting weapons or groups that either support or oppose weapons use Chapter 14 Content Access Control 223 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 82 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Abortion Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information or arguments in favor of or against abortion describe abortion procedures offer help in obtaining or avoiding abortion or provide information on the effects or lack thereof of abortion Arts Entertainment Selecting this category excludes pages that promote and provide information about motion pictures videos television music and programming guides books comics movie theatres galleries artists or reviews on entertainment Business Economy Selecting this category excludes pages devoted to business firms business information economics marketing business management and entrepreneurship This does not include pages that perform services that are defined in another category such as Information Technology companies or companies that sell travel services Cult Occult Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or offer methods means of instruction or other resources to affect or influence r
116. s Guide Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click Start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 In the Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 176 Network Connections 5 Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Operator Assisted Dialing Q ee eZ 2 5 Dial up Preferences Address r3 Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Advanced Settings Optional Networking Components Network Tasks ERR culte a man nmm menm 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details Figure 177 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components O 85 Management and Monitoring Tools 1 9MB M 2 Networking Services 0 3 MB O z9 Other Network File and Print Services 0 0 MB Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space ava
117. s configuration Figure 201 Restart Screen System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS or PWR LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again Restart Chapter 25 Tools 349 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 350 Chapter 25 Tools P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 26 Diagnostic These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device 26 1 General Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 202 Diagnostic General General Resolving 192 168 1 34 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 166 1 34 Ping Host Successful TCP IP Address Ping The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 141 Diagnostic General LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection Address Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered Chapter 26 Diagnostic 351 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 26 2 DSL Line Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the screen shown next Figure 203 Diagnostic DSL Line DSL Line o Ee Start to reset ADSL Loa
118. screens See the Logs chapter for information on viewing logs and the appendix for IPSec log descriptions 16 1 VPN IPSec Overview Use the screens documented in this chapter to configure rules for VPN connections and manage VPN connections 16 2 IPSec Algorithms The ESP and AH protocols are necessary to create a Security Association SA the foundation of an IPSec VPN An SA is built from the authentication provided by the AH and ESP protocols The primary function of key management is to establish and maintain the SA between systems Once the SA is established the transport of data may commence 16 2 1 AH Authentication Header Protocol AH protocol RFC 2402 was designed for integrity authentication sequence integrity replay resistance and non repudiation but not for confidentiality for which the ESP was designed In applications where confidentiality 1s not required or not sanctioned by government encryption restrictions an AH can be employed to ensure integrity This type of implementation does not protect the information from dissemination but will allow for verification of the integrity of the information and authentication of the originator 16 2 2 ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as the services offered by AH ESP authenticating properties are limited compared to the AH due to the non inclusion of the IP header information during the authentication pro
119. service for example both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP 9 4 1 Default Server IP Address In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen Note If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup 9 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network The most often used port numbers are shown in the following table Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers Please also refer to the Supporting CD for more examples and details on port forwarding and NAT Table 55 Services and Port Numbers SERVICES PORT NUMBER ECHO 7 FTP File Transfer Protocol 21 SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 25 DNS Domain Name System
120. shows all of the e mail settings config display firewall This command shows all of the available firewall sub commands Edit Appendix K Firewall Commands 427 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 167 Firewall Commands continued FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION E mail config edit firewall e mail This command sets the IP address to which mail server ip address of the e mail messages are sent mail server config edit firewall e mail This command sets the source e mail address return addr e mail address of the firewall e mails config edit firewall e mail This command sets the e mail address to email to e mail address which the firewall e mails are sent config edit firewall e mail This command sets how frequently the firewall policy full hourly daily logis sent via e mail weekly config edit firewall e mail This command sets the day on which the day sunday monday tuesday current firewall log is sent through e mail if the wednesday thursday friday ZYXEL Device is set to send it on a weekly saturday basis config edit firewall e mail This command sets the hour when the firewall hour 0 23 log is sent through e mail if the ZyXEL Device is set to send it on an hourly daily or weekly basis config edit firewall e mail This command sets the minute of the hour for minute 0 59 the firewall lo
121. subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is con
122. table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 40 Wireless WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This check box is available only when you select WPA2 PSK or WPA2 in the Security Mode field Select the check box to have both WPA2 and WPA wireless clients be able to communicate with the ZyXEL Device even when the ZyXEL Device is using WPA2 PSK or WPA2 Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols ReAuthentication Timer In Seconds Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout In Seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default t
123. telecommuters A B and C in the figure use IPSec routers with domain names that are mapped to their dynamic WAN IP addresses use Dynamic DNS to do this With aggressive negotiation mode see Section 16 12 1 on page 253 the ZyXEL Device can use the ID types and contents to distinguish between VPN rules Telecommuters can each use a separate VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters They can use different IPSec parameters The local IP addresses or ranges of addresses of the rules configured on the ZyXEL Device at headquarters can overlap The local IP addresses of the rules configured on the telecommuters IPSec routers should not overlap See the following table and figure for an example where three telecommuters each use a different VPN rule for a VPN connection with a ZyXEL Device located at headquarters The ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure identifies each incoming SA by its ID type and content and uses the appropriate VPN rule to establish the VPN connection The ZyXEL Device at headquarters can also initiate VPN connections to the telecommuters since it can find the telecommuters by resolving their domain names Figure 139 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example IB LAN A SES RN 192 168 2 12 m B v LAN an rS zat m 192 168 3 2 5 192 168 1 10 C B jw SSS 192 168 4 15 Chapter 16 VPN Screens 263 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table
124. the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received ARL The router received a corrupted ARL Authority Revocation List from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field 474 Appendix O Log Descriptions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 193 PKI Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Revd data lt size gt too The router received directory data that was too large the size is listed large Max size from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the allowed lt max size gt Source field The maximum size of directory data that the router allows is also recorded name gt Cert trusted lt subject The router has verified the path of the certificate with the listed subject name Due to reason codes Due to the reasons listed the certificate with the listed subject name cert not trusted has not passed the path verification The recorded reason codes are subject name only approximate reasons for not trusting the certificate Please see Table 194 on page 475 for the corresponding descriptions of the codes Table 194 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes CODE DESCRIPTION Algorithm mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints Key usage mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints Certificate wa
125. the certificate has a cer or crt file name extension Figure 149 Remote Host Certificates amp lLondon office cer bend L1 La office crt Remote Host Certificates 3 Double click the certificate s icon to open the Certificate window Click the Details tab and scroll down to the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields Figure 150 Certificate Details zix General Details Certification Path Show lt ai gt Value Glenn RSA 1024 Bits Digital Signature Certificate Signingt DNS Names Glenn Subject Type CA Path Length Cons 6 I Thumbprint algorithm shal x Thumbprint BOA7 22B6 7960 FF92 52F4 6B4C A2 v t Propertie Copy to File 282 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Verify over the phone for example that the remote host has the same information in the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields 17 13 Trusted Remote Hosts Import Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen and then click Import to open the Trusted Remote Host Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted host s certificate to the ZyXEL Device Note The trusted remote host certificate must be a self signed certificate and you must remove any spaces from its filename before you can import it Figure 151 Trusted Remote Host Import Certificates Trusted Remote Hosts
126. the rules That is a rule with the highest priority is the first to borrow bandwidth Do not select this if you want to leave bandwidth available for other traffic types or if you want to restrict the amount of bandwidth that can be used for the traffic that matches this rule Filter Configuration Service This field simplifies bandwidth class configuration by allowing you to select a predefined application When you select a predefined application you do not configure the rest of the bandwidth filter fields other than enabling or disabling the filter SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging and other VoIP Voice over IP applications Select SIP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses SIP File Transfer Protocol FTP is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Select FTP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for FTP traffic H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guarant
127. to apply to the services listed Figure 40 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration fl Service Configuration e bandwidth nthe appl use and ch kaj High C mid C Low C High mid C Low C High mid C Low Telnet C High C mid Low NetMeeting H 323 C High C Mid Low xl 71 VoIP SIP High C Mid C Low VoIP H 323 C High C Mid Low i a TFTP C High C Mid Low Use High Mid or Low to prioritize the bandwidth for each service Auto classifier rest bandwidth Automatically assign the rest bandwidth to predefined classes depending on the packet size The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 21 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select an entry s Active check box to turn on bandwidth management for the service application Service These fields display the services names Priority Select High Mid or Low priority for each service to have your ZyXEL Device use a priority for traffic that matches that service A service with High priority is given as much bandwidth as it needs If you select services as having the same priority then bandwidth is divided equally amongst those services Services not specified in bandwidth management are allocated bandwidth after all specified services receive their bandwidth requirements If the rules set up in this wizard are changed in Advanced B
128. to specify one port only or Range to specify a span of ports that define your customized service Port Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers that define your customized service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen Delete Click Delete to return to the previous screen 11 7 Example Firewall Rule The following Internet firewall rule example allows a hypothetical MyService connection from the Internet 1 Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules 2 Select WAN to LAN in the Packet Direction field Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 191 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 100 Firewall Example Rules Anti Probing Threshold Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 ovi 100 Packet Direction wan to LAN 7 Create a new rule after rule number o s Add FX EDEN Eger iem mee eio pnma Apply Cancel 3 In the Rules screen select the index number after that you want to add the rule For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 4 Click Add to display the firewall rule configuration screen 5 In the Edit Rule screen click the Edit Customized Services link to open the Customized Service screen 6 Click an index number to display the Customized Services Config screen and
129. type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add e Click OK when finished Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 379 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 223 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properties Advanced TCP IP Settings IP Settings DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Automatic metric Subnet mask Metric 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es If you know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them 380 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 224 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically
130. url The CMP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification authority server s IP address cannot be resolved Rcvd ca cert subject name The router received a certification authority certificate with subject name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Rcvd user cert subject name The router received a user certificate with subject name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Rcvd CRL size lt issuer name gt The router received a CRL Certificate Revocation List with size and issuer name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd ARL lt size gt lt issuer name gt The router received an ARL Authority Revocation List with size and issuer name as recorded from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received ca cert The router received a corrupted certification authority certificate from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received user cert The router received a corrupted user certificate from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received CRL The router received a corrupted CRL Certificate Revocation List from
131. which day of the week to send the logs Time for Sending Log Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 pm to send the logs Clear log after sending mail Select the checkbox to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an E mail of the logs Syslog Logging The ZyXEL Device sends a log to an external syslog server Active Click Active to enable syslog logging Syslog Server IP Address Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected categories of logs Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the syslog server manual for more information Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send Immediate Alert Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL Device to send E mail alerts immediately Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 342 Chapter 24 Logs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 24 4 SMTP Error Messages The following table lists common SMTP errors Table 138 SMTP Error Messages 1 means ZyXEL Device out of socket 2 means tcp SYN fail 3 means smtp server OK fail 4 means HELO fail 5 means
132. your desktop Figure 199 Temporarily Disconnected E Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default ZyXEL Device IP address 192 168 1 1 See the appendix for details on how to set up your computer s IP address If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen 348 Chapter 25 Tools P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 200 Configuration Restore Error System Restore Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return 25 2 3 Back to Factory Defaults Pressing the Reset button in this section clears all user entered configuration information and returns the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your ZyXEL Device Refer to the chapter about introducing the web configurator for more information on the RESET button 25 3 Restart System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device
133. 0 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer fisoo In Seconds Authentication Server IP Address ooo Port Number Rei2 Shared Secret 77MM Accounting Server optional IP Address ooo Port Number fisis Shared Secret Apply Cancel Advanced Setup 132 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 41 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION WPA Compatible This check box is available only when you select WPA2 PSK or WPA2 in the Security Mode field Select the check box to have both WPA2 and WPA wireless clients be able to communicate with the ZyXEL Device even when the ZyXEL Device is using WPA2 PSK or WPA2 ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer In Seconds order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout In Seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key Up
134. 0 100M Full WEP Disable DMZ DuplexInActive N A Security Firewall Enabled Anti Virus Disable x Summary Content Filter AnyIP Table WLAN Status Bandwidth Status VPN Status Packet Statistics The following table describes the labels shown in the Status screen Table 4 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Select a number of seconds or None from the drop down list box to refresh all screen statistics automatically at the end of every time interval or to not refresh the Screen statistics Apply Click this button to refresh the status screen statistics Device Information Host Name This is the System Name you enter in the Maintenance System General screen It is for identification purposes Model Number MAC Address This is the MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address unique to your ZyXEL Device ZyNOS Firmware This is the ZyNOS Firmware version and the date created ZyNOS is ZyXEL s Version proprietary Network Operating System design DSL Firmware This is the DSL firmware version associated with your ZyXEL Device Version WAN Information DSL Mode This is the standard that your ZyXEL Device is using IP Address This is the WAN port IP address IP Subnet Mask This is the WAN port IP subnet mask Default Gateway This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable 56 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator
135. 0 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 44 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active MAC Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL Device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL Device Set This is the index number of the MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless station that are allowed or denied access to the ZyXEL Device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 140 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 7 8 WMM QoS WMM Wi Fi MultiMedia QoS Quality of Service ensures quality of service in wireless networks for multimedia applications WMM allows you to prioritize wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of the individual and applications WMM is a part of the IEEE 802 11e QoS enhancement t
136. 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 717 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 13 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 100 RX bytes 730412 713 2 Kb TX bytes 1570 1 5 Kb Interrupt 10 Base address 0x1000 root localhost 388 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX E IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses IP address classes and subnet masks You use subnet masks to subdivide a network into smaller logical networks Introduction to IP Addresses An IP address has two parts the network number and the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID identifies a single device on the network An IP address is made up of four octets written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 An octet is an 8 digit binary number Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary or 0 to 255 in decimal There are several classes of IP addresses The first network number 192 in the above example defines the class of IP address These are defined as follows Class A 0 to 127 Class B 128 to 191 Class C 192 to 223 Class D 224 to 239 Class E 240 to 255 IP Address Classes and Hosts The class of an IP address determines the number of hosts you can have on your network na class
137. 0 0 IP address 120107004 IP Static Route set 7 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120107005 IP Static Route set 7 Gateway 0 0 0 0 446 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 173 Menu 12 SMT Menu 12 continued 120107006 IP Static Route set 7 Metric 0 120107007 IP Static Route set 7 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 8 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 8 FI E PVA INPUT 120108001 IP Static Route set 8 Name Str 120108002 IP Static Route set 8 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120108003 IP Static Route set 8 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120108004 IP Static Route set 8 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120108005 IP Static Route set 8 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120108006 IP Static Route set 8 Metric 0 120108007 IP Static Route set 8 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 9 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 9 tona F PVA INPUT 120109001 IP Static Route set 9 Name Str 120109002 IP Static Route set 9 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120109003 IP Static Route set 9 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120109004 IP Static Route set 9 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120109005 IP Static Route set 9 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120109006 IP Static Rout
138. 0102002 IP Static Route set 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120102003 IP Static Route set 2 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120102004 IP Static Route set 2 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120102005 IP Static Route set 2 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120102006 IP Static Route set 2 Metric 0 120102007 IP Static Route set 2 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 3 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 3 FI E PVA INPUT 120103001 IP Static Route set 3 Name Str 120103002 IP Static Route set 3 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120103003 IP Static Route set 3 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120103004 IP Static Route set 3 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120103005 IP Static Route set 3 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120103006 IP Static Route set 3 Metric 0 120103007 IP Static Route set 3 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 445 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 173 Menu 12 SMT Menu 12 continued Menu 12 1 4 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 4 ET E PVA INPUT 120104001 IP Static Route set 4 Name Str E 120104002 IP Static Route set 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120104003 IP Static Route set
139. 14 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 1 3 set 1 rule 3 SMT Menu 21 1 1 3 FI F PVA INPUT 210103001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt 2 210103002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt ze 210103003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Protocol 6 210103004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210103005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210103006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Port 139 210103007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210103008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210103009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Subnet Mask 0 210103010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Port 0 210103011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 452 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 SMT Menu 21 1 continued 210103013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop 210103014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 3 Act Not Match 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop Menu 21 1 1 4 set 41 rule 4 SMT Menu 21 1 1 4 FI F PVA INPUT 210104001 IP
140. 140 490 Index P 662H HW D Series User s Guide MAC Address Filtering 139 MAC Filter 139 Macro virus 203 Management Information Base MIB 314 Manually Update Virus Information 208 Maximize Bandwidth Usage 295 Maximum Burst Size MBS 89 94 98 Max incomplete High 199 Max incomplete Low 199 Media Bandwidth Management 43 Message Integrity Check MIC 405 Metric 88 Multicast 113 Multiplexing 86 multiplexing 86 LLC based 86 VC based 86 Multiprotocol Encapsulation 86 My IP Address 240 N Nailed Up Connection 87 NAT 111 162 163 Address mapping rule 167 Application 159 Definitions 157 How it works 158 Mapping Types 159 What it does 158 What NAT does 158 NAT Network Address Translation 157 NAT mode 161 NAT Traversal 321 NAT traversal 244 navigating the web configurator 52 Negotiation Mode 253 NetBIOS commands 174 Network Address Translation NAT 43 Network Management 162 NNTP 162 O One Minute High 199 Outside Header 236 Index 491 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide P Packet Filtering 180 Packet filtering When to use 180 Packet Filtering Firewalls 169 Pairwise Master Key PMK 406 Parental Control 215 Pattern file 203 Peak Cell Rate PCR 88 94 98 Perfect Forward Secrecy 254 PFS 254 Ping of Death 172 Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 86 Point to Point 369 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 162 POP3 162 171 172 PPPoE 85 Bene
141. 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is the subnet itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 is the directed broadcast address for the first subnet Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for the first subnet is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for the second subnet is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The above example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a class C address space into two subnets Similarly to divide a class C address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 26 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones 1s the broadcast address on the subnet Table 156 Subnet 1 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER seed E IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting 393 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 156 Subnet 1 continued LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE Subnet Address 192 168 1 0 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63
142. 29693522805 Subject CN ZyZEL Issuer CN P662HW D1 001349000001 Signature Algorithm rsa pkcs1 shal Valid From 2005 Sep 2nd 02 46 18 GMT Not Yet Valid Valid To 2010 Sep 2nd 02 54 46 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 2048 hits Key Usage DigitalSignature Basic Constraint Path Length Constraint 10 n I CRL Distribution Point ii a ESI Full Name URI http zyxel g97zfcjk2 CertEnroll ZyZELerl URI MDS Fingerprint eb he 19 67 15 8 1 ffthe 85 63 66 ff 6d 5b 8a b T SHAI Fingerprint 5 c0 e9 bd fe f0 8 7d 35 29 49 273 2b Oe a8 c9 10 82 90 ca Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MIICvTCCA meg A wIBAgIQDLSORvmRSaBOZDwzlWwyDdTANBgkdqhkiG9wOBAQUFADAi MSAwHgYDVOODExdQNjYySFctRDEgIDAwMTMOOTAwMDAwMTAeFwOwNTAS5MDIwMjO2 MThaFwOxMDASMDIwMjUONDZaMBAxDjAMBgNVBAMTBVp5WkVMMIIBIjANBgkgqhkiG SuOBAQEFAAOCAQSBAMIIBCgKCAQEAxKO4T3OpOQHIVMitsi5IrupkZlFSgg9KR2 tW FogGTWJ6JVMhugSybaxTORfdO7LdqBnLiFPl2UZxlrNVvfnPzGwf Yvj1FPfuo3Nq Y 6zkySezStSHRizWJ6uC6hwJuRpSxZizGvD4ElJu609VKyhdnX7aCODaN32p8WD Te p Y F hqDVCMOkKRNmKj QBPgRsSMbzrxdOAYRL3ZHe lmvOdIVZNATVMmHC2Vx9I I3 096TIVcUdNI5d093 idwxTFhDGbh ogMFGx9nu2 XCOL4yu0Gnt LFmYR3 3 icH7Sr tHD3yFacTFlf ojo8WXvc7iWxDm UGbUg9 U jKL6Y1PSjxihQIDAQABO4HCMIG Back Export Apply Cancel 284 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 110 Trusted Remote Host Details LABEL DESC
143. 3 Trusted CA Setting Name subject issuer Eom vaita To fi cue Medity TEN RAE a a Fron m 495 Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 105 Trusted CAs LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage Space in Use This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet
144. 30200003 Authentication Server IP Address 192 168 1 32 230200004 Authentication Server Port 1822 230200005 Authentication Server Shared Secret 111111111111 111 111111111111 1111 230200006 Accounting Server Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zd 230200007 Accounting Server Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 230200008 Accounting Server IP Address 192 168 1 44 230200009 Accounting Server Port 1823 230200010 Accounting Server Shared Secret 1234 Menu 23 4 System security IEEE 802 1x SMT Menu 23 4 FI FN PVA INPUT 230400001 Wireless Port Control 0 Authentication 2 Required 1 No Access Allowed 2 No Authentication Required 230400002 ReAuthentication Timer in second 555 230400003 Idle Timeout in second 999 230400004 Authentication Databases lt 0 Local User 1 Database Only 1 RADIUS Only 2 Local RADIUS 3 RADIUS Local gt 230400005 Key Management Protocol 0 8021x 1 WPA 0 2 WPAPSK 230400006 Dynamic WEP Key Exchange lt 0 Disable 1 64 0 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 230400007 PSK Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 459 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 177 Menu 23 System Menus SMT Menu 23 continued 230400008 WPA Mixed Mode lt 0 Disable 0 1 Enable gt 230400009 Data Privacy for Broadcast lt 0
145. 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 396 Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX F Wireless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless stations A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an Ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an Ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 238 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network __ kaa A E bun AN Nem B C BSS A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless stations or between a wireless station and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless stations in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless sta
146. 327 Figure 180 Internet Connection Properties ires serta IRSE FATE SuERE FEY YYBU EE FYT ES AERE REM PASS A REPUMI GA 327 Figure 181 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings sesssse 328 Figure 182 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add 328 ab Ecl p QE CVEC RES ERR netsh ian 329 Figure 194 intemmet Connection SUUM iioc aar IS REO PHI E iers SERE UI Pr EM ER REA IAE MERAIL 43S 329 Fae 199 Network D GOODS coa ebet abeat dina pun abi dod E uU ta Ei t CEU ipaa nint 330 Figure 186 Network Connections My Network Places i225 disi tias ec tain aiiud 331 Figure 187 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example 331 Figure 108 System General SIUP narcriirnnucssrekoias ia 334 Figure 189 System Tim SOME acccnssassccttsesscccuni desee eel dass ec cet ieuee cec bl tenia eet que se cl aae EUk ed 335 ERULE T90 VIBUC EO it ent bote cho aa E T keel eon UR E O AT A A iced idus 340 mon 11 EDU ce eee andes ciiaeene don emeeelads 341 Figure 19 E mail Esq EXMP soi oui toners oe ene Ee Fuere PR RM la uet be a dee dun 343 Figure 199 Firmware LIBI uuiseeiotens Doxebsrenntotehediipi bina lata Hist be oppi f M dedo 345 Figure 194 Firmware Upload Iri Progress cccsund sicciidusccisntmccessndsavececsbaoisscne temiaaaccaeenctars 346 Figure 195 Network Temporarily DiSGOnhnected 1 caen satt rent tH stt Ro s 346 Foue 190 Enor Message Se T 347 Figure 197 Con
147. 4 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120104004 IP Static Route set 4 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120104005 IP Static Route set 4 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120104006 IP Static Route set 4 Metric 0 120104007 IP Static Route set 4 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 5 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 5 BI E PVA INPUT 120105001 IP Static Route set 5 Name Str 120105002 IP Static Route set 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120105003 IP Static Route set 5 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120105004 IP Static Route set 5 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120105005 IP Static Route set 5 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120105006 IP Static Route set 5 Metric 0 120105007 IP Static Route set 5 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 6 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 6 FI E PVA INPUT 120106001 IP Static Route set 6 Name Str 120106002 IP Static Route set 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120106003 IP Static Route set 6 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120106004 IP Static Route set 6 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120106005 IP Static Route set 6 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120106006 IP Static Route set 6 Metric 0 20106007 IP Static Route set 6 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 7 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 7 BI E PVA INPUT 120107001 IP Static Route set 7 Name Str 120107002 IP Static Route set 7 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120107003 IP Static Route set 7 Destination 0 0
148. 5 Table 165 Wireless Security Relational Matrix eese nnne 407 Table 166 Certificates Commands iusserat reno nan ket rid aa au EN PA ARR RR RPM LA GRE ER PR a ARA ERA KR 421 ICONE c ocBeonpn Irae 427 36 List of Tables P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 168 NetBIOS Filler Default Stings oiuissscexktipos zx zi npeseeetixp paa tox RP eH enes 434 Table 169 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table 439 Table 170 Menu 1 General Setup SMT Menu 1 eee nennen ntes 440 Tabla Ty 1 oEP JS IP F aroas amaruauinn edaawis 440 Table 172 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup SMT Menu 4 esee 443 Table 173 Menu 12 SMT Menu T2 cccasicssssecanascrecveegnaecniencdsrsacumngetasisengescsaniencecesacnsh daaennasees 445 Table 174 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup SMT Menu 15 esee 449 Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 SMT Menu 21 1 uec atbtrite rtr p tree tere pP REA Reb eRa dA 451 Table 176 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 SMT Menu 21 1 454 Table 177 Menu 23 System Menus SMT Menu 23 eeeeeseeenenee nennen nae 459 Table 178 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control SMT Menu 24 11 460 Table 179 Command Exaile 11i io eec evt IG PLE I AEEA 460 Table 190 System Maintenance LOgS sssssiissrssrerissssrensissirnsresdnds irera rida enenda ernea nannaa 465 Table 191 System Error LOGS e sined Aba anii DiNi aa E 466 Table 152 Access Con
149. 5005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210205006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest Port 138 210205007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest Port 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210205008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210205009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210205010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Port 0 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 457 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 176 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 SMT Menu 21 1 continued 210205011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210205013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210205014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 6 Filter set 2 rule 6 SMT Menu 21 1 2 5 FI F PVA INPUT 210206001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Type 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210206002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt N 210206003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Protocol 17 210206004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210206005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210206006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest Port 139 210206007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Dest P
150. 55 192 126 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 127 1110 0000 224 Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting 391 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 152 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation continued SUBNET MASK SUBNET MASK 1 BITS LAST OCTET BIT VALUE DECIMAL 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 129 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 The first mask shown is the class C natural mask Normally if no mask is specified it is understood that the natural mask is being used Example Two Subnets As an example you have a class C address 192 168 1 0 with subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 Table 153 Two Subnets Example IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER HOST ID IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 The first three octets of the address make up the network number class C To make two networks divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate subnets by converting one of the host ID bits of the IP address to a network number bit The borrowed host ID bit can be either 0 or 1 thus giving two subnets 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 and 192 168 1 128 with mask 255 255 255 128 Note In the following charts shaded bolded last octet bit values indicate host ID bits borrowed to make n
151. 68 1 24 Ethemet a B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 Interface Emi C 192168 3 1 192 168 3 24 To change your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias The screen appears as shown Figure 60 LAN IP Alias IP Alias 1 TIP Alias 1 IP Address IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version IP Alias 2 IP Alias 2 IP Address IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 34 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device 120 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 34 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out O
152. 7 Customized SETVIGES serseri renra EE N ER NEEE ERr 190 Table 68 Firewall Configure Customized Services sss 191 Table 69 Predefined SOPVIDOS use aded eruat E erba XE aaa Aa REM AAGZE RS PMARUR aa aaa 195 Ips mieiudg WEEDS TE um T 198 Table 71 FirswalE Threshold 512i ctia tta v I HR UR Hat ER Re 1S erra S e ae Re 200 Table 72 Common Computer Virus Types saririsa cterocixii kir EXER CHER RYE at ritu a EB RR Rari Ee 203 Table 73 Anti Virus Packet SCAN prisen oan repira tex Mobi vex debat pasada rp pe Edad It 206 Table 74 Anti Virus Registration and Virus Information Update eseeceeeeeeeeeeees 208 Table 79 Content Filer KoywWord Nm 212 Table 76 Content Filer SGelibdulo 2iuseisierezziiccun zunnizkeideec eeepc d e podre toni da Endte rias 213 Table 17 Content Filer MUSEO sce iaiawedssavaasteissdiinatuns saiciaucedesiatateus aa ES aN 213 Table 78 Content Access Control General erret prt aant pepe S RR RS a EEN EENS 216 Table 79 Control Access Control General Time Scheduling sssssss 218 Table 80 Content Access Control General Services ssssssssssssssss 219 Table 81 Available SEMIS aomp a Pimakauaierceni genset ical EOE RA anna 220 34 List of Tables P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 82 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter eeeeeesessss 222 Table 83 Content Access Control General Diagnose
153. 8 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src IP Address 0 0 0 0 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 453 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 SMT Menu 21 1 continued 210105009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Subnet Mask 0 210105010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Port 0 210105011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 1less 4 greater 210105013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Act Match 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210105014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Act Not Match lt 1 Check Next 1 2 Forward 3 Dro p gt Menu 21 1 1 6 set 1 rule 6 SMT Menu 21 1 1 6 FI E PVA INPUT 210106001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt A 210106002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt p 210106003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Protocol 17 210106004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210106005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210106006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Port 139 210106007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 1less 4 greater 210106008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210106009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src Subnet Mask 0 210106010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 6 Src Port 0 210106011 IP Filter Set 1
154. 83 Ay clo CROTON Pec 1 0 e E 286 1716 Directory Survel Add or Edit siceuetstetiodite p USE bob Dra bE oH VUE A 287 Chapter 18 Stale ROUE m 289 Te se Fe g ROUD aoni aaia ee coer ae eee reer rr 289 18 2 Configuring Static ROUTE iuiesosasec terret etd errem rea GER Le Eta ER ER Le pda 289 TET Sti Ple BHIE uccide c bxc IRE EDU CER MINIS EL DEVI UN AED E CPAROS 290 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Manag erie ssissisinsnnnasaascnxaniaxscnantansnsssnaansnsennsconsonansostensanmaconnabiniamnansnns 293 19 1 Bandwidth Management Overview ccce cesses eeeeeceeeeenseeceeneesseceeeeenneees 293 19 2 Application based Bandwidth Management sss 293 19 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management see 293 19 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management 294 179 5 SOhedulef nac cube costes obainn ia paved en ES Gebr ioii 294 15 5 1 Prato based Schedler uiis i err d hen o or di taa 294 19 5 2 Fairmess based Scheduler uies cot Er RR REPERI ARR M EPEPS SEHE Ai in 295 19 6 Maximize Bandwidth LISage 15 rtaeii eter tau pee ttu tus inaa Eua 295 19 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic 295 19 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example eese 296 19 6 2 1 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth 296 19 6 2 2 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted zii e
155. A address the first octet is the network number and the remaining three octets are the host ID na class B address the first two octets make up the network number and the two remaining octets make up the host ID Inaclass C address the first three octets make up the network number and the last octet is the host ID Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting 389 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table shows the network number and host ID arrangement for classes A B and C Table 149 Classes of IP Addresses IP ADDRESS OCTET 1 OCTET 2 OCTET 3 OCTET 4 Class A Network number Host ID Host ID Host ID Class B Network number Network number Host ID Host ID Class C Network number Network number Network number Host ID An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 for example Therefore to determine the total number of hosts allowed in a network deduct two as shown next A class C address 1 host octet 8 host bits can have 28 2 or 254 hosts A class B address 2 host octets 16 host bits can have 216 _ 2 or 65534 hosts A class A address 3 host octets 24 host bits can have 274 2 hosts or approximately 16 million hosts IP Address Classes and Network ID The value of the first octet of an IP address determines the
156. ADIUS server Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless stations RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless station and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access Access Accept Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access 402 Appendix F Wireless LANs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following types of RADIUS messages are
157. AT SUA Port Forwarding 1024 NAT sessions Multimedia application PPTP under NAT SUA IPSec passthrough SIP ALG passthrough VPN passthrough VPN 20 IPSec tunnels Content Filtering Web page blocking by URL keyword CAC Content Access Controls allows user Internet access controls Static Routes 16 IP and 4 Bridge Other Features Any IP SPTGEN Zero Configuration VC auto hunting Traffic Redirect Dynamic DNS IP Alias IP Policy Routing MBM Multimedia Bandwidth Management QoS Quality of Service Appendix A Product Specifications 367 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 368 Product Specifications P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX B About ADSL Introduction to DSL DSL Digital Subscriber Line technology enhances the data capacity of the existing twisted pair wire that runs between the local telephone company switching offices and most homes and offices While the wire itself can handle higher frequencies the telephone switching equipment is designed to cut off signals above 4 000 Hz to filter noise off the voice line but now everybody is searching for ways to get more bandwidth to improve access to the Web hence DSL technologies There are actually seven types of DSL service ranging in speeds from 16 Kbits sec to 52 Mbits sec The services are either symmetrical traffic flows at the same speed in both directions or asymmetrical the downstream c
158. Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 6 Configuring More Connections This section describes the protocol independent parameters for a remote network They are required for placing calls to a remote gateway and the network behind it across a WAN connection When you use the WAN gt Internet Connection screen to set up Internet access you are configuring the first WAN connection Click Network gt WAN gt More Connections to display the screen as shown next 94 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 45 More Connections active Name versvcr_ encapsulation Modify 1 Internet Connection 8 35 ENET ENCAP 2 g ou 3 g a 4 Eni 5 Eu 6 g i 7 g wf 8 g i Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 24 More Connections LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of a connection Active This display whether this connection is activated Clear the check box to disable the connection Select the check box to enable it Name This is the descriptive name for this connection VPIA CI This is the VPI and VCI values used for this connection Encapsulation This is the method of encapsulation used for this connection Modify The first ISP connection is read only in this screen Use the WAN gt Internet Connection screen to edit it Click the edit icon to go t
159. C address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 Refresh Click Refresh to update this screen 2 4 4 Status WLAN Status Click the WLAN Status hyperlink in the Status screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated to the ZyXEL Device 58 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 13 Status WLAN Status Wireless LAN Association List a a EEEEUTUSNENGUS 1 00 ac c5 01 23 45 1 Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 6 Status WLAN Status LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of an associated wireless station Association This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with the P 662H HW Dx Time Refresh Click Refresh to reload this screen 2 4 5 Status Bandwidth Status Select the Bandwidth Status hyperlink in the Status screen View the bandwidth usage of the LAN WAN and WLAN configured bandwidth rules This is also shown as bandwidth usage over the bandwidth budget for each rule The gray section of the bar represents the percentage of unused bandwidth and the orange color represents the percentage of bandwidth in use Figure 14 Status Ba
160. CC ESS ESS ESS ESS ESS ESS 480 Appendix O Log Descriptions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX P Triangle Route The Ideal Setup When the firewall 1s on your ZyXEL Device acts as a secure gateway between your LAN and the Internet In an ideal network topology all incoming and outgoing network traffic passes through the ZyXEL Device to protect your LAN against attacks Figure 273 Ideal Setup di SA A i The Triangle Route Problem A traffic route is a path for sending or receiving data packets between two Ethernet devices Some companies have more than one alternate route to one or more ISPs If the LAN and ISP s are in the same subnet the triangle route problem may occur The steps below describe the triangle route problem 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending out a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the SYN packet through Gateway B on the LAN to the WAN 3 The reply from the WAN goes directly to the computer on the LAN without going through the ZyXEL Device As a result the ZyXEL Device resets the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged Appendix P Triangle Route 481 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 274 Triangle Route Problem LAN WAN PONENS e i A es 2 Internet 3 es ee SA The Triang
161. Ceska Republika support zyxel dk 45 39 55 07 00 www zyxel dk ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej DENMARK sales zyxel dk 45 39 55 07 07 2860 Soeborg Denmark support zyxel fi 358 9 4780 8411 www zyxel fi ZyXEL Communications Oy FINLAND a Malminkaari 10 sales zyxel fi 358 9 4780 8448 00700 Helsinki Finland info zyxel fr 33 4 72 52 97 97 www zyxel fr ZyXEL France 1 rue des Vergers FRANCE 33 4 72 52 19 20 Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France support zyxel de 49 2405 6909 0 www zyxel de ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH GERMANY Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 sales zyxel de 49 2405 6909 99 Wuerselen Germany support zyxel hu 36 1 3361649 www zyxel hu ZyXEL Hungary HUNGARY 48 Zoldlomb Str info zyxel hu 36 1 3259100 H 1025 Budapest Hungary http zyxel kz support 7 3272 590 698 www zyxel kz ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk ave Office 414 KAZAKHSTAN sales zyxel kz 7 3272 590 689 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan support zyxel com 1 800 255 4101 www us zyxel com ZyXEL Communications Inc 1 714 632 0882 1130 N Miller St NORTH AMERICA Anaheim sales zyxel com 1 714 632 0858 ftp us zyxel com ey eines 8 Customer Support P 662H HW D Series User s Guide METHOD SUPPORT E MAIL TELEPHONE WEB SITE REGULAR MAIL LOCATION SALES E MAIL FAX FTP SITE support zyxel no 47 22 80 61 80 www zyxel no ZyXEL Commun
162. D COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION WLAN P Green On The ZyXEL Device is ready but is not sending receiving data 662HW only through the wireless LAN Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data through the wireless LAN None Off The wireless LAN is not ready or has failed DSL ACT Green On The ZyXEL Device has a successful DSL connection Blinking The DSL is attempting to synchronize with the ZyXEL Device Off The system is not receiving power or there is no DSL connection INTERNET Green On The ZyXEL Device is connected with no traffic detected Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data Red On The ZyXEL Device failed to authenticate Off The DSL line is down CON AUX Green On The CON AUX switch is set to CON the CON AUX port is connected to a management computer and someone is logged into the ZyXEL Device Amber On The CON AUX switch is set to AUX and the CON AUX port has an Internet connection through a dial up modem Blinking The CON AUX switch is set to AUX and the CON AUX port is sending or receiving data through a dial up modem or ISDN TA Off The CON AUX link is not ready or has failed Refer to the Quick Start Guide for information on hardware connections 48 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 2 Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access and navigate the web con
163. D Series User s Guide Figure 109 Anti Virus Registration and Virus Information Update Registration Click Registration to register for Anti Virus services You can also view and update your registration status Registration Activation Click Activate to acivate your Anti Virus service Activation Status Not Activated Activate Virus Information Update You may update schedule periodly or click Update Now to get the latest version Update Schedule None Update Now Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 74 Anti Virus Registration and Virus Information Update LABEL DESCRIPTION Registration You must register for the anti virus service before you can use the packet scan feature on the ZyXEL Device Registering for the service allows you to activate packet scan and download the virus pattern file Click Registration and follow the online instructions to register Refer to the Section on page 496 appendix for more information Activation After you have successfully registered for the anti virus service click Activate to enable and start using the anti virus feature This also sets the ZyXEL Device to automatically update the pattern file Virus Information Set the fields below to configure the ZyXEL Device to automatically update the Update pattern file Update Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of the automati
164. D Series User s Guide Figure 220 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help o Back 7 ks 2 Search e Folders Ez 5 e Network Connections LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks ocal Area Connection nabled connection Standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte f setup a home or small Disable office network amp Disable this network zas device Repair W Repair this connection amp Create a new Bridge Connections mij Rename this connection View status of this connection Change settings of this connection Create Shortcut 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and then click Properties Figure 221 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties 4 Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using B Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter This connection uses the following items E Client for Microsoft Networks Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP e Ifyou have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically 378 Appendi
165. E anna 306 Figure 164 Remote Management WWW uisus opp REB RHAQU HER PY MEER PH QUE P ER E 310 Figure 165 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network eene nnne 311 Figure 166 Remote Management Telnet eeeeesieseiesse sesenta nnn ninth andae 312 Figure 167 Remote Management FUP uiii eseecsieeiee er esesceo rr ctbekec ecco ueteri ia 313 28 List of Figures P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 165 SNMP Management Model 15 terrai errare aS aa 314 Figure 169 Remote Management SNMP eeeeeiieeeseeeei isse ase natnm ha assa i sna ninenin 316 Figure 170 Remoto Management DNS 2 nocet tbi ron ttbi doe pa ck dara bra EE in 317 Figure 171 Remotes Management ICMP 1 orden pe ra bd 2d ead Sa Eon d evans Rad di 318 Figure 172 Enebling UR Larsen ame bo b prie bap esie eva shanna teint eels 319 Figure 173 Configuring UPMP e 322 Figure 174 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication 324 Figure 175 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components 324 Figure 176 Network Connects conia ore bdo us Rl rr e UR t v c E Rd bo t RR 325 Figure 177 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeee 325 Figure 175 Networking SOCVIQOS ausccciiiamse sec etos spart aive EE bL dae epe IGI Ora EE I Vana EE EU E 326 Figure 179 Network C OBHOEDODS iuuiebasaedcdqenpp td kp rt Rp da pot de a po pps
166. ERE PH FE RPULI RE ERE nainis 209 Figure 111 Virus Scan Update Successful 25i esconder erri riter tae iac tiisna iaaa 209 Figure 112 Content Filter Keyword 1i orbc opo tcp Eee ppn d ole o pA GR a Kuna aa ERR 211 Figure 113 Content Fiter Schedule a asta a icatda ee taniia di aR 212 Figura 114 Content Filter West uuesesateicos Pr PUEPOR E puL KE e POSER MULA EX NP PLPASSRERPOLAK 213 Figure 115 Content Access Control with WLAN Application ssesesssseseee 215 Figure 116 Content Access Control General icis rte tcrtia re pit ped de cvi 216 Figure 117 Control Access Control General Time Scheduling 218 Figure 118 Content Access Control General Services usines pibe niinniin 219 Figure 119 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter sessssss 222 Figure 120 Content Access Control General Diagnose eeeeeseseeeeeenn nenne 227 Figure 121 Content Access Control User Profiles uestes hee eREURRR EE bRsER ERE R IRAN p URER PATE QA 228 Figure 122 Content Access Control Online Status iier ier rrt harena ha aorta aka arena d 229 Figure 123 Content Access Controk User Login Soren isses cetera nada 230 Figure 124 Content Access Control User Logout Screen 230 List of Figures 27 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 125 Encryption and Deb EDI sensensa 234 GUAE quf poisdl qc 235 Figure 127 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation
167. F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or AES from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security SA Life Time
168. Figure 4 P 0G2H From Panel ss sisescoszisaseuonersiiretnnnrsjastannarssitesennsdssaannisdadeionaxigaunmadaannannse 47 Foue 3 oOo 2h vy Front Fale eee ETT 47 Figure o Password SOIBOD ooo ehriide te ceri dva ictu ld pation iva cel tend N E 50 Figure 7 Change Password at Login iui d eda tit cade Sand hua disap adda Pe pAAR ua LEA Mad Lak 50 Figure 8 Replace Factory Default Certificate Juxsereiastep orna se esp PI NURE RE XY non Se PIN RA RES UPPER TREE RUINA 51 duit cgo 51 Figure 10 Web Configurator Main Screen 1 esie rhe ken bk ttn ab tk e ERR R Ld 52 Figure 11 Stews Sron cwn 56 x x 12 ous An 4 dir qm 58 Foue 1T Slams WLAN SOUS ariaa i Naaa 59 Figure 14 Status Bandwidth Status e 59 Figure 19 Status VPN SIRUS qensdierceutnkasp rk ERO CR sania nen RM DR KARASIE EENE ERRASSE 60 Figure 16 Statues Packet Statens scannen E 61 Figura Tr ae a CT aa Eo da eco Ga n Hao ccr o a RR DU 62 Figure 16 Selecta Mode c a a a a a 65 Figure 19 Wizard Welcome 66 Figure 20 Auto Detection No DSL COnMBCUON uiiies torpore tta En pe E33 kisasi 66 Figure 2T Auwt Dateclon Failed Mer 67 Figure 22 A to Detection PPPOE 1c test rre e eeepc tap retinet EE pinu 67 Figure 23 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters esssssssse 68 Figure 24 Intemet Connection with PPPOE nieto bero rtt t roPR OR EREN ORE ob arani EFE raaa 69 Figure 25 Internet Conne
169. Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt Ea 210104002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt E 210104003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Protocol 17 210104004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210104005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210104006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Port 137 210104007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater 210104008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210104009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Subnet Mask 0 210104010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Port 0 210104011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210104013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Act Match lt 1 check next 3 2 forward 3 drop 210104014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 4 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop Menu 21 1 1 5 set 1 rule 5 SMT Menu 21 1 1 5 FI FN PVA INPUT 210105001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt Ea 210105002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt I 210105003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Protocol 17 210105004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210105005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210105006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Port 138 210105007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 5 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 21010500
170. Guide Figure 88 Address Mapping Rules woe ont OU RR QN 10 Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules EAE tocalEndiP Global Start P Global End 1P 1 RAQARAAARR E E E E B E E E B The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 58 Address Mapping Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the rule index number Local Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end Inside Local IP Address ILA If the rule is for all local IP addresses then this field displays 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to one and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the starting Inside Global IP Address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP You can only do this for Many to One and Server mapping types Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global IP Address IGA This field is N A for One to one Many to One and Server mapping types Type 1 1 One to one mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for the One to one NAT mapping type M 1 Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s
171. HW D Series User s Guide 19 8 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup You must use the Bandwidth Management Summary screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface before you can configure rules for that interface Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup to open the following screen Figure 160 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup Rule Setup Rule Setup Direction LAN z Bandwidth 16 Add kbps Service WW x Priority High 7 To LAN Interface Jactive Rule Name Destination Port Priority Bandwidth kbps Modify i M o 10 g a lv WWW High 2 Ww B ug Telnet 0 Mid 10 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 121 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Direction Select the direction of traffic to which you want to apply bandwidth management Service Select a service for your rule or you can select User Defined to go to the screen where you can define your own Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Bandwidtht kbps Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Add Click this button to add a rule to the following table This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule Active This displays whether the rule is enabled Select th
172. I DUE 4 STORY WAITS ETT DULL DIEM 6 ZYXEL Limited Waranty occiso eue ttae rehus suh OR CEQRREE ERR EPI GE FM RR EPVEPUTMEYMEFELAVERET ERR MRRE 7 Customer SAPPE uu eie ipea aa aa EG d oco d ul Paw edd at RENI DUE 8 Table OTC ONON S nacii sccm EYE TEIG GU UR vant E panama OFEN Oa cU Er EDI TRE Ga FE VE RANA DUCI OE 11 List of FIGHEGS uino opel cii COE Iu ame iv inc K Mese uri Ta es La ie buUNU cR CUM MF I MS DRM EUREN 25 ELIGE YS ARTT TETUER 33 Po TT T UO T S LE LS mue T 39 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device eee 41 1 1 Introducing th ZVAEL DeVIDR Lauiiiadon sterne e ete Ere diae a Pana ulia ia ra du Ra qug 41 1 1 1 Features of the ZyXEL DEVICE 15 coniicere coe tenens cce ttn iacet o tette 41 1 1 1 1 P 662HWY Wireless Features 1 ciue cene taa htc hatc 45 13 2 Applications for the ZyXEL D VICE 1 nter n ask ko ota naa einen an Eb Rhe d anas 45 121 2 T Mater biet ODER 612 aeta ret Leo Ep Lo E eese e coi o eoe dd 46 1 1 2 2 LAN to LAN Application oisinnean tees items EE aa Ceu tice opted 46 1 1 3 Firewall for Secure Broadband Internet Access seen 46 1 124 Front Panel LEDS 1r aot tei i t E EL uda EE Lade Eee rue a ou ae eee i case dont 47 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator ccccccscceeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeees 49 2 1 Web Configurator CVePHBW sissie an E E E EA 49 2 2 Accessing the Web Configurator 5 5 rr H3 Hr SEP I Fr HIS PECES oria 49 2 9 Reset
173. IP Address Bindings Advanced NeBIS DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address n IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below C Specify an IP address luu dee mu Egg SumeMee TL v Detect connection to network media Cancel 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab If you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS Ifyou know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 375 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 217 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration TCP IP Properties 21 xl Bindings Advanced Netpios DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address Domain Suffix Search Order P Cancel 4 Click the Gateway tab Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways Ifyou have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add 5 Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window 6 Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer when prompted Verifyi
174. Internet Access 71 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 28 Connection Test Failed 1 STEP STEP ffi Internet Configuration Your login username and pa Back to Username and Password setup Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes 9 No Ifthe following screen displays check if your account is activated or click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings Figure 29 Connection Test Failed 2 fii Internet Configuration you Cannot ac the Intern s y pport entered in th zard a Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes 9 No 3 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup After you configure the Internet access information use the following screens to set up your wireless LAN 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 72 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 30 Connection Test Successful STEP 1 STEP ffi Internet Configuration You should be able to ac the Internet now CONGRATULATIE The Internet Setup configuration is complete Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No lt Back Next gt Exit 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN and OTIST Click Next to continue Figure 31 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 ff Wireless LAN M Active Gi your network a name You w
175. Management DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Port The DNS service port number is 53 and cannot be changed here Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 8 Configuring ICMP To change your ZyXEL Device s security settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 317 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed Figure 171 Remote Management ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on LAN amp WAN 7 I Do not respond to requests for unau
176. NROTUM Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 108 Trusted Remote Hosts LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates Issuer My Default This field displays identifying information about the default self signed certificate Self signed on the ZyXEL Device that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host Certificate certificates This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes a
177. NS 44 305 dynamic DNS 44 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol 44 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address 241 Dynamic WEP Key Exchange 404 DYNDNS Wildcard 305 Index 487 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide E EAP Authentication 403 ECHO 162 E mail virus 203 embedded help 53 Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP 85 Encapsulation 85 235 ENET ENCAP 85 PPP over Ethernet 85 PPPoA 86 RFC 1483 86 Encapsulation Security Payload 239 Encryption 233 405 ESP 235 ESP Protocol 239 ESS 398 Ethernet 366 Extended Service Set 398 Extended Service Set IDentification 128 Extended wireless security 75 F Fairness based Scheduler 295 FCC 4 FCC Rules 4 Federal Communications Commission 4 File infector 203 Finger 162 Firewall Access Methods 181 Address Type 189 Alerts 184 Anti Probing 197 Creating Editing Rules 187 Custom Ports 190 Enabling 184 Firewall Vs Filters 179 Guidelines For Enhancing Security 178 Introduction 170 LAN to WAN Rules 184 Policies 181 Rule Checklist 182 Rule Logic 182 Rule Security Ramifications 182 Services 195 Types 169 When To Use 180 firmware 345 upgrade 345 488 Index P 662H HW D Series User s Guide upload 345 upload error 346 Fragmentation Threshold 400 Fragmentation threshold 400 Frame Relay 46 FTP 162 309 312 FTP Restrictions 309 Full Rate 463 G General Setup 333 General wireless LAN screen 127 H Half Open Sessions 199 Hidden node 399 Host 63 334 335 How
178. P RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution 7 9 QoS Screen The QoS screen by default allows you to automatically give a service a priority level according to the ToS value in the IP header of the packets it sends 7 9 1 ToS Type of Service and WMM QoS ToS defines the DS Differentiated Service field in the IP packet header The ToS value of outgoing packets is between 0 and 255 0 is the lowest priority WMM QoS checks the ToS in the header of transmitted data packets It gives the applicati
179. P 662H HW D Series 802 11g ADSL 2 4 Port Security Gateway User s Guide 7 2006 ZyXEL P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Copyright Copyright O 2006 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Copyright 3 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement This device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to
180. P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 4 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION VPI VCI This is the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier that you entered in the Wizard or WAN screen LAN Information IP Address This is the LAN port IP address IP Subnet Mask This is the LAN port IP subnet mask DHCP This is the WAN port DHCP role Server Relay or None WLAN Information wireless devices only SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in the wireless LAN Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL Device now WEP This displays the status of WEP data encryption Security Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s firewall is activated Content Filter This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s content filtering is activated Anti Virus This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s anti virus is activated System Status System Uptime This is the total time the ZyXEL Device has been on Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time System Mode This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is functioning as a router or a bridge CPU Usage This number shows how many kilobytes of the heap memory the ZyXEL Device is using Heap memory refers to the memory that is not used by ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System and is thus available fo
181. P address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 329 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 185 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Back P Search Key Folders Ea e Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks Internet Connection Disabled Internet Connection 5 Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network LAN or High Speed Internet Local Area Connection Enabled E A Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast See Also i Network Troubleshooter Other Places Mb Control Panel amp My Network Places G My Documents X My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections 4 An icon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays 330 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 186 Network Connections My Network Places My Network Places File Edit View Favorit
182. PTION Wireless Advanc ed Setup RTS CTS Enter a value between 0 and 2432 If you select the Enable 802 11g mode Threshold checkbox this field is grayed out and the ZyXEL Device uses 4096 automatically Fragmentation It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value between 256 and Threshold 2432 If you select the Enable 802 11g mode checkbox this field is grayed out and the ZyXEL Device uses 4096 automatically Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field This control changes the strength of the ZyXEL Device s antenna gain or transmission power Antenna gain is the increase in coverage Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications If there is a high density of APs within an area decrease the output power of the ZyXEL Device to reduce interference with other APs The options are Maximum Middle and Minimum Preamble Select a preamble type from the drop down list menu Choices are Long Short or Dynamic The default setting is Long See the section on preamble for more information 134 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 42 Wireless LAN Advanced 802 11g mode LABEL DESCRIPTION 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to assoc
183. RIPTION Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s own certificate and a list of certification authority certificates in the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate a certificate s issuing certification authority For a trusted host the list consists of the end entity s own certificate and the default self signed certificate that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign remote host certificates Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate Information These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Type This field displays general information about the certificate With trusted remote host certificates this field always displays CA signed The ZyXEL Device is the Certification Authority that signed the certificate X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the device that created the certificate Subject This field displays informati
184. Real Estate Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information on renting buying or selling real estate or properties Chapter 14 Content Access Control 225 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 82 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Society Lifestyle Selecting this category excludes pages providing information on matters of daily life This does not include pages relating to entertainment sports jobs Sex or pages promoting alternative lifestyles such as homosexuality Personal homepages fall within this category if they cannot be classified in another category Gay Lesbian Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information promote or cater to gay and lesbian lifestyles This does not include pages that are sexually oriented Restaurants Dining Food Selecting this category excludes pages that list review discuss advertise and promote food catering dining services cooking and recipes Sports Recreation Hobbies Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or provide information about spectator sports recreational activities or hobbies This includes pages that discuss or promote camping gardening and collecting Travel Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or provide opportunity for travel planning including finding and making travel reservations vehicle rentals descri
185. SP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 11 Internet Connection with PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name Type the name of your PPPoE service here Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 25 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 STEP 1 STEP f Internet Configuration IP Address gr Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 69 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 12 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address This field is available if you select Routing in the Mode field Type your ISP assigned IP address in this field Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 26 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP f Internet Conf
186. Sec Routers Normally you cannot set up an IKE SA with a NAT router between the two IPSec routers because the NAT router changes the header of the IPSec packet NAT traversal solves the problem by adding a UDP port 500 header to the IPSec packet The NAT router forwards the IPSec packet with the UDP port 500 header unchanged In Figure 130 on page 244 when IPSec router A tries to establish an IKE SA IPSec router B checks the UDP port 500 header and IPSec routers A and B build the IKE SA For NAT traversal to work you must Use ESP security protocol in either transport or tunnel mode Use IKE keying mode Enable NAT traversal on both IPSec endpoints Set the NAT router to forward UDP port 500 to IPSec router A Finally NAT is compatible with ESP in tunnel mode because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which 1s unchanged by a NAT device The compatibility of AH and ESP with NAT in tunnel and transport modes is summarized in the following table Table 89 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transport N AH Tunnel N ESP Transport Y ESP Tunnel Y 244 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Y This is supported in the ZyXEL Device if you enable NAT traversal 16 8 Remote DNS Server In cases where you want to use domain names to access Intranet servers on a remote network that has a
187. Set 2 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210202014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 3 Filter set 2 rule 3 SMT Menu 21 1 2 3 FI F PVA INPUT 210203001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Type 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210203002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210203003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Protocol 6 210203004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210203005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210203006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest Port 139 210203007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Dest Port 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210203008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210203009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210203010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Port 0 210203011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210203013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210203014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 3 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 4 Filter set 2 rule 4 SMT Menu 21 1 2 4 FIN FN PVA INPUT 210204001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Type 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 456 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Tab
188. T 120112001 IP Static Route set 12 Name lt Str gt 120112002 IP Static Route set 12 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120112003 IP Static Route set 12 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120112004 IP Static Route set 12 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20112005 IP Static Route set 12 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120112006 IP Static Route set 12 Metric 0 20112007 IP Static Route set 12 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 13 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 13 FI F PVA INPUT 120113001 IP Static Route set 13 Name lt Str gt 120113002 IP Static Route set 13 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120113003 IP Static Route set 13 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120113004 IP Static Route set 13 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20113005 IP Static Route set 13 Gateway gt 0 0 0 0 120113006 IP Static Route set 13 Metric 0 20113007 IP Static Route set 13 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 14 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 14 FI F PVA INPUT 120114001 IP Static Route set 14 Name Str 120114002 IP Static Route set 14 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120114003 IP Static Route set 14 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120114004 IP Static Route set 14 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20114005 IP Static Route set 14 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120114006 IP Static Route set 14 Metric 0 20114007 IP Static Route set 14 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0
189. TIVE ACTION None of the LEDs turn on when turn on the ZyXEL Device Make sure that the ZyXEL Device s power adaptor is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure that the ZyXEL Device and the power source are both turned on Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the error persists you may have a hardware problem In this case you should contact your vendor 27 2 Problems with the LAN Table 144 Troubleshooting the LAN PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION The LAN LEDs do not turn on Check your Ethernet cable connections refer to the Quick Start Guide for details Check for faulty Ethernet cables Make sure your computer s Ethernet Card is working properly cannot access the ZyXEL Device from the LAN If Any IP is disabled make sure that the IP address and the subnet mask of the ZyXEL Device and your computer s are on the same subnet Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 353 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 27 3 Problems with the WAN Table 145 Troubleshooting the WAN PROBLEM CORRECTIVE ACTION The DSL LED is off Check the telephone wire and connections between the ZyXEL Device DSL port and the wall jack Make sure that the telephone company has checked your phone line and set it up for DSL service Reset your ADSL line to reinitialize your link to the DSLAM For details refer to the Table 142 on page 352
190. TP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING ICMP 0 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP TUNNEL GRE 0 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521
191. Table continued ABBREVIATION MEANING PVA Parameter Values Allowed INPUT An example of what you may enter Applies to the ZyXEL Device The following are Internal SPTGEN screens associated with the SMT screens of your ZyXEL Device Table 170 Menu 1 General Setup SMT Menu 1 Menu 1 General Setup SMT Menu 1 FI FN PVA INPUT 10000000 Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 10000001 System Name lt Str gt ZyXEL 10000002 Location Str 10000003 Contact Person s Name Str 10000004 Route IP lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000006 Bridge lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 171 Menu 3 SMT Menu 3 Menu 3 1 General Ethernet Setup SMT menu 3 1 FIN F PVA INPUT 30100001 Input Protocol filters Set 1 2 30100002 Input Protocol filters Set 2 256 30100003 Input Protocol filters Set 3 256 30100004 Input Protocol filters Set 4 256 30100005 Input device filters Set 1 256 30100006 Input device filters Set 2 256 30100007 Input device filters Set 3 256 30100008 Input device filters Set 4 256 30100009 Output protocol filters Set 1 256 30100010 Output protocol filters Set 2 256 30100011 Output protocol filters Set 3 256 30100012 Output protocol filters Set 4 256 30100013 Output device
192. UA Only if you have one public IP address and want to use NAT Click Edit to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a server mapping set Otherwise select None to disable NAT Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the More Connections Advanced screen and edit more details of your WAN setup Chapter 5 WAN Setup 97 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 5 6 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the More Connections Edit screen The screen appears as shown Figure 47 More Connections Advanced Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast ATM Qos ATM QoS Type RIP amp Multicast Setup Peak Cell Rate Sustain Cell Rate Maximum Burst Size None x JA z None x CBR Y o cell sec 0 cell sec o cell Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 More Connections Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership i
193. UN mI ESPRIME EM 319 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Jerico 321 22 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play eere ttn nnn nnnn 321 22 1 1 How do know if lm using PIT uenit brc ttt cona e kir node 321 22 12 NAF Traversal G 321 22 1 9 Coaguucps eb PAP ud od e t oet eia me DR OR inked abun 322 222 PTV and VEL xcsseusuteietuistioiupHaetbutanie edite uode o tu aasi casinos 322 FysunET o ys o e 322 22 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example uice usssec eaa edanttth a ena tha aeta etae 323 224 Using UPnP in Windows XP Exemple 1255 nter E PEN a ner br d Uno ro damned 326 Chapter 23 c H OHOEO 333 23 1 Conor SAUD Me 333 23 1 1 General Setup and System Name 1 oto ter abt rte pereo erp pe FREI EA PRER EDU 333 2o LA General SE m 333 2d ME C ON oi T reae plata hen 335 Chapter 24 El M 339 24 1 Logs OVGNNOW e des 339 AETAT No e 339 Pre rcc gib ames dc TR 339 24 3 CONOUNING Log SENGS 340 EFE Hie n AERE T T T 343 24 4 Example iex Hoo eec 343 20 Table of Contents P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Chapter 25 E MR TERR 345 20 1 Fimware Upgrade ec TCR 345 20 2 Oontiguraonm GOGEN diresis niise peus ee ett a T EE 347 25 2 1 Backup Coniig UralOr Me T 347 25 2 2 Pgtore C OUI BOE soie rio EE RR 348 294
194. User s Guide Table 4 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Summary Any IP Table Use this screen to view a list of IP addresses and MAC addresses of computers which are not in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device WLAN Status only This screen displays the MAC address es of the wireless stations that are wireless devices currently associating with the ZyXEL Device Bandwidth Status Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Packet Statistics Use this screen to view port status and packet specific statistics VPN Status Use this screen to view VPN status and settings 2 4 3 Status Any IP Table Click the Any IP Table hyperlink in the Status screen The Any IP table shows current read only information including the IP address and the MAC address of all network devices that use the Any IP feature to communicate with the ZyXEL Device Figure 12 Status Any IP Table Any IP Table 1 Cs UU 255 255 255 255 11 22 33 44 55 66 Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 5 Status Any IP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of the host computer IP Address This field displays the IP address of the network device MAC Address _ This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of the computer with the displayed IP address Every Ethernet device has a unique MA
195. Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired CRL Issuer This field displays Yes if the certification authority issues Certificate Revocation Lists for the certificates that it has issued and you have selected the Issues certificate revocation lists CRL check box in the certificate s details screen to have the ZyXEL Device check the CRL before trusting any certificates issued by the certification authority Otherwise the field displays No Modify Click the details icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the delete icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificates Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action 276 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 105 Trusted CAs continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification authority that you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates 17 9 Trusted CA Import Click Security gt C
196. WPA PSK to the ZyXEL wireless adapters that support OTIST and are within transmission range The ZyXEL wireless adapters must also have OTIST enabled 1 1 2 Applications for the ZyXEL Device Here are some example uses for which the ZyXEL Device is well suited Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device 45 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 1 1 2 1 Internet Access The ZyXEL Device is the ideal high speed Internet access solution Your ZyXEL Device supports the TCP IP protocol which the Internet uses exclusively It is compatible with all major ADSL DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer providers A DSLAM isa rack of ADSL line cards with data multiplexed into a backbone network interface connection for example T1 OC3 DS3 ATM or Frame Relay Think of it as the equivalent of a modem rack for ADSL In addition the ZyXEL Device allows wireless clients access to your network resources A typical Internet access application is shown below Figure 1 ZyXEL Device Internet Access Application ii Internet gt ed 1 1 2 2 LAN to LAN Application You can use the ZyXEL Device to connect two geographically dispersed networks over the ADSL line A typical LAN to LAN application example for the ZyXEL Device is shown as follows Figure 2 ZyXEL Device LAN to LAN Application Example LAN 1 1 3 Firewall for Secure Broadband Internet Access The ZyXEL Device provides protection from at
197. Z Interface The ZyXEL Device provides a LAN port that can function as a virtual DeMilitarized Zone DMZ port Public servers Web FTP etc attached to the DMZ port are visible to the outside world while still being protected from DoS Denial of Service attacks such as SYN flooding and Ping of Death and can also be accessed from the secure LAN IPSec VPN Capability Establish a Virtual Private Network VPN to connect with business partners and branch offices using data encryption and the Internet to provide secure communications without the expense of leased site to site lines The ZyXEL Device VPN is based on the IPSec standard and is fully interoperable with other IPSec based VPN products Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards WAN traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet thus acting as an auxiliary if your regular WAN connection fails Media Bandwidth Management ZyXEU s Media Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth classes based on an application and or subnet You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth classes Universal Plug and Play UPnP Using the standard TCP IP protocol the ZyXEL Device and other UPnP enabled devices can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network PPPoE RFC2516 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet emulates a dia
198. a VPN tunnel Table 92 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type E mail Local ID type IP Local ID content tom yourcompany com Peer ID type IP Local ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID type E mail Peer ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID content tom yourcompany com The two ZyXEL Devices in this example cannot complete their negotiation because ZyXEL Device B s Local ID type is IP but ZyXEL Device A s Peer ID type is set to E mail An ID mismatched message displays in the IPSEC LOG Table 93 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type IP Local ID type IP Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Peer ID type E mail Peer ID type IP Peer ID content aa yahoo com Peer ID content N A 16 10 Pre Shared Key A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation see Section 16 12 on page 252for more on IKE phases It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection 16 11 Editing VPN Policies Click an Edit icon in the VPN Setup Screen to edit VPN policies Chapter 16 VPN Screens 247 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 132 Edit VPN Policies IPSec Setup Active Name IPSec Key Mode Negotiation Mode Enca
199. a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet An example is shown in the figure below Figure 48 Traffic Redirect Example pum Internet gt WAN i p Backup Gateway The following network topology allows you to avoid triangle route security issues when the backup gateway is connected to the LAN Use IP alias to configure the LAN into two or three logical networks with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Put the protected LAN in one subnet Subnet 1 in the following figure and the backup gateway in another subnet Subnet 2 Configure filters that allow packets from the protected LAN Subnet 1 to the backup gateway Subnet 2 Chapter 5 WAN Setup 99 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 49 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup Subnet 1 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 GERE S LAN Em q 1 Aum R Subnet 2 192 168 2 1 192 168 22 T Backup Gateway TT TTT TTT TTT Pd Gate way as 5 8 Configuring WAN Backup To change your ZyXEL Device s WAN backup settings click WAN gt WAN Backup Setup The screen appears as shown 100 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 50 WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup Backup Type pst Link Check WAN IP Address 1 0 0 0 0 Check WAN IP Address 2 0 0 0 0 Check WAN IP Address 3 o 0 0 0 Fail Tolerance o
200. a different IP address known within another network SUA Single User Account is a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server Enable RIP Select this check box to turn on RIP Routing Information Protocol which allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving Choose RIP 1 RIP 2B or RIP 2M RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Choose Both In Only or Out Only When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only
201. ability enabled by default It can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to DHCP clients The ZyXEL Device can now also act as a surrogate DHCP server DHCP Relay where it relays IP address assignment from the actual real DHCP server to the clients IP Alias IP Alias allows you to partition a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network IP Policy Routing IPPR Traditionally routing is based on the destination address only and the router takes the shortest path to forward a packet IP Policy Routing IPPR provides a mechanism to override the default routing behavior and alter the packet forwarding based on the policy defined by the network administrator Packet Filters The ZyXEL Device s packet filtering functions allows added network security and management Housing Your ZyXEL Device s compact and ventilated housing minimizes space requirements making it easy to position anywhere in your busy office TR 069 Compliance TR 069 is a protocol that defines how your ZyXEL Device can be managed via a management server such as ZyXEU s Vantage CNM Access The management server can securely manage and update configuration changes in ZyXEL Devices 44 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device P 662H HW D Series User s Gu
202. acintosh OS X Apple Menu 8 Grab File Edit Capt About This Mac X Software System Preferences UO 2 Click Network in the icon bar e Select Automatic from the Location list e Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list e Click the TCP IP tab 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 383 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 228 Macintosh OS X Network eo Network m oO uH Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic m Show Built in Ethernet B Proxies Configure Using DHCP 3 Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff Click the lock to prevent further changes 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window Linux This section shows
203. address settings with DHCP Settings dhcp Hostname optional y Automatically obtain DNS information from provider Statically set IP addresses Manual IP Address Settings Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Address Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 385 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide e Ifyou have a dynamic IP address click Automatically obtain IP address settings with and select dhep from the drop down list e Ifyou have a static IP address click Statically set IP Addresses and fill in the Address Subnet mask and Default Gateway Address fields 3 Click OK to save the changes and close the Ethernet Device General screen 4 If you know your DNS server IP address es click the DNS tab in the Network Configuration screen Enter the DNS server information in the fields provided Figure 231 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS File Profile Help B f Be New Edit Copy Delete Devices Hardware DNS Hosts rg Hostname Primary DNS Secondary DNS Tertiary DNS DNS Search Path You may configure the system s hostname domain name servers and search domain Name servers are used to look up other hosts on the network Active Profile Common modified 5 Click the Devices tab 6 Click the Activate button to apply the changes The following screen d
204. ail Never e mail sensitive information such as passwords credit card information etc without encrypting the information first Never submit sensitive information via a web page unless the web site uses secure connections You can identify a secure connection by looking for a small key icon on the bottom of your browser Internet Explorer 3 02 or better or Netscape 3 0 or better If a web site uses a secure connection it is safe to submit information Secure web transactions are quite difficult to crack Never reveal your IP address or other system networking information to people outside your company Be careful of files e mailed to you from strangers One common way of getting BackOrifice on a system is to include it as a Trojan horse with other files Change your passwords regularly Also use passwords that are not easy to figure out The most difficult passwords to crack are those with upper and lower case letters numbers and a symbol such as or Upgrade your software regularly Many older versions of software especially web browsers have well known security deficiencies When you upgrade to the latest versions you get the latest patches and fixes Ifyou use chat rooms or IRC sessions be careful with any information you reveal to strangers f your system starts exhibiting odd behavior contact your ISP Some hackers will set off hacks that cause your system to slowly become unstable or unusable
205. ain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent Size at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 Zero This feature is not applicable available when you configure the ZyXEL Device to Configuration use a static WAN IP address or in bridge mode Select Yes to set the ZyXEL Device to automatically detect the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and make the necessary configuration changes Select No to disable this feature You must manually configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access PPPoE This field is available when you select PPPoE encapsulation Passthrough In addition to the ZyXEL Device s built in PPPoE client you can enable PPPoE PPPoE pass through to allow up to ten hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on encapsulation their computers to connect to the ISP via the ZyXEL Device Each host can have a only separate account and a public WAN IP address PPPoE pass through is an alternative to NAT for application where NAT is not appropriate Disable PPPoE pass through if you do not need to allow hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP Back Click Back to return to the previous screen
206. all UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table 189 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s Keyword blocking The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword 9 s Not in trusted web list The web site is not in a trusted domain and the router blocks all traffic except trusted domain sites s Forbidden Web site The web site is in the forbidden web site list s Contains ActiveX The web site contains ActiveX s Contains Java The web site contains a Java applet applet s Contains cookie The web site contains a cookie s Proxy mode The router detected proxy mode in the packet detected s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked category list but it did not return the category type s s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked category list and returned the category type s cache hit The system detected that the web site is in the blocked list from the local cache but does not know the category type oo S s cache hit The system detected that the web site is in blocked list from the local cache and knows the category type s Trusted Web site The web site is in a trusted domain oo S When the content filter is not on according to the time schedule or you didn t select the Block Matched Web Site check box the system forwar
207. allrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 126 Remote Management Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 5 Configuring FTP You can upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files using FTP please see the chapter on firmware and configuration file maintenance for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client To change your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP tab The screen appears as shown 312 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 167 Remote Manage
208. ame way to the WAN and DMZ ports Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 183 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 11 4 1 LAN to WAN Rules The default rule for LAN to WAN traffic is that all users on the LAN are allowed non restricted access to the WAN When you configure a LAN to WAN rule you in essence want to limit some or all users from accessing certain services on the WAN WAN to LAN Rules The default rule for WAN to LAN traffic blocks all incoming connections WAN to LAN If you wish to allow certain WAN users to have access to your LAN you will need to create custom rules to allow it 11 4 2 Alerts Alerts are reports on events such as attacks that you may want to know about right away You can choose to generate an alert when a rule is matched in the Edit Rule screen see Figure 97 on page 188 When an event generates an alert a message can be immediately sent to an e mail account that you specify in the Log Settings screen Refer to the chapter on logs for details 11 5 General Firewall Policy Click Security gt Firewall to display the following screen Activate the firewall by selecting the Active Firewall check box as seen in the following screen Refer to Section 10 1 on page 169 for more information Figure 95 Firewall General General M Active Firewall M Bypass Triangle Route A Caution When Bypass Triangle Route is checked all LAN to LAN WAN to WAN and DMZ to DMZ packets will bypass the Fi
209. ameter Entered Command Line Example ssss 438 Figure 265 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example sssssse 438 Figure 266 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example essere 439 Figure 267 Internal SPTGEN FIP Upload Example i terere nre ke 439 Figure 268 Connecting a POTS Splitter iuuios eene ite or tad e pua a e RE MBA c pa a a pA 463 Figure 269 Connecting a ep etr T c 464 Figure 270 ZyXEL Device with ISDN 1uisisscciissss eret ER PELO RM LH ESSET IS ER ES E REL A ER OA 464 Figure 271 Displaying Log Categories Example eeseccsse esee anna tnnt 479 Figure 272 Displaying Log Parameters Example 1 cerent certes eere 479 Figure Z0 ideal See coin o tU rra eda vesci iuuat aridi M eZ nes 481 Figure 274 Triangle Route Mino E o o oo D S 482 Fae 27S IP AUS f 483 Figure 276 Gateways on the WAN Side isuuiiu essecekasa cena iuba aatia abb A Essa pb R A Qaa a EE A EUR S BR RARE 483 List of Figures 31 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 32 List of Figures P 662H HW D Series User s Guide List of Tables Tane T ADSL SPESISIS cis ten iex aiia v ER rte ER M sa b oda n a eda dodi 42 Tiea Fon Paner LEDS Mec ET 47 Table 3 Web Configurator Screens Summary uui ener eren reete treten pce cde 53 NIE Saus SCEO T 56 Table S Status Any IP We 58 Table 6 Status WLAN SIRIS Lic eti
210. andwidth MGMT Rule Setup then the service priority radio button will be set to User Configured The Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup screen allows you to edit these rule configurations Auto classifier Select Auto classifier rest bandwidth to automatically allocate unbudgeted or rest bandwidth unused bandwidth to services based on the packet type Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen 82 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 24 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 5 Follow the on screen instructions and click Finish to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration Figure 41 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete CONGRATULATIONS You have completed the Media Bandwidth Management setup You can press Finish button to complete Bandwidth Management Setup Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 83 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 84 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 5 WAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings
211. andwidth available The ZyXEL Device distributes the available bandwidth equally among classes with the same priority level 19 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic Do the following three steps to configure the ZyXEL Device to allow bandwidth for traffic that is not defined in a bandwidth filter 1 Leave some of the interface s bandwidth unbudgeted 2 Do not enable the interface s Maximize Bandwidth Usage option 3 Do not enable bandwidth borrowing on the child classes that have the root class as their parent see Section 19 8 on page 299 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 295 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 19 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example Here is an example of a ZyXEL Device that has maximize bandwidth usage enabled on an interface The following table shows each bandwidth class s bandwidth budget The classes are set up based on subnets The interface is set to 10240 kbps Each subnet is allocated 2048 kbps The unbudgeted 2048 kbps allows traffic not defined in any of the bandwidth filters to go out when you do not select the maximize bandwidth option Table 116 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 2048 kbps Sales 2048 kbps Marketing 2048 kbps Research 2048 kbps The ZyXEL Device divides up the unbudgeted 2048 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth If the administration department
212. apacity is higher than the upstream capacity Asymmetrical services ADSL are suitable for Internet users because more information is usually downloaded than uploaded For example a simple button click in a web browser can start an extended download that includes graphics and text As data rates increase the carrying distance decreases That means that users who are beyond a certain distance from the telephone company s central office may not be able to obtain the higher speeds A DSL connection is a point to point dedicated circuit meaning that the link is always up and there is no dialing required ADSL Overview Asynchronous Digital Subscriber Line ADSL technology provides high speed data access across regular telephone or ISDN lines by making use of previously unused high frequency bandwidth ADSL is asymmetric in the sense that it provides a higher downstream data rate transfer up to 8Mbps than in the upstream transfer up to 832 Kbps Asymmetric operation is ideal for typical home and small office use where files and information are downloaded more frequently than uploaded Advantages of ADSL 1 ADSL provides a private unlike cable telephone and modem services where the line is shared dedicated and secure channel of communications between you and your service provider Appendix B About ADSL 369 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 2 Because your line is dedicated not shared transmission speeds between you and the
213. apsulating Security Payload Protocol 238 QD S Eme IIT EE OS toT 240 15 4 Secure Gateway Address iissssesesic ies bapti ik er rie prb idi Led vv E ped di adde 241 16 4 1 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address sees 241 195 VPN See SOR ciencias de let senem itis un teinte Mud 241 16 0 Keep AIVE M 243 16 7 VPN NAT and NAT Traversal 25 5 5 eei Ebr bk clear e bt Ra 244 15 8 Ramo e DNS SPESE auasedexpetospeteke oup rippoO Mer CHE IRR TD CHRR ON ERA DXpIRERPADUE 245 1931 3 0 ER qu 245 16 9 1 ID Type and Content Examples sess 246 TOAD Pre Shared Key 247 18 11 Editing VEN POS 1er reset uaa Eel eria ll ae e te tea dun 247 We IU 0395 5 5 05557 5500 LESER 252 10 121 Negotaton Moda uiiuciissussicuieseci sense odet und doct tide td qe scc dicia 253 16 12 2 Diffie Hellman DH Key Groups eeeeeeseeeeeseeee eec enne etta 254 15 12 3 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS sssodvissskbete nk rrer PRA EEr P eK EHE DEA 254 16 13 Configuring Advanced IKE SOIUTge auussssccn aesti reet e np 254 16 14 Manual Koy Slup TS 257 16 14 1 Securty Parameter Index SPI 12s erit tira 257 156 18 Conhigarnig Manual KOy 1 ec ert Da zi e daa tea endo Lo eU eda 257 T1545 View SAMIOT sania venie brlet eng bo tpm RAM Erie aP ERE t osixpo oan 260 16 17 Configuring Global Seting uesscces te rtttdbaet eot ate e reta ue eae ph cu aucem Eee E
214. are numerous hosts this will create a large amount of ICMP echo request and response traffic If a hacker chooses to spoof the source IP address of the ICMP echo request packet the resulting ICMP traffic will not only clog up the intermediary network but will also congest the network of the spoofed source IP address known as the victim network This flood of broadcast traffic consumes all available bandwidth making communications impossible Chapter 10 Firewalls 173 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 93 Smurf Attack packets with a spoofed source intermediary network address to every host on responds by sending the intermediary network responses to every host en tenia Attacker broadcasts ping Ping Responses Every host on the 10 4 2 1 ICMP Vulnerability ICMP is an error reporting protocol that works in concert with IP The following ICMP types trigger an alert Table 61 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts 5 REDIRECT 13 TIMESTAMP_REQUEST 14 TIMESTAMP_REPLY 17 ADDRESS_MASK_REQUEST 18 ADDRESS_MASK_REPLY 10 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP The only legal NetBIOS commands are the following all others are illegal Table 62 Legal NetBIOS Commands MESSAGE REQUEST POSITIVE VE RETARGET KEEPALIVE All SMTP commands are illegal except for those displayed in the following tables Table 63 Legal SMTP C
215. arranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country ZyXEL Limited Warranty 7 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Customer Support Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it METHOD SUPPORT E MAIL TELEPHONE WEB SITE REGULAR MAIL LOCATION SALES E MAIL FAX FTP SITE support zyxel com tw 886 3 578 3942 www zyxel com ZyXEL Communications Corp CORPORATE www europe zyxel com 6 Innovation Road II HEADQUARTERS Science Park WORLDWIDE sales zyxel com tw 886 3 578 2439 ftp zyxel com Hsinchu 300 ftp europe zyxel com Taiwan soporte zyxel co cr 506 2017878 www zyxel co cr ZyXEL Costa Rica COSTA RICA Plaza Roble Escazu sales zyxel co cr 506 2015098 ftp zyxel co cr Etapa El Patio Tercer Piso San Jos Costa Rica CZECH REPUBLIC info cz zyxel com 420 241 091 350 info cz zyxel com 420 241 091 359 www zyxel cz ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modranska 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany
216. ask Ifthe ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Chapter 6 LAN Setup 111 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 6 2 1 1 Private IP Addresses Every
217. assword use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Confirm Type the new password again for confirmation 334 Chapter 23 System P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 134 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Admin Password In addition to the wizard setup if you log in with the admin password you can also view and configure the advanced features on the ZyXEL Device Old Password Type the default administrator password 1234 or the existing password you use to access the system for configuring advanced features in this field New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 23 2 Time Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone Figure 189 System Time Setting Time Setting Current Time and Date Current Time 00 36 06 Current Date 2000 01 01 Time and Date Setup C Manual New Time hh mm ss
218. at 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate 386 Figure 233 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO 387 Figure 234 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO susssss 387 Figure 235 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings In resolv GOnT uiuos inet tan neuen dn atte 387 Figure 236 Red Har 8 0 Restart EDIBFDIBO Card iouis epa ddp Dena Ede ii cita 388 Figure 237 Red Hat 8 0 Checking TOPAP PTODBEFIeS cissicicissssssvecccststeusincrimcasctonceanesesnads 388 Figure 238 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network ssssesssse 397 Figure 259 Basic peice DEL quisetdauideaiee E TEUER CM eae 398 Figure 240 Infrasmuctule WEAN scusa sciences asesiacud dock boca Klee eniai aia 399 doro RTIG TE eT Sa ERN MEN 400 Figure 242 DBEHIT COCINA acetic en eda se tet buic eiecti enamel tu bebe ci ien psa 409 Fowe 243 LG EPSON e 410 Figure 244 Certificate General Information before Import sseeesssssss 410 Figure 245 Certificate Import Wizard i cesse cuisse rris tii donet cdita treo net cbr arp Epit hire 411 Figure 246 Cormcate Import Wizard 2 auster det ROSE Rn AR UR PLA eon anaes 411 Figure 247 Certiiicate import Wizard J saeseborviustebudatehebe i etr nde lude Gr heu eb Re nU ARR Re 412 Figure 248 Root Certificate SIOE M 412 Figure 249 Certificate General Information after Im
219. at was previously set to sign the imported trusted remote host certificates Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the certificate and the certificate itself If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the certificate itself If the certificate is a self signed certificate the certificate itself is the only one in the list The ZyXEL Device does not trust the certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority
220. atched Packets Permit Source Address Address Type Any Address 7 Start IP tooo Any Address 0 0 0 0 Add gt gt End IP nooo Address 0 0 0 0 Edit cu Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Source Address List Destination Address Address Type Range Address x Start IP Rioo 010 10 0 0 140 10 0 0 145 ddraze 10 0 0 10 Add gt gt End IP inooi1s Fori 10 0 0 15 Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address List Service Available Services Selected Services MyService TCP LIDP 123 Add gt gt y AIMINEW ICQ TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 Remove BGP TCP 178 zl Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday IV sun IV Mon V Tue V wed IV Thu IV Fri V sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format IV All day Staro hour minute End o hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel On completing the configuration procedure for this Internet firewall rule the Rules screen should look like the following Rule 1 allows a MyService connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10 0 0 10 through 10 0 0 15 on the LAN 194 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 104 Firewall Example Rules MyService o IIM Rules os i Packet Direction 1 v Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 Creat
221. ate packet data SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA1 for maximum security 16 3 My IP Address My IP Address is the WAN IP address of the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel if the My IP Address changes after setup The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel Ifthe WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See the chapter on WAN for details on dial backup and traffic redirect 240 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 16 4 Secure Gateway Address Secure Gateway Address is the WAN IP address or domain name of the remote IPSec router secure gateway If the remote secure gateway has a static WAN IP address enter it in the Secure Gateway Address field You may alternatively enter the remote secure gateway s domain name if it has one in the Secure Gateway Address field You can also enter a remote secure gateway s domain name in the Secure Gateway Address field if the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and is using DDNS The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel each time the remote secure gateway s
222. attempts drops below this number 80 existing half open sessions One Minute High This is the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the rate of new connection attempts rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection attempts 100 half open sessions per minute The above numbers cause the ZyXEL Device to start deleting half open sessions when more than 100 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute and to stop deleting half open sessions when fewer than 80 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute 200 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 71 Firewall Threshold continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Maximum Incomplete Low This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below this number 80 existing half open sessions Maximum Incomplete High This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the number of existing half open sessions rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions a
223. ave the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 9 WAN Backup Advanced Screen To change your ZyXEL Device s WAN backup advanced settings click WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup The screen appears as shown Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 51 WAN Backup Advanced Setup Basic Authentication Type CHAP PAP Secondary Phone Number Dial Backup Port Speed 115200 7 AT Command Initial String at amp fs0 0 Advanced Modem Setup Edit TCP IP Options Metric 15 IV Enable SUA Enable RIP RIP Version RIP 2B RIP Direction Both I Enable Multicast Multicast IGMP v2 z PPP Options Encapsulation Standard PPP x Compression Connection C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle Timeout 106 sec Budget Allocated Budget min Period hr Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 WAN Backup Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Authentication Use the drop down list box to select an authentication protocol for outgoing calls Type Options are CHAP PAP Your ZyXEL Device accepts either CHAP or PAP when requested by this remote node CHAP Your ZyXEL Device accepts CHAP only PAP Your ZyXEL Device accept PAP only Secondary Phone Type the secondary phone number from the ISP for this remote node If the primary Number phone number is busy or does not answer yo
224. ay 0 hO min 00 00 v 00 00 v fo ho min 00 00 v 00 00 v 0 ho min 00 00 00 00 0 bro min 00 00 v 00 00 v 0 bro min 00 00 v 00 00 0 hi0 min 00 00 v 00 00 v 0 hO min 00 00 v 00 00 v Back Apply The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 79 Control Access Control General Time Scheduling LABEL DESCRIPTION Time Scheduling Select the first radio button to allow everyday access at the same times to the Internet Type the interval time allowance number of hours and minutes Select the start and end times from the drop down list boxes to configure the period during the day when access is allowed Select Allow Custom Daily Access to configure time allowances start times and end times for each day Unlimited Select the check box for the day s that you do not want any time restrictions for user Internet access Time Budget Left Type the number of hours 0 to 23 and minutes 0 to 59 to allow Internet access of unblocked sites Note If you want to allow twenty four hour access you should select the Unlimited check box Start Time Select from the drop down list box a time during the day when a user can begin accessing unblocked sites End Time Select from the drop down list box a time during the day when a user can no longer access unblocked sites The time allowance must be less than or equal to the period from the start time to the end time Note
225. b help for descriptions of individual screens and supplementary information ZyXEL Glossary and Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for an online glossary of networking terms and additional support documentation Preface 39 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide User Guide Feedback Help us help you E mail all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to techwriters zyxel com tw or send regular mail to The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan Thank you Graphics Icons Key ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook computer Server Telephone NS Switch Co lt 5 Wireless Signal A 40 Preface P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device This chapter describes the key features and applications of your ZyXEL Device 1 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Your ZyXEL Device integrates high speed 10 100Mbps auto negotiating LAN interface s and a high speed ADSL port into a single package The ZyXEL Device is ideal for high speed Internet browsing and making LAN to LAN connections to remote networks In the ZyXEL Device product name H denotes an integrated 4 port hub and W denotes wireless functionality The P 662HW Dx has an embedded mini PCI module for 802 11g Wireless LAN connectivity Note All
226. because it doesn t know that there is a route through the same remote node Router 1 via gateway Router 2 The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL Device about the networks beyond the remote nodes Figure 155 Example of Static Routing Topology 18 2 Configuring Static Route Click Advanced gt Static Route to open the Static Route screen Chapter 18 Static Route 289 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 156 Static Route Static Route m eo OP ON DH WN M M M mo Dn anak WN Static Route Rules ECONA ESL g C ON O O N R R N N A N A Eb E Eb E ED E ED E E E E E Eb E E Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 113 Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route Active This field shows whether this static route is active Yes or not No Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL Device Click the Delete icon to remove a stati
227. begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 201 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 202 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 12 Anti Virus Packet Scan This chapter introduces and shows you how to configure the anti virus packet scan 12 1 Overview A computer virus is a small program designed to corrupt and or alter the operation of other legitimate programs A worm is a self replicating virus that resides in active memory and duplicates itself The effect of a virus attack varies from doing so little damage that you are unaware your computer is infected to wiping out the entire contents of a hard drive to rendering your computer inoperable 12 1 1 Types of Computer Viruses The following table describes some of the common computer viruses Table 72 Common Computer Virus Types TYPE DESCRIPTION File Infector This is a small program that embeds itself in a legitimate program A file infector is able to copy and attach itself to other programs that are executed on an infected computer Boot Sector Virus This type of virus infects the area of a hard drive that a computer reads and executes during startup The virus causes computer crashes and to some extend renders the infected computer inoperable Macro Virus Macros are small programs that are created to perform repetitive actions Macros run automatically when a file t
228. buttons deal with how and when the certificate is to be generated Create a self signed certificate Select Create a self signed certificate to have the ZyXEL Device generate the certificate and act as the Certification Authority CA itself This way you do not need to apply to a certification authority for certificates Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment Select Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment to have the ZyXEL Device generate and store a request for a certificate Use the My Certificate Details screen to view the certification request and copy it to send to the certification authority Copy the certification request from the My Certificate Details screen see Section 17 7 on page 272 and then send it to the certification authority Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online to have the ZyXEL Device generate a request for a certificate and apply to a certification authority for a certificate You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen When you select this option you must select the certification authority s enrollment protocol and the certification authority s certificate from the drop down list boxes and enter the certification authority s server a
229. c DNS See Section 20 2 on page 305 for configuration instruction 20 2 Configuring Dynamic DNS To change your ZyXEL Device s DDNS click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown See Section 20 1 on page 305 for more information Chapter 20 Dynamic DNS Setup 305 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 163 Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Host Name User Name Password Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Service Provider Dynamic DNS Type Enable Wildcard Option Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address Update Policy WWW DynDNS ORG Dynamic DNS 7 Use WAN IP Address C Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address C Use specified IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 124 Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Select this check box to use dynamic DNS Service Provider This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS Type service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL Device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you Enable Wildcard Option S
230. c SA lifetime In effect the IPSec tunnel becomes an always on connection after you initiate it Both IPSec routers must have a ZyXEL Device compatible keep alive feature enabled in order for this feature to work If the ZyXEL Device has its maximum number of simultaneous IPSec tunnels connected to it and they all have keep alive enabled then no other tunnels can take a turn connecting to the ZyXEL Device because the ZyXEL Device never drops the tunnels that are already connected When there is outbound traffic with no inbound traffic the ZyXEL Device automatically drops the tunnel after two minutes Chapter 16 VPN Screens 243 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 16 7 VPN NAT and NAT Traversal NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both transport and tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet but a NAT device between the IPSec endpoints rewrites the source or destination address As a result the VPN device at the receiving end finds a mismatch between the hash value and the data and assumes that the data has been maliciously altered NAT is not normally compatible with ESP in transport mode either but the ZyXEL Device s NAT Traversal feature provides a way to handle this NAT traversal allows you to set up an IKE SA when there are NAT routers between the two IPSec routers Figure 130 NAT Router Between IP
231. c pattern file update Choices are 1 hr 12 hr and 24 hr Manually Update Click Update Now to download and update to the latest pattern file Virus Information Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 208 Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packet Scan P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 12 5 1 Updating the Anti Virus Packet Scan Follow the steps below to update the virus scan on the ZyXEL Device manually Note Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while the virus scan update is in progress 1 In the Registration and Virus Information Update screen click Update Now An update progress screen displays as shown Figure 110 Virus Scan Update in Progress Activation in Process Please Wait 2 After the virus scan update is successful a screen displays as shown Figure 111 Virus Scan Update Successful Anti virus Update Success Warning Do Not Turn Off the Device Please wait for the device to finish restarting SYS LED ts on steady This should take about two minutes You need to log in again Check your new Anti virus version in the Packet Scan menu The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts after the virus scan update is complete Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packet Scan 209 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 210 Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packe
232. c route from the ZyXEL Device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route 18 2 1 Static Route Edit Select a static route index number and click Edit The screen shown next appears Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route 290 Chapter 18 Static Route P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 157 Static Route Edit Active Route Name Static Route Setup Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 114 Static Route Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route Leave this field blank to delete this static route Destination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same Address network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinatio
233. c router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs can have the same configured local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP address range as the local IP address then you cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local A
234. cation request export lt name gt Export the PEM encoded certificate to stdout for user to copy and paste lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be exported view lt name gt View the information of the specified local host certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be viewed verify lt name gt timeout Verify the certification path of the specified local host certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be verified timeout specifies the timeout value in seconds optional The default timeout value is 20 seconds delete lt name gt Delete the specified local host certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be deleted TEST List all my certificate names and basic information rename lt old name gt lt new name gt Rename the specified my certificate lt old name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be renamed lt new name gt specifies the new name as which the certificate is to be saved def self sig ned name Set the specified self signed certificate as the default self signed certificate name specifies the name of the certificate to be set as the default self signed certificate If name is not specified the name of the current self signed certificate is displayed 422 Appendix Certificates Commands P 662H HW D Series User s Guid
235. ccccesescccccetesesteceeerseececersnneecaecenneeneaae 348 Tabie T4 Danses Genaral uus kin DABIS SMRM LLEGUE RUTAS ESWRMO LA ESAMRR ERA RE HIS An 351 Table 142 Diagnostic DSL LNE cs cinaiccte cxenpbedarads ortho prc ga EANES EEEE SEEEN NESNESE ERR CR 352 Table 143 Troubleshooting Starting Up Your ZyXEL Device ee 353 Table 144 Troubleshooting Te LAN usc ort E poderi ed e Re o ser dot a aed 353 I wWLapri pes BUD Ail T men 354 Table 146 Troubleshooting Accessing the ZyXEL Device eseee 355 I A 4k ex UT eT NUN 365 Dec TAS gar tt etu MT 366 Table 149 Classes of IP Addresses 1s Lim opt nn aa eda o PERS AR Y FRA dA 390 Table 150 Allowed IP Address Range By Class seen 390 Table 157 Natural Maska c 391 Table 152 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation 0 ccccccccsssscceceeseeeccceeessseeceeeenssseceeeeeneneaes 391 Table 193 Two Subnets Exaile nesnesi R 392 Table Ta SUDnet T 392 TRE To SUOTA Mem TM 393 Teele Poe ADELT aaa 393 Tabs VS SUBHBE E 394 TET S po gs aa aA EAN O eta EAN A 394 Table 159 SUDETA e nio sinana aR A A 394 Table TOU EGRO UNIE zac tient lindane ad d Lir dt tI CR 395 Table 161 Class Subnet FISAAG o o o 0 2m 395 Table 162 Class B c quu P 396 Tels TOS E e QOO d asides AE oa daa ears i enitn ucl a ena 401 Table 164 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types sssssssssee 40
236. ccording to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT match TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched or did not match a configured firewall rule Packet Direction lt rule d gt denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE through OSPF Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn t have a blocked TCP UDP IGMP ESP corresponding NAT table entry GRE OSPF Router sent blocked web site TCP message The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requested 466 Appendix O Log Descriptions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 183 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router se
237. cds 261 16 18 Telecommuter VPN IPSec Examples sssssseseenenee 262 16 18 1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example 262 16 18 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example 263 16 19 VPN and Remote Management cccccececccceeeeeeececeeeeesecceeeenseecseeeeenseeaes 264 CCPC C AES e PH M 265 174 Georliticatos DVOIVIQUW icieniesecixixce ser ebck dance aiii peti re dixi tea dE peu 265 17 1 1 Advantages of Certificates eeeeeesesesisssseeeseene nennen nant 266 172 S6lsigned COn AOS m 266 T3 29 Grit SUO SUMY 6555522 coca pec Ve LR RR FESSA PrcH I e ARRA RR Aaa Eds 266 prr i NSTC EIU N O E E E EE A T 267 17 9 My Certiicate MPO E 269 17 3 1 Corniicalo Filo Formats orsi 269 e MAE RUNS LONGING et 270 17 7 My Certificate Detalls 272 ire WE pas RM 275 jg BC HEP Mie WF 277 gp Ted CA b rts 278 17 11 Trusted Remote Hosts aaussspebcne once barbarus pnta reden GRE aaa ada 280 17 12 Verifying a Trusted Remote Host s Certificate esee 282 18 Table of Contents P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 17 12 1 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Fingerprints sese 282 17 13 usted Remote Hosts IDOEE Ludaccceseevi kn ekea LE Ep ER ELO rA EEPa ES PELLE E ikanu ka od S 283 17 14 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details ssssssssssssss 2
238. cess However ESP is sufficient if only the upper layer protocols need to be authenticated An added feature of the ESP is payload padding which further protects communications by concealing the size of the packet being transmitted Chapter 16 VPN Screens 239 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 87 AH and ESP ESP AH ENCRYPTION DES default Data Encryption Standard DES is a widely used method of data encryption using a private secret key DES applies a 56 bit key to each 64 bit block of data MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data 3DES Triple DES 3DES is a variant of DES which iterates three times with three separate keys 3 x 56 168 bits effectively doubling the strength of DES SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a newer method of data encryption that also uses a secret key This implementation of AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a phase 2 tunnel without encryption AUTHENTICATION MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authentic
239. cessful WEB login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Starting Connectivity Monitor Starting Connectivity Monitor Time initialized by Daytime Server The router got the time and date from the Daytime server Time initialized by Time server The router got the time and date from the time server Time initialized by NTP server The router got the time and date from the NTP server Connect to Daytime server fail The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC Ox x Task ID Ox x The router is saving confi
240. change your password or click Cancel to revert to the default password Figure 6 Password Screen 6 If you entered the user password skip the next two steps and refer to Section 2 4 2 on page 55 for more information about the Status screen If you entered the admin password it is highly recommended you change the default admin password Enter a new password between 1 and 30 characters retype it to confirm and click Apply alternatively click Ignore to proceed to the main menu if you do not want to change the password now Note If you do not change the password at least once the following screen appears every time you log in with the admin password Figure 7 Change Password at Login 7 Itis highly recommended you replace the factory default certificate by creating your own unique certificate based on your ZyXEL Device s MAC address Click Apply to create the certificate alternatively click Ignore to proceed to the next menu if you do not want to replace the certificate now 50 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Note If you do not replace the certificate the following screen appears every time you log in Figure 8 Replace Factory Default Certificate Replace Factory Default Certificate Disi iue Ss commana trat Presa modes Click 8 Select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply to display the wizard main screen Otherwise select Go to A
241. chapter provides information on configuring remote management 21 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface 1f any from which computers Note When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via nternet WAN only ALL LAN and WAN LAN only Neither Disable Note When you choose WAN only or LAN amp WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Access Status field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 Telnet 2 HTTP 21 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 309 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the sessio
242. cks occur The firewall can block specific URL traffic that might occur in the future The URL can be saved in an Access Control List ACL database 180 Chapter 10 Firewalls P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 11 Firewall Configuration This chapter shows you how to enable and configure the ZyXEL Device firewall 11 1 Access Methods The web configurator is by far the most comprehensive firewall configuration tool your ZyXEL Device has to offer For this reason it is recommended that you configure your firewall using the web configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter commands provide limited configuration options and are only recommended for advanced users 11 2 Firewall Policies Overview Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply LAN to LAN Router e WAN to LAN e DMZ to LAN LAN to WAN e WAN to WAN Router DMZ to WAN LAN to DMZ WAN to DMZ DMZ to DMZ Router Note The LAN includes both the LAN port and the WLAN DMZ to WAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection blocks packets traveling in the following directions WAN to LAN WAN to WAN Router This prevents computers on the WAN from using the ZyXEL Device as a gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN and or managing the ZyXEL Device DMZ to LAN DMZ to DMZ Router This prevents computers on the DMZ from communicating between networks or subnets connected
243. clear command to erase all of the ZyXEL Device s logs Use the sys logs display log category command to show the logs in an individual ZyXEL Device log category Use the sys logs display command to show all of the logs in the ZyXEL Device s log Use the sys logs category display command to show the log settings for all of the log This example shows how to set the ZyXEL Device to record the access logs and alerts and then view the results 0 2 3 4 5 ras ras ras ras BLOCK 1 06 08 2004 BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK sys sys sys sys logs logs logs logs time message 06 08 2004 Firewall Firewall 06 08 2004 Firewall 06 08 2004 Firewall 06 08 2004 Firewall 06 08 2004 Firewall load category access 3 Save display a 05 58 21 05 58 20 05 58 20 05 58 20 05 58 20 default pol 05 58 20 default default pol default pol default pol default pol pol CCess Source icy Leys icy icy icy icy 17221 TUS 11242145 1724521 172 21 152 21 to to IGMP to IGMP 0 254 to IGMP W to 4 187 137 UDP W ZW W ZW W ZW W ZW W ZW W to W ZW destination 224 0 1 24 239 25522554250 239 255 255 254 224 0 1 22 224 0 0 1 II 2521 6299 25 92 037 notes ACC ACCI ACCI ACC ACC A
244. client to store the PMK it derived through a successful authentication with an AP The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again Pre authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client already connecting to an AP to perform IEEE 802 1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it 406 Appendix F Wireless LANs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each Authentication Method key management protocol type MAC address filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 165 Wireless Security Relational Matrix METHOD KEY ENCRYPTION ENTER EEE 8021x MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL Open None No Disable Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA TKIP AES No Enable WPA PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable WPA2 TKIP AES No Enable WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable Appendix F Wireless LANs 407 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 408 Appendix F Wireless LANs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX G Importing Certificates This appendix shows importing certifica
245. cludes Single Address Range Address Subnet Address and Any Address Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here if applicable Add Click Add gt gt to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address box You can add multiple addresses ranges of addresses and or subnets Edit To edit an existing source or destination address select it from the box and click Edit Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the Source or Destination Address box above and click Delete to remove it Services Available Selected Services Please see Section 11 8 on page 195 for more information on services available Highlight a service from the Available Services box on the left then click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right To remove a service highlight it in the Selected Services box on the right then click Remove Edit Customized Service Click the Edit Customized Services link to bring up the screen that you use to configure a new custom service that is not in the predefined list of services Schedule Day to Apply Select everyday or the day s of the week to apply the rule Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour
246. configure the screen as follows and click Apply Figure 101 Edit Custom Port Example Config Service Name MyService Service Type TEPP 7 Port Configuration Type single C Port Range Port Number From 123 To 123 Cancel Delete 7 Select Any in the Destination Address box and then click Delete 8 Configure the destination address screen as follows and click Add 192 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 102 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address Edit Rule 1 M active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Source Address List Address Type Any Address z Start IP fo 0 0 0 Address End IP ooo Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Destination Address Destination Address List Address Type Range Address Start IP 00 010 Address EGER End IP ioo15 Address 20003 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 9 Use the Add gt gt and Remove buttons between Available Services and Selected Services list boxes to configure it as follows Click Apply when you are done Note Custom services show up with an before their names in the Services list box and the Rules list box Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 193 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 103 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for M
247. configure the exact same settings on each wireless client OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology allows you to transfer your AP s SSID and WEP or WPA PSK security settings to wireless clients that support OTIST and are within transmission range You can also choose to have OTIST generate a WPA PSK key for you if you didn t configure one manually Note OTIST replaces the pre configured wireless settings on the wireless clients 7 6 1 Enabling OTIST You must enable OTIST on both the AP and wireless client before you start transferring settings Note The AP and wireless client s MUST use the same Setup key Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 135 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 7 6 1 1 AP Click the Wireless LAN link under Network and then the OTIST tab The following screen displays Figure 68 OTIST OTIST Setup Key Yes Please enhance the Wireless Security Level to WPA PSK automatically if no WLAN security has been set This will generate a random PSK key for your convenience Start The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 43 OTIST LABEL DESCRIPTION Setup Key Type an OTIST Setup Key of exactly eight ASCII characters in length The default OTIST setup key is 01234567 Note If you change the OTIST setup key here you must also make the same change on the wireless client s 136 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Serie
248. configured for a firewall rule inspection 1 The packet travels from the firewall s LAN to the WAN 2 The packet is evaluated against the interface s existing outbound access list and the packet is permitted a denied packet would simply be dropped at this point 3 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule to determine and record information about the state of the packet s connection This information is recorded in a new state table entry created for the new connection If there is not a firewall rule for this packet and it is not an attack then the settings in the Firewall General screen determine the action for this packet 4 Based on the obtained state information a firewall rule creates a temporary access list entry that is inserted at the beginning of the WAN interface s inbound extended access list This temporary access list entry is designed to permit inbound packets of the same connection as the outbound packet just inspected 5 The outbound packet is forwarded out through the interface 6 Later an inbound packet reaches the interface This packet is part of the connection previously established with the outbound packet The inbound packet is evaluated against the inbound access list and is permitted because of the temporary access list entry previously created 7 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule and the connection s state table entry 1s updated as necessary Based on the updated state information the inbound exten
249. creen Dink info Site Survey Profile T Adapter Transfer Rate Power Saving Mode Adapter Setting Fully Auto m Disabled Y v OTIST One Touch Setup Key Intelligent Security Technology 01234567 Start D Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 137 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 7 6 2 Starting OTIST Note You must click Start in the AP OTIST web configurator screen and in the wireless client s Adapter screen all within three minutes at the time of writing You can start OTIST in the wireless clients and AP in any order but they must all be within range and have OTIST enabled 1 In the AP a web configurator screen pops up showing you the security settings to transfer After reviewing the settings click OK Figure 70 Security Key Microsoft Internet Explorer The security is WPA PSK mode on WLAN now The key is 8KULuwehyU 2 This screen appears while OTIST settings are being transferred It closes when the transfer is complete Figure 71 OTIST in Progress AP Figure 72 OTIST in Progress Client gt OTIST OTIST in progress please waitfor 3 minutes Auto Security in Process Please wait a moment about 149 Seconds In the wireless client you see this screen if it can t find an OTIST enabled AP with the same Setup key Click OK to go back to the ZyXEL utility main screen Figure 73 No AP with OTIST Found Please mak
250. ction Add Click Add to open a screen where you can configure information about a directory server so that the ZyXEL Device can access it 17 16 Directory Server Add or Edit Click Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers screen Click Add or the details icon to open the Directory Server Add screen Use this screen to configure information about a directory server that the ZyXEL Device can access Chapter 17 Certificates 287 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 154 Directory Server Add Certificates Directory Servers Add Directory Service Setting Name Access protocol LDAP Server address tHest Name or IP Address Server port 389 Login Setting Login Password Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 112 Directory Server Add LABEL DESCRIPTION Directory Service Setting Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not permitted to identify this directory server Access Protocol Use the drop down list box to select the access protocol used by the directory server LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is a protocol over TCP that specifies how clients access directories of certificates and lists of revoked certificates Server Address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation or the domain name of the directory server Ser
251. ction determines whether the ZyXEL Device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 53 LAN and WAN IP Addresses The interface to the LAN H is the Ethernet port FC ON 1 WAN internet N mw The interface to the H were Internet or a remote i node is the DSL port i 1 Chapter 6 LAN Setup 109 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 6 1 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured 6 1 2 1 IP Pool Setup The ZyXEL Device is pre configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 6 1 3 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a machine before you can access it The DNS server addresses t
252. ction with RFC 1483 uiuis nmt rhet ent t ned e e 69 Figure 26 Internet Connection with ENET ENGAP cccccsscccccessesseceeesseneeeneestneeeenennneneas 70 Figure 27 Internet Connection wilh PPPOA uou rtt trier tie keit natn savers 3 Figure 23 Connection Tesi ESIIBE T 2 5 giected bo e xtiiedo reco iet e d o Rn ace died T2 Figure 29 Conmselion Test Faled 2 ucsteroiviate telles bebe xe pti be EU acte duct cob But eoo o OUR RUBUS T2 Figure 30 Connection Test SUCCOSSIUI iic ceet remettre tne eo abrite teee ert eee reb b pep DEUS 73 Figure 31 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard aussi antra ith anre ka Eh atia pha T3 Figure 32 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 iaeesceuiestense ted n pis Ebr eue bntpeter eb p HAM neds 74 Figure 33 Manually assign a WPA Bey casas po sisseds piss ens to a rdi o PAX a RU ERA a KA TB Figure 34 Manually assign a WEP key 1e cie esr etcetera e pa ki Ln aii esa c LR 76 Figure 35 Wireless LAN Setup M M 77 Figure 36 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete ecseeceeeeeeeteees 78 Be p eer gels ioe i MOIE ec ET 80 Figure s0 wizard Welcome T 81 List of Figures 25 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 39 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information sssss 81 Figure 40 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration seeeee 82 Figure 41 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete seeee 83 Figu
253. ctions and click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to have the ZyXEL Device detect your connection again Figure 20 Auto Detection No DSL Connection CSTEP T STEP 2 fa Internet Configuration SL light on the Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes If the wizard still cannot detect a connection type and the following screen appears see Figure 21 on page 67 click Next and refer to Section 3 2 2 on page 67 on how to configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access manually 66 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 21 Auto Detection Failed ffi Internet Configuration Connection Type Note This wizard can only automatically detect PPP over Ethernet PPPoE PPP over ATM PPPoA or dynamically assigned Ethernet Internet connections Your Internet connection may use a Static IP address which cannot be detected automatically 3 2 1 Automatic Detection 1 If you have a PPPoE or PPPoA connection a screen displays prompting you to enter your Internet account information Enter the username password and or service name exactly as provided 2 Click Next and see Section 3 3 on page 72 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 22 Auto Detection PPPoE f Internet Configuration Connection Type PP over Ethernet PPPoE d given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If rit in the third field Use
254. ctors influencing choices for threshold values are The maximum number of opened sessions The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network The CPU power of servers in your LAN network Network bandwidth Type of traffic for certain servers If your network is slower than average for any of these factors especially if you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy then the default values should be reduced 198 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide You should make any changes to the threshold values before you continue configuring firewall rules 11 10 2 Half Open Sessions An unusually high number of half open sessions either an absolute number or measured as the arrival rate could indicate that a Denial of Service attack 1s occurring For TCP half open means that the session has not reached the established state the TCP three way handshake has not yet been completed see Figure 91 on page 172 For UDP half open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic The ZyXEL Device measures both the total number of existing half open sessions and the rate of session establishment attempts Both TCP and UDP half open sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements Measurements are made once a minute When the number of existing half open sessions rises above a threshold max incomplete high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open se
255. curity VPN and Monitor to open the SA Monitor screen as shown Use this screen to display and manage active VPN connections A Security Association SA is the group of security settings related to a specific VPN tunnel This screen displays active VPN connections Use Refresh to display active VPN connections This screen is read only The following table describes the fields in this tab 260 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide When there is outbound traffic but no inbound traffic the SA times out automatically after two minutes A tunnel with no outbound or inbound traffic is idle and does not timeout until the SA lifetime period expires See Section 16 6 on page 243on keep alive to have the ZyXEL Device renegotiate an IPSec SA when the SA lifetime expires even if there is no traffic Figure 136 VPN SA Monitor o NILUM Monitor 1 aaa Tunnel ESP DES SHA1 O 2 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 97 VPN SA Monitor LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the security association index number Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocol encryption algorithm and authentication algorithm used in each VPN tunnel Disconnect Select one of the security associations and then click Disconnect to stop t
256. d 0 disable intranet blocking 1 enable intranet blocking lan mssid setprivacy type 0 NO 1 WEP64 2 WEP128 3 WEP256 lan mssid setprivacy key 1 4 Key String lan mssid setprivacy defaultkey 1 4 lan mssid guest autoOff lt 1 on O off gt Timeout minutes 0 for default wlan mssid show zee e 148 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table gives a description of multiple SSID commands Table 49 Multiple SSID Commands Command Description guestssid lt SSID gt Use this command to specify the SSID of the guest wireless network This is the SSID guests have to configure on their wireless clients to connect to your wireless network Type a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN mode 0 disable guestssid 1 enable guestssid 0 disable intranet blocking 1 enable intranet blocking This command performs two functions and is followed by two parameters The first parameter specifies whether you want to enable or disable your guest wireless network Type 0 to disable the guest wireless network or type 1 to enable the guest wireless network The second parameter specifies whether you want to block guests in the guest wireless network from accessing resources on your LAN Type 0 to allow guests to access resources on your LAN or type 1 to block guests from accessing resources on your LAN
257. d request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device Services unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the corresponding firewall policy to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 10 DoS Thresholds For DoS attacks the ZyXEL Device uses thresholds to determine when to drop sessions that do not become fully established These thresholds apply globally to all sessions You can use the default threshold values or you can change them to values more suitable to your security requirements Refer to Section 11 10 3 on page 200 to configure thresholds 11 10 1 Threshold Values Tune these parameters when something is not working and after you have checked the firewall counters These default values should work fine for most small offices Fa
258. d that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 21 File Transfer Program a program to enable fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IPSEC_TUNNEL AH 0 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header tunneling protocol uses this service IPSEC_TUNNEL ESP 0 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol MULTICAST IGMP 0 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service
259. d web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black 24 2 Viewing the Logs Click Maintenance gt Logs to open the View Log screen Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen see Section 24 3 on page 340 Log entries in red indicate alerts The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order Chapter 24 Logs 339 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 190 View Log View Logs Display At Logs 7 Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log p ee WEB Login Successfully User admin 2 piod none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1197 ac EL 3 spre none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1196 Pare 4 EA none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1195 NA UN e WEB Login Successfully User user The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 136 View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings screen display in the drop down list box Select a category of logs to view select All Logs to view logs from all of the log categories that you selected in the Log Settings page Time This field displays the time the log was
260. date Timer In Seconds The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA 2 PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Authentication Serve r IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network Accounting Server o ptional Active Select Yes from the drop down list box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external accounting server The d
261. datory The certification authority may add fields such as a serial number to the subject information when it issues a certificate It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Common Name Select a radio button to identify the certificate s owner by IP address domain name or e mail address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation domain name or e mail address in the field provided The domain name or e mail address can be up to 31 ASCII characters The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string Organizational Unit Type up to 127 characters to identify the organizational unit or department to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Organization Type up to 127 characters to identify the company or group to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Country Type up to 127 characters to identify the nation where the certificate owner is located You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Key Length Select a number from the drop down list box to determine how many bits the key should use 512 to 2048 The longer the key the more secure it is A longer key also uses more PKI storage space Enrollment Options These radio
262. ddress You also need to fill in the Reference Number and Key if the certification authority requires them Chapter 17 Certificates 271 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 103 My Certificate Create continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Enrollment Protocol Select the certification authority s enrollment protocol from the drop down list box Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol SCEP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by VeriSign and Cisco Certificate Management Protocol CMP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by the Public Key Infrastructure X 509 working group of the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF and is specified in RFC 2510 CA Server Address Enter the IP address or URL of the certification authority server CA Certificate Select the certification authority s certificate from the CA Certificate drop down list box You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen Click Trusted CAs to go to the Trusted CAs screen where you can view and manage the ZyXEL Device s list of certificates of trusted certification authorities Request When you select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate Authentication immediately online the certification authority may want you to include a reference number and key to identify you when you send a certification request Fill in both the Reference Number a
263. ddress Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Chapter 16 VPN Screens 249 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 94 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses The remote fields do not apply when the Secure Gateway IP Address field is configured to 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the VPN Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of
264. ddress to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for One to one NAT mapping type Many to One Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only Many to Many Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Local Start IP This is the starting local IP address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end local IP address ILA If your rule is for all local IP addresses then enter 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to One and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the starting global IP address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP Global End IP This is the ending global IP address IGA This field is N A for One to One Many to One and Server mapping types Server Mapping Set Only available when Type is set to Server Select a number from the drop d
265. de Figure 179 Network Connections Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Back 7 d P Search li Folders Gi Address e Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks 4 Create a new connection nabled Internet Connection Internet Connection Set up a home or small office network 2 Disable Disable this network LAN or H Status device mi Rename this connection View status of this connection Change settings of this 1 ac a Rename Create Shortcut 3 In the Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created Figure 180 Internet Connection Properties X Internet Connection Properties General Connect to the Internet using amp J Intemet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through shared connection on another computer Show icon in notification area when connected Settings Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 327 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings Figure 181 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Advanced Settings Services fa zi E Select the services unning an pour nieteaerk that Intemel uselt can esa Et Services Pi marisa
266. de certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x Dynamic WEP Key Exchange The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connection times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the Wireless screen You may still configure and store keys here but they will not be used while Dynamic WEP is enabled Note EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange 404 Appendix F Wireless LANs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic keys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password pair is more practical The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types Table 164 Comparison of EAP Authenticati
267. ded access list temporary entries might be modified in order to permit only packets that are valid for the current state of the connection 8 Any additional inbound or outbound packets that belong to the connection are inspected to update the state table entry and to modify the temporary inbound access list entries as required and are forwarded through the interface 9 When the connection terminates or times out the connection s state table entry is deleted and the connection s temporary inbound access list entries are deleted 10 5 2 Stateful Inspection and the ZyXEL Device Additional rules may be defined to extend or override the default rules For example a rule may be created which will Block all traffic of a certain type such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet 176 Chapter 10 Firewalls P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Allow certain types of traffic from the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow access to a Web server to everyone but competitors Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by evaluating the network traffic s Source IP address Destination IP address IP protocol type and comparing these to rules set by the administrator Note The ability to define firewall rules is a very powerful tool Using custom rules it is possible to disable all firewall protection or block all access to the Internet Use extre
268. default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Local Start Port is left at O End will also remain at O Remote Start Port 0 is the default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Remote Start Port is left at 0 End will also remain at 0 Phase 1 Chapter 16 VPN Screens 255 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 95 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Pre Shared Key Type your pre shared key in this field A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A
269. device to which you connect at your service provider are not affected by other users With cable modems transmission speeds drop significantly as more users go on line because the line is shared 3 ADSL can be always on connected This means that there is no time wasted dialing up the service several times a day and waiting to be connected ADSL is on standby ready for use whenever you need it 370 Appendix B About ADSL P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX C Wall mounting Instructions Do the following to hang your ZyXEL Device on a wall Note See the product specifications appendix for the size of screws to use and how far apart to place them 1 Locate a high position on wall that is free of obstructions Use a sturdy wall 2 Drill two holes for the screws Make sure the distance between the centers of the holes matches what is listed in the product specifications appendix Note Be careful to avoid damaging pipes or cables located inside the wall when drilling holes for the screws 3 Do not screw the screws all the way into the wall Leave a small gap of about 0 5 cm between the heads of the screws and the wall 4 Make sure the screws are snugly fastened to the wall They need to hold the weight of the ZyXEL Device with the connection cables 5 Align the holes on the back of the ZyXEL Device with the screws on the wall Hang the ZyXEL Device on the screws Figure 214 Wall mounting Example i
270. ding ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully ATM Status ATM Loopback Test DSL Line Status Reset ADSL Line Capture All Logs The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 142 Diagnostic DSL Line LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM Status Click this button to view ATM status ATM Loopback Click this button to start the ATM loopback test Make sure you have configured at Test least one PVC with proper VPIs VCls before you begin this test The ZyXEL Device sends an OAM F5 packet to the DSLAM ATM switch and then returns it loops it back to the ZyXEL Device The ATM loopback test is useful for troubleshooting problems with the DSLAM and ATM network DSL Line Status Click this button to view the DSL port s line operating values and line bit allocation Reset ADSL Line Click this button to reinitialize the ADSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully Capture All Logs Click this button to display all logs generated with the DSL line 352 Chapter 26 Diagnostic P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 27 Troubleshooting This chapter covers potential problems and the corresponding remedies 27 1 Problems Starting Up the ZyXEL Device Table 143 Troubleshooting Starting Up Your ZyXEL Device PROBLEM CORREC
271. displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path CRL Distribution Points This field displays how many directory servers with Lists of revoked certificates the issuing certification authority of this certificate makes available This field also displays the domain names or IP addresses of the servers MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You can use this value to verify with the certification authority over the phone for example that this is actually their certificate SHA Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm You can use this value to verify with the certification authority over the phone for example that this is actually their certificate Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management compute
272. ds the web content Waiting content filter server timeout The external content filtering server did not respond within the timeout period DNS resolving failed The ZyXEL Device cannot get the IP address of the external content filtering via DNS query Creating socket failed The ZyXEL Device cannot issue a query because TCP IP socket creation failed port port number Appendix O Log Descriptions 469 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 189 Content Filtering Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Connecting to content filter server fail The connection to the external content filtering server failed License key is invalid The external content filtering license key is invalid Table 190 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION attack TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF attack attack ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP attack For type and code details see Table 197 on page 477 land TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF land attack land ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack For type and code details see Table 197 on page 477 ip spoofing WAN TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port
273. dth a PCR is specified but is only available when data is being sent An example of an VBR RT connection would be video conferencing Video conferencing requires real time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the video image s changing dynamics Chapter 5 WAN Setup 89 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation It is commonly used for bursty traffic typical on LANs PCR and MBS define the burst levels SCR defines the minimum level An example of an VBR nRT connection would be non time sensitive data file transfers 5 3 1 3 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class is for bursty data transfers However UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth An example application is background file transfer 5 4 Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you turn on and connect the ZyXEL Device to a telephone jack it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for infor
274. dule applicable to all protocols that understands data in the packet is intended for other layers from the network layer IP headers up to the application layer The firewall performs stateful inspection It takes into account the state of connections it handles so that for example a legitimate incoming packet can be matched with the outbound request for that packet and allowed in Conversely an incoming packet masquerading as a response to a nonexistent outbound request can be blocked The firewall uses session filtering i e smart rules that enhance the filtering process and control the network session rather than control individual packets in a session The firewall provides e mail service to notify you of routine reports and when alerts occur 10 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall e e To prevent DoS attacks and prevent hackers cracking your network A range of source and destination IP addresses as well as port numbers can be specified within one firewall rule making the firewall a better choice when complex rules are required To selectively block allow inbound or outbound traffic between inside host networks and outside host networks Remember that filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address The firewall performs better than filtering if you need to check many rules Use the firewall if you need routine e mail reports about your system or need to be alerted when atta
275. dvanced setup and click Apply to display the Status screen Figure 9 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through th A ty use Note The management session automatically times out when the time period set in the Administrator Inactivity Timer field expires default five minutes Simply log back into the ZyXEL Device if this happens to you 2 3 Resetting the ZyXEL Device If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET button at the back of the ZyXEL Device to reload the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to 1234 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 51 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 2 3 1 Using the Reset Button 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking 2 Press the RESET button for 10 seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the ZyXEL Device restarts You can also use the RESET button to Activate Deactivate the wireless network by pressing the RESET button for 1 second Start OTIST by pressing the RESET button for 3 seconds 2 4 Navigating the Web Configurator We use the P 662HW D1 web screens in this guide as an example Screens vary slightly
276. e Table 166 Certificates Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION replace fact ory Create a certificate using your device MAC address that will be specific to this device The factory default certificate is a common default certificate for all ZyWALL models ca trusted import lt name gt Import the PEM encoded certificate from stdin lt name gt specifies the name as which the imported CA certificate is to be saved export lt name gt Export the PEM encoded certificate to stdout for user to copy and paste lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be exported view lt name gt View the information of the specified trusted CA certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be viewed verify lt name gt timeout Verify the certification path of the specified trusted CA certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be verified timeout specifies the timeout value in seconds optional The default timeout value is 20 seconds delete lt name gt Delete the specified trusted CA certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be deleted list List all trusted CA certificate names and basic information rename lt old name gt lt new name gt Rename the specified trusted CA certificate lt old name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be renamed lt new name gt
277. e e ftp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp get rom t ftp bye C Nedit rom t edit the rom t text file by a text editor and save it Note You can rename your rom t file when you save it to your computer but it must be named rom t when you upload it to your ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Upload your rom t file from your computer to the ZyXEL Device using the put command computer to the ZyXEL Device 4 Exit this FTP application Figure 267 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example e ftp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp put rom t ftp gt bye Example Internal SPTGEN Screens This section covers ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN screens Table 169 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table ABBREVIATION MEANING FIN Field Identification Number not seen in SMT screens FN Field Name Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 439 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 169 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens
278. e Rule Name BW Budget Priority v Use All Managed Bandwidth Filter Configuration Service Destination Address Destination Subnet Netmask Destination Port Source Address Source Subnet Netmask Source Port Protocol Ww yy fio Kbps High gt p p neal Cancel 300 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 122 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Configuration Active Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply this bandwidth management rule Enable a bandwidth management rule to give traffic that matches the rule priority over traffic that does not match the rule Enabling a bandwidth management rule also allows you to control the maximum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches the rule Rule Name Use the auto generated name or enter a descriptive name of up to 20 alphanumeric characters including spaces BW Budget Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Use All Managed Bandwidth Select this option to allow a rule to borrow unused bandwidth on the interface Bandwidth borrowing is governed by the priority of
279. e certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste a certification request into a certification authority s web page an e mail that you send to the certification authority or a text editor and sa
280. e 1 mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 did not match between the router and the peer Appendix O Log Descriptions 473 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 192 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Rule d phase 2 mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 2 did not match between the router and the peer Rule bd Phase 2 key length The listed rule s IKE phase 2 key lengths with the AES mismatch encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer Table 193 PKI Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Enrollment successful The SCEP online certificate enrollment was successful The Destination field records the certification authority server IP address and port Enrollment failed The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Failed to resolve lt SCEP CA server url The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification authority server s address cannot be resolved Enrollment successful The CMP online certificate enrollment was successful The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Enrollment failed The CMP online certificate enrollment failed The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Failed to resolve CMP CA server
281. e IPSec router can initiate the VPN The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Subnet Encap This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode Tunnel is the default selection IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocols used for an SA Both AH and ESP increase ZyXEL Device processing requirements and communications latency delay Secure Gateway IP This is the static WAN IP address or URL of the remote IPSec router This field displays 0 0 0 0 when you configure the Secure Gateway Address field in the VPN IKE screen to 0 0 0 0 Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the VPN configuration Click the delete icon to remove an existing VPN configuration Back Click Back to return to the previous screen 16 6 Keep Alive When you initiate an IPSec tunnel with keep alive enabled the ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the tunnel when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires see Section 16 12 on page 252 for more on the IPSe
282. e IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses Telecommuters can use separate passwords to simultaneously connect to the ZyXEL Device from IPSec routers with dynamic IP addresses see Section 16 18 on page 262 for a telecommuter configuration example Regardless of the ID type and content configuration the ZyXEL Device does not allow you to save multiple active rules with overlapping local and remote IP addresses Chapter 16 VPN Screens 245 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide With main mode see Section 16 12 1 on page 253 the ID type and content are encrypted to provide identity protection In this case the ZyXEL Device can only distinguish between up to 12 different incoming SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device can distinguish up to 12 incoming SAs because you can select between three encryption algorithms DES 3DES and AES two authentication algorithms MDS and SHA1 and two key groups DH1 and DH2 when you configure a VPN rule see Section 16 13 on page 254 The ID type and content act as an extra level of identification for incoming SAs The type of ID can be a domain name an IP address or an e mail address The content 1s the IP address domain name or e mail address Table 90 Local ID Type and Content Fields LOCAL ID TYPE CONTENT IP Type the IP address of your computer or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use it
283. e ZyXEL Device allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static fixed IP address you can simply connect the computer to the ZyXEL Device and access the Internet The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP address in the corporate environment In a residential house where a ZyXEL Device is installed you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Chapter 6 LAN Setup 113 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 54 Any IP Example EX X 192 168 10 1 i4 uu X S a Internet j 192 168 10 1 192 168 1 1 Internet The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or a static IP address that is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s IP address Note You must enable NAT SUA to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device 6 2 4 1 How Any IP Works Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network
284. e a new rule after rule number IE 7 DTTZINTTTUNNNETONNN DT ESTEETTIT Any 1000110 100 015 MyService TCPJUDP 123 7 Permit No 100 waN to LAN Add No B Wl bN Apply Cancel 11 8 Predefined Services The Available Services list box in the Edit Rule screen see Section 11 6 1 on page 187 displays all predefined services that the ZyXEL Device already supports Next to the name of the service two fields appear in brackets The first field indicates the IP protocol type TCP UDP or ICMP The second field indicates the IP port number that defines the service Note that there may be more than one IP protocol type For example look at the default configuration labeled DNS UDP TCP 53 means UDP port 53 and TCP port 53 Up to 128 entries are supported Custom service ports may also be configured using the Edit Customized Services function discussed previously Table 69 Predefined Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION AIM NEW ICQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 24032 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software DNS UDP TCP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names e g www zyxe
285. e filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 9 1 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the original addresses and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 82 How NAT Works NAT Table LAN Inside Local Inside Global IP Address IP Address WAN 192 168 1 10 IGA 1 192 168 1 1 IGA 2 192 168 1 13 Es 192168112 IGA3 SS 192 168 1 13 IGA 4 m l E 192 168 1 12 Ic EU M cra RS Internet 192 168 1 11 E S Inside Local Inside Global 192 168 1 10 Addresses ILA Addresses IGA 158 Chapter 9 Network Address Transla
286. e from the drop down list box FTP File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses port number 21 E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 WWW The World Wide Web is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser User Defined User defined services are user specific services configured using known ports and applications Dest Port This displays the port the selected service uses Type a port number in the field provided if you want to use a different port to the default port See table Table 46 on page 143 for information on port numbers Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box See Table 45 on page 141 for more information on specific priorities Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen without saving your changes 7 10 Mul
287. e graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser FTP File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses port number 21 E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 Telnet The purpose of the TELNET Protocol is to provide a fairly general bi directional eight bit byte oriented communications facility It is typically used to provide user oriented command line login sessions between hosts on the Internet Telnet uses port number 23 NetMeeting H 323 is an umbrella recommendation from the ITU T that defines the protocols to H 323 provide audio visual communication sessions on any packet network Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 79 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 19 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION VoIP SIP Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP Session Initiated Pro
288. e integrity of the entire packet by use of portions of the original IP header in the hashing process 15 3 2 Tunnel Mode Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire IP packet to transmit it securely A Tunnel mode is required for gateway services to provide access to internal systems Tunnel mode is fundamentally an IP tunnel with authentication and encryption This is the most common mode of operation Tunnel mode is required for gateway to gateway and host to gateway communications Tunnel mode communications have two sets of IP headers Outside header The outside IP header contains the destination IP address of the VPN gateway nside header The inside IP header contains the destination IP address of the final system behind the VPN gateway The security protocol appears after the outer IP header and before the inside IP header 15 4 IPSec and NAT Read this section if you are running IPSec on a host computer behind the ZyXEL Device 236 Chapter 15 Introduction to IPSec P 662H HW D Series User s Guide NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both Transport and Tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet When using AH protocol packet contents the data payload are not encrypted A NAT device in between the IPSec endpoints will rewrite either the source or destination address with one of its own choosing The VPN d
289. e need to navigate and configure individual SMT menus for each ZyXEL Device The Configuration Text File Format All Internal SPTGEN text files conform to the following format lt field identification number field name parameter values allowed input where input is your input conforming to parameter values allowed The figure shown next is an example of an Internal SPTGEN text file Figure 263 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions nu 1 General Setup 10000000 Configured 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000001 System Name lt Str gt ZyXEL 10000002 Location lt Str gt B 10000003 Contact Person s Name Str 10000004 Route IP 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000005 Route IPX lt 0 No 1 Yes 0 10000006 Bridge 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Note DO NOT alter or delete any field except parameters in the Input column For more text file examples refer to the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Appendix Internal SPTGEN File Modification Important Points to Remember EE Each parameter you enter must be preceded by one sign and one space Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 437 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Some parameters are dependent on others For example if you disable the Configured field in menu 1 see Figure 263 on page 437 then you disable every field in this menu If you enter a parameter that is invalid in the Input column the ZyXEL Device will
290. e or the ZyXEL Device itself Default Action Use the drop down list boxes to select the default action that the firewall is take on packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of the firewall rules Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Log Select the check box to create a log when the above action is taken for packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of your customized rules Expand Click this button to display more information Basic Click this button to display less information Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 6 Firewall Rules Summary Note The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in turn Refer to Section 10 1 on page 169 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules to bring up the following screen This screen displays a list of the configured firewall rules Note the order in which the rules are listed Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 185 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide
291. e password for accessing the ZyXEL Device If you didn t change the default one after you logged in or you want to change to a new password again then click Maintenance System to display the screen as shown next Figure 17 System General System Setup System Name Domain Name Password User Password New Password Retype to confirm Admin Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm A Caution Administrator Inactivity Timer m m eo minutes 0 means no timeout Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel 62 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 9 System General Password LABEL DESCRIPTION Old Password Type the default password or the existing password you use to access the system in this field New Password Type the new password in this field Retype to Confirm Type the new password again in this field Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 63 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 64 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 3 Wi
292. e scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default 5 Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default 6 Click OK to close the window Chapter 27 Troubleshooting 359 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 209 Security Settings Java Scripting Settings 125 Scripting Q Prompt 3 Allow paste operations via script Q Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt amp Scripting of Java applets Disable a Prompt Y Llenas Aukhantiostian Reset custom settings Reset to Medium Reset E 27 4 1 3 Java Permissions 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Microsoft VM 4 Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected 5 Click OK to close the window 360 Chapter 27 Troubleshooting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 210 Security Settings Java Security Settings 2 xl Settings Q Disable 9 Enable i Font download Q Disable 9 Enable p Q Prompt B Microsoft YM 3 Java permissions O Custom r Reset custom settings Reset to Medium 7 Reset x em 27 4 1 3 1 JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 make sure that Use Java 2 for lt applet gt under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 211 Java Sun
293. e set 9 Metric 0 120109007 IP Static Route set 9 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 10 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 10 EI E PVA INPUT 20110001 IP Static Route set 10 Name 20110002 IP Static Route set 10 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt exo 20110003 IP Static Route set 10 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20110004 IP Static Route set 10 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120110005 IP Static Route set 10 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120110006 IP Static Route set 10 Metric 0 120110007 IP Static Route set 10 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 11 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 11 FI E PVA INPUT 120111001 IP Static Route set 11 Name Str 120111002 IP Static Route set 11 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt zu 120111003 IP Static Route set 11 Destination 0 00 0 IP address Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 447 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 173 Menu 12 SMT Menu 12 continued 120111004 IP Static Route set 11 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120111005 IP Static Route set 11 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120111006 IP Static Route set 11 Metric 0 120111007 IP Static Route set 11 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 12 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 12 FI F PVA INPU
294. e sure you have ZyXEL g APs or wireless routers with OTIST function enabled OK Ifthere is more than one OTIST enabled AP within range you see a screen asking you to select one AP to get settings from 7 6 3 Notes on OTIST 1 If you enabled OTIST in the wireless client you see this screen each time you start the utility Click Yes for it to search for an OTIST enabled AP 138 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 74 Start OTIST Do you wantto start OTIST function No Don t show me this window again 2 If an OTIST enabled wireless client loses its wireless connection for more than ten seconds it will search for an OTIST enabled AP for up to one minute If you manually have the wireless client search for an OTIST enabled AP there is no timeout click Cancel in the OTIST progress screen to stop the search 3 When the wireless client finds an OTIST enabled AP you must still click Start in the AP OTIST web configurator screen or hold in the Reset button for one or two seconds for the AP to transfer settings 4 If you change the SSID or the keys on the AP after using OTIST you need to run OTIST again or enter them manually in the wireless client s 5 If you configure OTIST to generate a WPA PSK key this key changes each time you run OTIST Therefore if a new wireless client joins your wireless network you need to run OTIST on the AP and ALL wireless clients again 7 7 MAC F
295. e the Section 12 5 on page 207 section for more information 1 For Windows 98 Me refer to the antivirus supplement for requirements Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packet Scan 205 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Click Security gt AntiVirus to display the configuration screen as shown next Figure 108 Anti Virus Packet Scan Packet Scan Packet Scan Configuration Active Packet Scan Select the services to be scanned rre www Default action when session overflow Forward Packet Packet Scan Information E mail Packet Scan Virus Pattern version 0 18 Engine version 200411301836 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 73 Anti Virus Packet Scan LABEL DESCRIPTION Packet Scan Configuration Active Select this check box to enable the anti virus packet scan on the ZyXEL Device Clear this check box to disable it Before you activate the anti virus packet scan register for the service in the Registration and Virus Information Update screen Choose which application to be scanned E Mail Select this option to scan incoming outgoing e mail content for viruses FTP Select this option to scan FTP traffic for viruses HTTP Select this option to scan HTTP traffic for viruses Default action when session overflow Select whether to allow passage of Forward Packet or silently discard Block Packet the
296. e them It also includes pages that glorify tout or otherwise encourage the consumption of alcohol tobacco It does not include pages that sell alcohol or tobacco as a subset of other products Illegal Questionable Selecting this category excludes pages that advocate or give advice on performing illegal acts such as service theft evading law enforcement fraud burglary techniques and plagiarism It also includes pages that provide or sell questionable educational materials such as term papers Gambling Selecting this category excludes pages where a user can place a bet or participate in a betting pool including lotteries online It also includes pages that provide information assistance recommendations or training on placing bets or participating in games of chance It does not include pages that sell gambling related products or machines It also does not include pages for offline casinos and hotels as long as those pages do not meet one of the above requirements Violence Hate Racism Selecting this category excludes pages that depict extreme physical harm to people or property or that advocate or provide instructions on how to cause such harm It also includes pages that advocate depict hostility or aggression toward or denigrate an individual or group on the basis of race religion gender nationality ethnic origin or other characteristics Weapons Selecting this category excludes pages that sell
297. eacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Channel If two wireless networks overlap they should use a different channel Selection Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information Select a channel from the drop down list box Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup See the rest of this chapter for information on the other labels in this screen 128 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 7 5 1 No Security Select No Security to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points without any data encryption Note If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Figure 63 Wireless No Security Wireless Setup M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Tl Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Security Security Mode No Security 7 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 38 Wireless No Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Sec
298. eal events through the use of spells curses magic powers and satanic or supernatural beings Illegal Drugs Selecting this category excludes pages that promote offer sell supply encourage or otherwise advocate the illegal use cultivation manufacture or distribution of drugs pharmaceuticals intoxicating plants or chemicals and their related paraphernalia Education Selecting this category excludes pages that offer educational information distance learning and trade school information or programs It also includes pages that are sponsored by schools educational facilities faculty or alumni groups Cultural Institutions Selecting this category excludes pages sponsored by cultural institutions or those that provide information about museums galleries and theaters not movie theaters It includes groups such as 4H and the Boy Scouts of America Financial Services Selecting this category excludes pages that provide or advertise banking services online or offline or other types of financial information such as loans It does not include pages that offer market information brokerage or trading services Brokerage Trading Selecting this category excludes pages that provide or advertise trading of securities and management of investment assets online or offline It also includes insurance pages as well as pages that offer financial investment strategies quotes and news Games Selecting thi
299. ean uev eee tu edu tna a edu Eie i akt adus 95 Table 25 More Connections BOM sissantina FEM H IS EH Ea Id i 96 Table 26 More Connections Advanced Setup sss 98 Table 27 WAN Backup Seti uncinvist xsevistinc Veste b P FREIE DA sient quod Fe ERE opu E POS NI Fea CET Di 101 Table 28 WAN Backup Advanced Setup oerte niinniin i annid iais 103 Table 29 WAN Dial Backup Modem Setup 1 retento onn hane eoa Coadanngeaae 106 TRE O LANIF Y 115 Table 31 Advanced irc2i Men 116 Tablo S2 DHCP SAUD m mE 117 Tbe cum Pa ug qm 119 EU OIN Du eo Aer TI 120 Table 35 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication sesesssssssss 125 Table 36 Additional Wireless Tenis 5scccei eri rpa AERIS Ehe RPLEH FI CEPR e EIE pa KE ots 127 Table 37 Wweless LAN tror Me TETUR 128 Table 38 Wireless DE ie M 129 List of Tables 33 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 39 Wireless Static WEP EHCPVBBGI ccsisssuceseviasncesesissswacstevaassancesernesssaesanssosssatvansieets 130 Table 40 Wireless WPA 2 PSK TT 131 IEO TAEun o dl rM 133 Table 42 Wireless LAN Advanced osten i e rade ctt i ded e etri t t Re ed 134 Table 43 DIST ET 136 Table 4da MAC Address dM I T 140 IE PEU EE CCELI E UT 141 Table 45 Commonly Used i a eec 143 Tablo 4T Wireless LAN a ea gr rec Re oon old pde eon Mo P dla odas 145 Table 48 Application Priority Configura
300. eed quality of service Select H 323 from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses H 323 Select User defined from the drop down list box if you do not want to use a predefined application for the bandwidth class When you select User defined you need to configure at least one of the following fields other than the Subnet Mask fields which you only enter if you also enter a corresponding destination or source IP address Destination Address Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation Destination Subnet Netmask Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Destination Address Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 301 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 122 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Destination Port Enter the port number of the destination See Table 123 on page 302 for some common services and port numbers A blank destination IP address means any destination IP address Source Address Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation A blank source IP address means any source IP address Source Subnet Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Netmask Source Address Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting A blank s
301. eeeccccceeeeececeeeeeeaceeenseeeceeeenteeaece 299 Table 122 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration sse 301 Table 123 Services and Port NUMBETS 1 rer kh da e EN na UR kinana ERE Logd d 302 Table 124 Dyjamio DNS p 306 List of Tables 35 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 125 Remote Management WWW iius emer erre prp y npe ds a aped eda 311 Table 126 Remote Management Telnet cccccsseccccceeeeeecceeeerseeeceeeeseseasceeesnessscneeeeneeeaee 312 Table 127 Remote Management FUP iui cecinere etd ote pte etre dde aad 313 Talis 128 SNMP Se a acsearle ache d oed ext Peace Boer aaa 315 Table 129 Remote Management SNMP sse tetra Erb ne ek Fuere von ee obo vn ERO EU np Re ER EUR 316 Table 130 Remote Management DNS uius sieisececeneui itera dueae tope tmu ni eiae r aparte bre tmm pince 317 Table 131 Remote Management ICMP eese retra ka rank krank hatt Eni 318 Toe 132 Tre wes COMTANS eee 319 Tabla To Communng UPIP m 323 Table 154 System General Setup soap radi etr naga nra d aL enasacadia ERRARE RR ERR MA RR RR Lora Rd 334 Table 135 System Time SOWING M 336 Teles TO VIBW LO sooi 340 iU Euros eme 341 Table 138 SMTP Error Messages ieceexiesceiekses redet khac ebbe is iin i bea vnus etd a oca cre evo epu 343 Table 139 Fimnware Upgrade 5r Dodo pont nic a Pu b D LR KR Pn dd 345 Table 140 Maintenance Restore Configuration ccccccc
302. een The screen appears as shown Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 44 Advanced Internet Connection RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction None z RIP Version IA Multicast None ATM Qos ATM QoS Type UBR v Peak Cell Rate cell sec Sustain Cell Rate cell sec Maximum Burst Size cell Zero Configuration Yes z PPPoE Passthrough No Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 23 Advanced Internet Connection LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version This field is enabled if RIP Direction is not None The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most netw
303. een as shown Figure 122 Content Access Control Online Status Online Status oN AO UON ma rA Neo Online Status Index Username Category Timeleft On Line t QQ GO INN N NN N00 0 DH Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 85 Content Access Control Online Status LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This field displays the index number Username This field displays the username up to 30 characters for this user profile Group This field displays the name of the associated user group Time Left This field displays the amount of time that you have before the ZyXEL Device logs you out and terminates your Internet access This time depends on the time allowance configured in Time Scheduling screen By using the or buttons the administrator can increase or decrease the time left in 15 minute increments without re configuring the time allowances On Line This field displays Yes if a user is currently on line This field displays Ready if a user is allowed to access the Internet at the moment and is currently not on line This field displays No if a user is not allowed to access the Internet at the moment and is currently not on line Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previ
304. efault port number is 1813 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 133 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 41 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Setup Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your WLAN setup 7 5 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup To configure advanced wireless settings click the Advanced Setup button in the General screen The scre en appears as shown Figure 67 Advanced Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold 2432 0 2432 4096 when G Enhanced Fragmentation Threshold 2432 256 2432 4096 when G Enhanced Output Power Maximum z Preamble Long 802 11 Mode Mixed Enable 802 11g mode Max Frame Burst 650 0 1800 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 42 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRI
305. elationships Reference Selecting this category excludes pages containing personal professional or educational reference including online dictionaries maps census almanacs library catalogues genealogy related pages and scientific information Chat Instant Messaging Selecting this category excludes pages that provide chat or instant messaging capabilities or client downloads Email Selecting this category excludes pages offering web based email services such as online email reading e cards and mailing list services Newsgroups Selecting this category excludes pages that offer access to Usenet news groups or other messaging or bulletin board systems Religion Selecting this category excludes pages that promote and provide information on conventional or unconventional religious or quasi religious subjects as well as churches synagogues or other houses of worship It does not include pages containing alternative religions such as Wicca or witchcraft Cult Occult or atheist beliefs Political Activist Groups Shopping Selecting this category excludes pages that provide or advertise the means to obtain goods or services It does not include pages that can be classified in other categories such as vehicles or weapons Auctions Selecting this category excludes pages that support the offering and purchasing of goods between individuals This does not include classified advertisements
306. elect the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Enable off line option This option is available when Custom DNS is selected in the DDNS Type field Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL that you can specify while you are off line IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Select this option to update the IP address of the host name s to the WAN IP Address address 306 Chapter 20 Dynamic DNS Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 124 Dynamic DNS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Select this option only when there are one or more NAT routers between the ZyXEL server auto Device and the DDNS server This feature has the DDNS server automatically detect IP detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a public IP address Address Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Use specified IP Type the IP address of the host name s Use this if you have a static IP address Address Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 20 Dynamic DNS Setup 307 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 308 Chapter 20 Dynamic DNS Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 21 Remote Management Configuration This
307. elps you copy certificates certificate trust lists and certificate revocation ists from your disk to a certificate store A certificate which is issued by a certification authority is confirmation of your identity and contains information used to protect data or to establish secure network connections 4 certificate store is the system area where certificates are kept To continue click Next 4 Select where you would like to store the certificate and then click Next Figure 246 Certificate Import Wizard 2 Certificate Store Certificate stores are system areas where certificates are kept Windows can automatically select a certificate store or you can specify a location For C Place all certificates in the following store 5 Click Finish to complete the Import Certificate wizard Appendix G Importing Certificates 411 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 247 Certificate Import Wizard 3 Certificate Import Wizard xj Completing the Certificate Import Wizard You have successfully completed the Certificate Import wizard You have specified the Following settings Certificate Store Selected Automatically determined by t Content Certificate 6 Click Yes to add the ZyXEL Device certificate to the root store Figure 248 Root Certificate Store Root Certificate store A Do you want to ADD the following certificate to the Root Store Subject ZyWALL 70 O040C559B52B Issuer Self Issued Time Val
308. encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x WPA and WPA2 use Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP to offer stronger encryption than TKIP Appendix F Wireless LANs 405 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a block cipher that uses a 256 bit mathematical algorithm called Rijndael They both include a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption key 1s never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless stations This all happens in the background automatically The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then com
309. ep ER 117 Figure o LAN Clip isl uoi D ae a ena e pri bo a Fm eens 118 Figure 59 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks seeeeenn 120 Figure G0 LAN IP PANS 120 Figure 61 Example of a Wireless Network aessseessssssessrreerrrrrrsseernresrinnnnseernneeerrnannneennneanan 123 Figure 62 Wireless LAN General sennercsarsreiir Annn 128 Figure oo Wirelass No SOOUIBE sesorahe ets bone ER berto ado P a ER Ld E 129 Figure 64 Wireless Static WEP Encryption 2 2 2 cccsssseeeeeesesneeeeeeessneeceeeansneeeeeenseneeeee 130 Figure o5 Wireless WALZ SK secctsiisuseccscriaseccoctsauestennarautotsisonsesorieraurrcsoriuauteiauameuesseeas 131 Figure CG Wireloss FERRI e 132 Bo p iE jc ee N 134 dsh iro ggg 136 Figure 69 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen eeesseeieseeea atenta 137 aov AD rji Mo erate E E die tens E E nee E 138 Figure TO TST AFOJ AP isosrtpnpr OSEE E POI E pb oU S SERO SEE REEL URL SR R44 138 Figure 72 OTIST in Progress COC screen neta seite trad bua Rota p ERU sande tung Ad edad Eb RUE ERA Re 138 Figure 73 No AP with OTIST FOI 22 cccssiit ctr ideo tuere debba rH Id eanan pti X dd arp bI edd i 138 da eta FB Uh T c eee reer rece ear SRE ee premrae ener fier rire re eer terre rrr ti rrere 139 Figure 79 MAC Address FEN MM P 140 Figure 70 Wireless LAIN QOG issosseccasanszcottesssccet meian a Ett Haee a iaseeesueds 145 F
310. eps 215 Content Filtering Service 217 create user groups 216 Customize services 219 Diagnose 227 diagnose sequence 227 Idle Timeout 216 log out 230 online status 229 test web site access privileges 227 Time Left 229 Time schedule 217 Unlimited time schedule 218 User Account 228 user accounts 215 User groups 216 user groups 215 User Login 230 User Profile 228 Web Site Filters 222 Web site test sequence 227 WLAN application 215 Content Access Control CAC 215 Content Filtering 211 Categories 211 Schedule 212 Tursted computers 213 URL keyword blocking 211 486 Index P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Content filtering 211 content filtering 42 222 CTS Clear to Send 400 Custom Ports Creating Editing 191 Customized Services 190 Customized services 190 D Data Confidentiality 234 Data Integrity 234 Data Origin Authentication 234 Default 349 default LAN IP address 49 Denial of Service 170 171 199 Destination Address 183 device model number 345 DH 254 DHCP 44 110 111 305 333 DHCP client 44 DHCP relay 44 DHCP server 44 diagnostic 351 Diffie Hellman Key Groups 254 DMZ 151 366 DNS 317 DNS Server For VPN Host 245 Domain Name 111 162 333 Domain Name System 110 DoS 171 Basics 171 Types 172 DoS Denial of Service 42 151 366 DoS attacks types of 172 DSL Digital Subscriber Line 369 DSL line reinitialize 352 DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer 46 Dynamic D
311. er Connect branch offices and business partners over the Internet with significant cost savings and improved performance when compared to leased lines between sites Accessing Network Resources When NAT Is Enabled When NAT is enabled remote users are not able to access hosts on the LAN unless the host is designated a public LAN server for that specific protocol Since the VPN tunnel terminates inside the LAN remote users will be able to access all computers that use private IP addresses on the LAN Unsupported IP Applications A VPN tunnel may be created to add support for unsupported emerging IP applications See the chapter on Getting to Know Your ZyXEL Device for an example of a VPN application 234 Chapter 15 Introduction to IPSec P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 15 2 IPSec Architecture The overall IPSec architecture is shown as follows Figure 126 IPSec Architecture IPSec Algorithms ESP Protocol AH Protocol RFC 2406 RFC 2402 Encryption Authentication 4 RFC 2403 Algorithm Algorithm HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 Dum os 15 2 1 IPSec Algorithms The ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol RFC 2406 and AH Authentication Header protocol RFC 2402 describe the packet formats and the default standards for packet structure including implementation algorithms The Encryption Algorithm describes the use of encryption techniques such as DES Data Encryption Standard and Triple DES
312. eries User s Guide 484 Appendix P Triangle Route P 662H HW D Series User s Guide A Address Assignment 111 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 114 ADSL standards 42 Advanced Encryption Standard 405 AH 235 AH Protocol 239 alternative subnet mask notation 391 antenna gain 134 Anti virus Online update 207 Registration 207 Anti virus packet scan Configuration 205 Anti virus scan packet types 205 Any IP 42 113 How it works 114 note 114 Any IP Setup 116 AP access point 399 applicaions Internet access 46 Application level Firewalls 170 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 86 Attack Alert 200 Attack Types 174 Authentication Header 239 Available Services 220 B Backup 347 Backup Type 101 Bandwidth Management 293 Bandwidth Manager Class Configuration 299 Bandwidth Manager Monitor 302 Bandwidth Manager Summary 297 Basic wireless security 76 Blocking Time 199 Boot sector virus 203 Brute force Attack 173 Index Index 485 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide BSS 397 BW Budget 299 C CA 404 CAC 215 CBR Continuous Bit Rate 93 98 certificate 251 Certificate Authority 404 change password at login 50 Channel 399 Interference 399 Channel ID 128 compact 44 compact guide 49 Computer virus 203 Computer virus infection and prevention 204 Computer virus types 203 Configuration 110 Content Access Control activation 216 Administrator Login 231 Application 215 configuration st
313. ers using mapping types as outlined in Table 53 on page 160 Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device 9 3 NAT General Setup You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen 160 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 84 NAT General NAT Setup M Active Network Address Translation NAT sua Only C Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 512 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 54 NAT General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this check box to enable NAT Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Full Feature Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Max NAT When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing applications they Firewall need to establish NAT sessions If you do not limit the number of NAT sessions a Session Per single client can establish this can result in all of the available NAT sessions being User used In this case
314. ertificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen and then click Import to open the Trusted CA Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted certification authority s certificate to the ZyXEL Device Note You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import the certificate Figure 146 Trusted CA Import Certificates Trusted CAs Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats File Path Browse Binary x 509 PEM Base 64 encoded x 509 Binary PKCS 7 PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 106 Trusted CA Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen Chapter 17 Certificates 277 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 17 10 Trusted CA Details Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted CA Details screen Use this screen to view in depth information about the certificatio
315. es Tools Help Q E 5 P Search lp Folders Ez Address E My Network Places Local Network Network Tasks gd Add a network place R 31 Internet ZYXEL Prestige 650 view network connections Sharing Ga Create Shortcut Set up a home or small office network 3 View workgroup computers Rename Properties Other Places 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device Figure 187 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Pr x General mj ZWAEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gatewar Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number Prestige 650R 31 Description ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 331 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 332 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 23 System Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time and date settings 23 1 General Setup 23 1 1 General Setup and System Name General Setup contains administrative and system related information System Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name you should enter your computer s Comp
316. es User s Guide Research requires more bandwidth but only gets its budgeted 2048 kbps because all of the unbudgeted and unused bandwidth goes to the higher priority sales and marketing classes 19 6 2 2 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 118 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 1024 kbps Sales 3072 kbps Marketing 3072 kbps Research 3072 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally among the other classes 1024 kbps extra goes to each so the other classes each get a total of 3072 kbps 19 6 3 Bandwidth Management Priorities The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards out through an interface Table 119 Bandwidth Management Priorities PRIORITY LEVELS TRAFFIC WITH A HIGHER PRIORITY GETS THROUGH FASTER WHILE TRAFFIC WITH A LOWER PRIORITY IS DROPPED IF THE NETWORK IS CONGESTED High Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter
317. es of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the DHCP Server clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask Second DNS As above Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 27 Internet Connection with PPPoA STEP 1 STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration Please enter the User Name and Password given to you by your Internet Service Provider here Password Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Beck ten et The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 14 Internet Connection with PPPoA LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the login name that your ISP gives you Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Ifthe user name and or password you entered for PPPoE or PPPoA connection are not correct the screen displays as shown next Click Back to Username and Password setup to go back to the screen where you can modify them Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for
318. escriptions of the commands Figure 172 Enabling TR 069 ras wan tr069 load ras wan tr069 acsUrl a b c d Auto Configuration Server URL http a b c d ras wan tr069 periodicEnable 1 ras wan tr069 informInterval 2400 TRO69 Informinterval 2400 ras wan tr069 active 1 ras wan tr069 save The following table gives a description of TR 069 commands Table 132 TR 069 Commands Command or Root Subdirectory Command Description wan tr069 All TR 069 related commands must be preceded by wan tr069 load Start configuring TR 069 on your ZyXEL Device active 0 no 1 yes Enable disable TR 069 operation acsUrl URL Set the IP address or domain name of CNM Access username maxlength 15 Username used to authenticate the device when making a connection to CNM Access This username is set up on the server and must be provided by the CNM Access administrator password maxlength 15 Password used to authenticate the device when making a connection to CNM Access This password is set up on the server and must be provided by the CNM Access administrator Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 319 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 132 TR 069 Commands Command or Root Subdirectory Command Description periodicEnable Whether or not the device must periodically send information to 0 Disable CNM Access It i
319. ess Content Click Register to go to a web site where you can register for category based content Filtering filtering using an external database You can use a trial application or register your Service iCard s PIN Refer to the web site s on line help for details Note Refer to the Section on page 496 appendix on more information on device and service registration You can also manage your registration status or view content filtering reports after you register this device in the service registration web site Note The web site displays a registration successful web page It may take up to another ten minutes for content filtering to be activated See on how to check the content filtering activation Click Activate to begin the content filtering service now Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 14 2 1 Configuring Time Schedule To set up the time schedule for each user group click Edit under Time in the Content Access Control General screen A screen displays as shown next Chapter 14 Content Access Control 217 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 117 Control Access Control General Time Scheduling Time Scheduling iv Allow 0 hefo minaccess from 00 00 o 0o 06 s everyday M Allow Custom Daily Access e c C Sta Re CERES Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Frid
320. ets are discarded Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices are PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here 96 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 25 More Connections Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC By prior agreement a protocol is assigned a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 will carry IP If you select VC specify separate VPI and VCI numbers for each protocol For LLC based multiplexing or PPP encapsulation one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header In this case only one set of VPI and VCI numbers need be specified for all protocols VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assig
321. etwork ID bits The number of borrowed host ID bits determines the number of subnets you can have The remaining number of host ID bits after borrowing determines the number of hosts you can have on each subnet Table 154 Subnet 1 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 128 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000 392 Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 154 Subnet 1 continued IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER SPS LOGIER EI VALUE Subnet Address 192 168 1 0 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 192 168 1 127 Table 155 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 128 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 192 168 1 128 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 192 168 1 255 Host IDs of all zeros represent the subnet itself and host IDs of all ones are the broadcast address for that subnet so the actual number of hosts available on each subnet in the example above is 2 2 or 126 hosts for each subnet
322. evice at the receiving end will verify the integrity of the incoming packet by computing its own hash value and complain that the hash value appended to the received packet doesn t match The VPN device at the receiving end doesn t know about the NAT in the middle so it assumes that the data has been maliciously altered IPSec using ESP in Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire original packet including headers in a new IP packet The new IP packet s source address is the outbound address of the sending VPN gateway and its destination address is the inbound address of the VPN device at the receiving end When using ESP protocol with authentication the packet contents in this case the entire original packet are encrypted The encrypted contents but not the new headers are signed with a hash value appended to the packet Tunnel mode ESP with authentication is compatible with NAT because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which is unchanged by a NAT device Transport mode ESP with authentication is not compatible with NAT Table 86 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transport N AH Tunnel N ESP Transport N ESP Tunnel Y Chapter 15 Introduction to IPSec 237 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 238 Chapter 15 Introduction to IPSec P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 16 VPN Screens This chapter introduces the VPN
323. evice leaves a TCP session open after the firewall detects a FIN exchange indicating the end of the TCP session Appendix K Firewall Commands 429 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 167 Firewall Commands continued FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION Config edit firewall set set This command sets how long ZyXEL Device gt tcp idle timeout seconds lets an inactive TCP connection remain open before considering it closed Config edit firewall set set This command sets whether or not the ZyXEL 1 log yes no Device creates logs for packets that match the firewall s default rule set Rules Config edit firewall set set This command sets whether packets that gt rule rule 4 permit match this rule are dropped or allowed forward block through Config edit firewall set set This command sets whether a rule is enabled gt rule rule gt active yes ornot no Config edit firewall set set This command sets the protocol specification 1 rule rule gt protocol number made in this rule for ICMP lt integer protocol value gt Config edit firewall set set This command sets the ZyXEL Device to log gt rule rule 4 log none traffic that matches the rule doesn t match match not match both both or neither Config edit firewall set set This command sets whether or not the ZyXEL
324. evice s wireless security settings MAC Filter Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device to block access to devices or block the devices from accessing the ZyXEL Device QoS WMM QoS allows you to prioritize wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of the individual and applications DMZ DMZ Use this screen to create and enable a DMZ port NAT General Use this screen to enable NAT Port Forwarding Use this screen to configure servers behind the ZyXEL Device Security Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and the direction of network traffic to which to apply the rule Rules This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules and allows you to edit add a firewall rule Anti Probing Use this screen to change your anti probing settings Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 53 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 3 Web Configurator Screens Summary continued LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Threshold Use this screen to configure the threshold for DoS attacks Anti Virus Packet Scan Use this screen to change your Packet Scan settings Registration Use this screen to register activate or update your anti virus services Content Filter Keyword Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering Trusted Use this screen to
325. exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting Accounting Response Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access Types of Authentication This appendix discusses some popular authentication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server or the AP Consult your network administrator for more information EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MDS authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless station The wireless station proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information Password is not sent in plain text However MD authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to get the plaintext passwords the passwords must be stored Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server a
326. exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device Content Access General Use this screen to activate Content Access Control and create Control user groups User Profile Use this screen to create user accounts Online Status Use this screen to view the online status VPN Setup Use this screen to configure each VPN tunnel Monitor Use this screen to look at the current status of each VPN tunnel VPN Global Use this screen to allow NetBIOS traffic through VPN tunnels Setting Certificates My Certificates Use this screen to generate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Device s CA signed certificates Trusted CAs Use this screen to save CA certificates to the ZyXEL Device Trusted Remote Use this screen to import self signed certificates Hosts Directory Servers Use this screen to configure a list of addresses of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates Advanced Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes Bandwidth Summary Use this screen to enable bandwidth management on an MGMT interface Rule Setup Use this screen to define a bandwidth rule Monitor Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Dynamic DNS Use this screen to set up dynamic DNS Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 662H HW D Series User s Guide
327. ficate Create Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Create to open the My Certificate Create screen Use this screen to have the ZyXEL Device create a self signed certificate enroll a certificate with a certification authority or generate a certification request Figure 143 My Certificate Create Certificates My Certificates Create Certificate Name Subject Information Common Name Host IP Address C Host Domain Name C E Mail Organizational Unit FT Organization i 1 Country NENNEN Key Length 1024 bits Enrollment Options Create a self signed certificate Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Enrollment Protocol Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol SCEP CA Server Address CA Certificate Yl see Trusted CAs Request Authentication Key Apply Cancel 270 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 103 My Certificate Create LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters not including spaces to identify this certificate Subject Information Use these fields to record information that identifies the owner of the certificate You do not have to fill in every field although the Common Name is man
328. ficate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name Chapter 17 Certificates 267 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 101 My Certificates continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Type This field displays what kind of certificate this is REQ represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate Send a certification request to a certification authority which then issues a certificate Use the My Certificate Import screen to import the certificate and replace the request SELF represents a self signed certificate SELF represents the default self signed certificate which the ZyXEL Device uses to sign imported trusted remote host certificates CERT represents a certificate issued by a certification authority Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same informati
329. ficate revocation ists from your disk to a certificate store A certificate which is issued by a certification authority is amp confirmation of your identity and contains information used to protect data or to establish secure network connections A certificate store is the system area where certificates are kept To continue click Next 2 The file name and path of the certificate you double clicked should automatically appear in the File name text box Click Browse if you wish to import a different certificate Figure 253 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 2 File to Import Specify the file you want to import Eile name s Note More than one certificate can be stored in a single file in the Following Formats Personal Information Exchange PKCS 12 PFX P12 Cryptographic Message Syntax Standard PKCS 7 Certificates P7B Microsoft Serialized Certificate Store SST 3 Enter the password given to you by the CA Appendix G Importing Certificates 415 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 254 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 3 Li i 2X Password To maintain security the private key was protected with a password Type the password for the private key Password pee MM Enable strong private key protection You will be prompted every time the private key is used by an application if you enable this option Mark the private key as exportable cet eo cma
330. figurator P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 16 Status Packet Statistics System Monitor System up Time Current Date Time CPU Usage Memory Usage Link Status WAN IP Address Upstream Speed Downstream Speed WAN Port Statistics 1 06 57 01 01 2000 0 29 63 01 15 30 Down 0 0 0 0 0 kbps 0 kbps ode ink status ELTE epres ron lne nya leoc 8 TEES 1 PPPoE LAN Port Statistics Idle 0 0 00 00 Interface Wireless 5492 5177 SAM 96 0 0 Poll Interval s b m Set Interval The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 8 Status Packet Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION System Monitor System up Time This is the elapsed time the system has been up Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time CPU Usage This field specifies the percentage of CPU utilization Memory Usage This field specifies the percentage of memory utilization LAN or WAN Port Statistics This is the WAN or LAN port Link Status This is the status of your WAN link Upstream Speed This is the upstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Downstream Speed This is the downstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Node Link This field displays the remote node index number and link type Link types are PPPoA ENET RFC 1483 and PPPoE Interface This field displays the ty
331. figurator 2 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy ZyXEL Device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default See the chapter on troubleshooting if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer 2 2 Accessing the Web Configurator Note Even though you can connect to the ZyXEL Device wirelessly it is recommended that you connect your computer to a LAN port for initial configuration 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Prepare your computer computer network to connect to the ZyXEL Device refer to the Quick Start Guide 3 Launch your web browser 4 Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL 5 A window displays as shown Enter the default admin password admin to configure the wizards and the advanced features or the default user password user to view the status Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 49 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide only Click Login to proceed to a screen asking you to
332. figured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information Chapter 16 VPN Screens 259 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 96 VPN Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See the chapter on WAN for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Security Protocol IPSec Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described next Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or NULL from the drop down list box When DES is used for data communications both sender and receiver must know the sa
333. filters Set 1 256 30100014 Output device filters Set 2 256 30100015 Output device filters Set 3 256 30100016 Output device filters Set 4 256 440 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 171 Menu 3 SMT Menu 3 continued Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup SMT Menu 3 2 Set 2 FIN FN PVA INPUT 30200001 DHCP lt 0 None 0 l Server 2 Relay gt 30200002 Client IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 30200003 Size of Client IP Pool 32 30200004 Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200005 Secondary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200006 Remote DHCP Server 0 0 0 0 30200008 IP Address 172321223200 30200009 IP Subnet Mask 16 30200010 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30200011 Version lt O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30200012 Multicast O IGMP v2 2 1 IGMP v1 2 None gt 30200013 IP Policies Set 1 1 12 256 30200014 IP Policies Set 2 1 12 256 30200015 IP Policies Set 3 1 12 256 30200016 IP Policies Set 4 1 12 256 Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup SMT Menu 3 2 1 FIN F PVA INPUT 30201001 IP Alias 1 lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30201002 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201003 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201004 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both
334. fits 85 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet 43 PPTP 162 Preamble Mode 401 Pre defined Web Content Categories 222 Pre Shared Key 247 Priorities 141 297 Priority 299 Priority based Scheduler 294 protocol type 220 Q Quick Start Guide 39 R RADIUS 402 Shared Secret Key 403 RADIUS Message Types 402 RADIUS Messages 402 reinitialize the ADSL line 352 Related Documentation 39 Remote Management and NAT 310 Remote Management Limitations 309 Reset button the 52 resetting the ZyXEL Device 52 Restore 348 492 Index P 662H HW D Series User s Guide RF Radio Frequency 45 RFC 1483 86 RFC 1631 157 RFC2516 43 RIPSee Routing Information Protocol 112 Routing Information Protocol 112 Direction 112 Version 112 RTS Request To Send 400 RTS Threshold 399 400 Rules 184 Checklist 182 Key Fields 183 LAN to WAN 184 Logic 182 Predefined Services 195 S SA 233 Safety Warnings 6 Saving the State 175 Scanning engine 203 Scheduler 294 Secure Gateway Address 241 Security Association 233 Security In General 179 Security Parameter Index 257 Security Parameters 407 Security Ramifications 182 Server 159 160 336 Service 183 Service Set 128 Service Type 191 354 Services 162 Signature 203 Signature based 203 Signature based virus scan 203 SMTP 162 SMTP Error Messages 343 Smurf 173 174 SNMP 162 313 Manager 314 MIBs 314 Source Address 183 SPI 257 Splitters 463 Stateful I
335. for different ZyXEL Device models 2 4 1 Navigation Panel After you enter the admin password use the sub menus on the navigation panel to configure ZyXEL Device features The following table describes the sub menus Figure 10 Web Configurator Main Screen gt Status iS S Status Host Name System Ul F z Model Number P662HW Di curento Click the Logout icon at any time MAC Address 00 13 49 00 00 01 System M to exit the web configurator Remote Node ZyNOS Firmware Version V3 40 4GZ 0 b1 01 17 2006 CPU Usag WAN Information Memory Usage iLL 77 DSL Mode NORMAL IP Address 0 0 0 0 pom Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 omz ae IP Address 192 168 1 1 DSL Down 0 kbps 0 kbps IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Soned 1 u SPICE Server EAN Up DuplexInActive WLAN Information System SSID Wireless InActive N A Channel Logs i 100M Full WEP Disable DMZ DuplexInActive N A Tools Security Diagnostic Use submenus to configure ZyXEL Device Summary AnyIP Table WLAN Status Bandwidth Status VPN Status Packet Statistics 52 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Note Click the P icon located in the top right corner of most screens to view embedded help Table 3 Web Configurator Screens Summary
336. from set gt the firewall configuration Appendix K Firewall Commands 431 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 167 Firewall Commands continued FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION config delete firewall set This command removes the specified rule in a set 4 rule rule gt firewall configuration set 432 Appendix K Firewall Commands P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX L NetBIOS Filter Commands The following describes the NetBIOS packet filter commands Introduction NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP broadcast packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls You can configure NetBIOS filters to do the following Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the DMZ and from the DMZ to the LAN Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the WAN to the DMZ and from the DMZ to the WAN Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets through VPN connections Allow or disallow NetBIOS packets to initiate calls Display NetBIOS Filter Settings Syntax sys filter netbios disp This command gives a read only list of the current NetBIOS filter modes for The ZyXEL Device NetBIOS Di
337. g I Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server 0 0 0 0 Port Forwarding Service Name Ww z Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Add Active Service Name Start Port End Port Server IP Address Modify 1 Iv WWW 80 80 172 23 15 23 g T Apply Cancel Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 163 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 56 NAT Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service Server IP Address Thi
338. g of your rules is important as rules are applied in turn Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on or not Select the check box to enable the rule Clear the check box to disable the rule Source IP This drop down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Destination IP This drop down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Service This drop down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule applies See Section 11 8 on page 195 for more information 186 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 65 Firewall Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets Drop discards packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Reject or allows the passage of packets Permit Schedule This field tells you whether a schedule is specified Yes or not No Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule Yes or not No Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule
339. g to be sent via e mail if the ZyXEL Device is set to send it on a hourly daily or weekly basis Attack config edit firewall attack This command enables or disables the send alert yes no immediate sending of DOS attack notification e mail messages config edit firewall attack Set this command to yes to block new traffic block yes no after the tcp max incomplete threshold is exceeded Set it to no to delete the oldest half open session when traffic exceeds the tcp max incomplete threshold config edit firewall attack This command sets the number of minutes for block minute 0 255 new sessions to be blocked when the tcp max incomplete threshold is reached This command is only valid when block is set to yes 428 Appendix K Firewall Commands P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 167 Firewall Commands continued f name desired name FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold rate of new minute high 0 255 half open sessions per minute where the ZyXEL Device starts deleting old half opened sessions until it gets them down to the minute low threshold config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold of half open minute low 0 255 sessions where the ZyXEL Device stops deleting half opened sessions config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold of half open max incomplete high 0 255
340. general syntax for data including digital signatures that may be encrypted The ZyXEL Device currently allows the importation of a PKS 7 file that contains a single certificate PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 This Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary PKCS 7 certificate into a printable form Figure 142 My Certificate Import Certificates MY Certificates Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats Binary X 509 PEM Base 64 encoded x 509 a Binary PKCS3 7 a PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 For my certificate importation to be successful a certification request corresponding to the imported certificate must already exist on Prestige After the importation the certification request will automatically be deleted File Path Browse Back Apply Cancel Chapter 17 Certificates 269 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 102 My Certificate Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen 17 6 My Certi
341. gt rule rule 4 alert yes Device sends an alert e mail when a DOS no attack or a violation of a particular rule occurs config edit firewall set set This command sets the rule to have the gt rule rule 4 srcaddr ZyXEL Device check for traffic with this single ip address individual source address config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule gt srcaddr Device check for traffic from a particular subnet ip address subnet subnet defined by IP address and subnet mask mask config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule 4 srcaddr range Device check for traffic from this range of start ip address end ip addresses address 430 Appendix K Firewall Commands P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 167 Firewall Commands continued FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION config edit firewall set set This command sets the rule to have the gt rule rule 4 destaddr ZyXEL Device check for traffic with this single ip address individual destination address config edit firewall set set This command sets a rule to have the ZyXEL gt rule rule 4 destaddr Device check for traffic with a particular subnet ip address subnet subnet destination defined by IP address and mask subnet mask config edit firewall set
342. guration changes Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s SSH server Appendix O Log Descriptions 465 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 180 System Maintenance Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol HTTPS login failed interface using HTTPS protocol Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator Table 181 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s exceeds the max number of session per This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host host setNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings error readNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings error WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface Table 182 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded Packet Direction a
343. h classes based on individual applications like VoIP Web FTP E mail and Video for example 19 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets The following figure shows LAN subnets You could configure one bandwidth class for subnet A and another for subnet B Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 293 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 158 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example Internet A qu V SS B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 19 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combination of a subnet and an application The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific traffic from separate LAN subnets Table 115 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example TRAFFIC TYPE FROM SUBNET A FROM SUBNET B VoIP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Web 64 Kbps 64 Kbps FTP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps E mail 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Video 64 Kbps 64 Kbps 19 5 Scheduler The scheduler divides up an interface s bandwidth among the bandwidth classes The ZyXEL Device has two types of scheduler fairness based and priority based 19 5 1 Priority based Scheduler With the priority based scheduler the ZyXEL Device forwards traffic from bandwidth classes according to the priorities that you assign to the bandwidth classes The larger a bandwidth class s priority number is the
344. h the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Backup Gateway Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation The ZyXEL Device automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyXEL Device s Internet connection terminates Dial Backup Active Dial Select this box to activate dial up backup Backup Metric This field sets this route s priority among the three routes the ZyXEL Device uses normal traffic redirect and dial backup Type a number 1 to 15 to set the priority of the dial backup route for data transmission The smaller the number the higher the priority If the three routes have the same metrics the priority of the routes is as follows WAN Traffic Redirect Dial Backup Port Speed Select the speed of the connection between the dial backup port and the external device Available speeds are 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 or 230400 bps User Name Enter the user name for this backup connection Password Enter the password for this backup connection Primary Phone Number Enter the phone number your modem should dial to create a connection Advanced Setup Click this to configure advanced settings for dial backup Apply Click Apply to s
345. hat security association Refresh Click Refresh to display the current active VPN connection s 16 17 Configuring Global Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s global settings click VPN and then Global Setting The screen appears as shown Figure 137 VPN Global Setting PN Global Setting PN Global Setting Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP Allow NetBIOS Traffic Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Cancel Chapter 16 VPN Screens 261 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 98 VPN Global Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that enable a computer to find other computers It may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through VPN tunnels in order to allow local computers to find computers on the remote network and vice versa Allow NetBIOS Traffic Through All IPSec Tunnels Select this check box to send NetBIOS packets through the VPN connection Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 16 18 Telecommuter VPN IPSec Examples The following examples show how multiple telecommuters can make VPN connections to a single ZyXEL Device at headquarters The telecommuters use IPSec routers w
346. hat you enter in the DHCP setup are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The first is for an ISP to tell a customer the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when s he signs up If your ISP gives you the DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in DHCP Setup otherwise leave them blank Some ISP s choose to pass the DNS servers using the DNS server extensions of PPP IPCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature If the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen are not specified for instance left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients that it itself is the DNS server When a computer sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses the IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the DHCP Setup screen This way
347. he Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above Server IP Enter the inside IP address of the server here Address Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 9 6 Address Mapping Note The Address Mapping screen is available only when you select Full Feature in the NAT General screen Ordering your rules is important because the ZyXEL Device applies the rules in the order that you specify When a rule matches the current packet the ZyXEL Device takes the corresponding action and the remaining rules are ignored If there are any empty rules before your new configured rule your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules For example if you have already configured rules to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule number 9 In the set summary screen the new rule will be rule 7 not 9 Now if you delete rule 4 rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule so old rules 5 6 and 7 become new rules 4 5 and 6 To change your ZyXEL Device s address mapping settings click Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping to open the following screen Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 165 P 662H HW D Series User s
348. herLink 10 100 PCI TX NIE Client for Microsoft Networks Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter 1 In the Network window click Add 2 Select Adapter and then click Add 3 Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP 1 In the Network window click Add 2 Select Protocol and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 374 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect Configuring 1 In the Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab Ifyour IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically Ifyou have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 216 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties
349. his check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 116 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 6 4 DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Figure 57 DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Pool Size DNS Server IP Pool Starting Address Remote DHCP Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Server 7 192 168 1 33 a2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 32 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP If set to Server your ZyXEL Device can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to Windows 95 Windows NT and other systems that support the DHCP client If set to None the DHCP server will be disabled If set to Relay the ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients Enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server in the Remote DHCP Server field in this case When DHOP is used the following items need to be set IP Pool Starting
350. iate with the ZyXEL Device Select Mixed to allow either IEEE802 11b or IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Enable Select Enable 802 11g mode checkbox to allow any ZyXEL WLAN devices that support this feature to associate with the ZyXEL Device at higher transmission speeds This permits the ZyXEL Device to transmit at a higher speed than the 802 11g Only mode Max Frame Enable Maximum Frame Burst to help eliminate collisions in mixed mode networks Burst networks with both IEEE 802 11g and IEEE 802 11b traffic and enhance the performance of both pure IEEE 802 11g and mixed IEEE 802 11b g networks Maximum Frame Burst sets the maximum time in micro seconds that the ZyXEL Device transmits IEEE 802 11g wireless traffic only Type the maximum frame burst between 0 and 1800 650 1000 or 1800 recommended Enter 0 to disable this feature Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 7 6 OTIST In a wireless network the wireless clients must have the same SSID and security settings as the access point AP or wireless router we will refer to both as AP here in order to associate with it Traditionally this meant that you had to configure the settings on the AP and then manually
351. ications A S NORWAY Nils Hansens vei 13 sales zyxel no 47 22 80 61 81 0667 Oslo Norway info pl zyxel com 48 22 333 8250 www pl zyxel com ZyXEL Communications POLAND ul Okrzei 1A 48 22 333 8251 03 715 Warszawa Poland http zyxel ru support 7 095 542 89 29 www zyxel ru ZyXEL Russia RUSSIA Ostrovityanova 37a Str sales zyxel ru 7 095 542 89 25 Moscow 117279 Russia support zyxel es 34 902 195 420 www zyxel es ZyXEL Communications SPAIN Arte 21 5 planta sales zyxel es 34 913 005 345 28033 Madrid Spain support zyxel se 46 31 744 7700 www zyxel se ZyXEL Communications A S SWEDEN Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg sales zyxel se 46 31 744 7701 Sweden support ua zyxel com 380 44 247 69 78 www ua zyxel com ZyXEL Ukraine UKRAINE 13 Pimonenko Str sales ua zyxel com 380 44 494 49 32 Kiev 04050 Ukraine support zyxel co uk 44 1344 303044 www zyxel co uk ZyXEL Communications UK 08707 555779 UK only Ltd 11 The Courtyard UNITED KINGDOM Eastern Road Bracknell sales zyxel co uk 44 1344 303034 ftp zyxel co uk Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK is the prefix number you enter to make an international telephone call Customer Support P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 10 Customer Support P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table of Contents ael e H eta 3 COPAS cuc CERRAR EC RADIX UDLERURGA EUREN B E Te UR RA AR FUERON Gi bU FR GOLAR RI Rd FUR DUX
352. ide 1 1 1 1 P 662HW Wireless Features Wireless LAN The ZyXEL Device supports the IEEE 802 11g standard which is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard meaning that you can have both IEEE 802 11b and IEEE 802 11g wireless clients in the same wireless network Note The P 662HW may be prone to RF Radio Frequency interference from other 2 4 GHz devices such as microwave ovens wireless phones Bluetooth enabled devices and other wireless LANs Wi Fi Protected Access Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 security specification standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption Wireless g Wireless g technology allows super fast transmission rates actual speed depends on environment among Wireless g enabled access points and wireless clients Antenna The ZyXEL Device is equipped with a detachable SMA 5dBi high gain Antenna to provide clear radio signal between the wireless stations and the access points Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering Your ZyXEL Device can check the MAC addresses of wireless stations against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses WEP Encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encrypts data frames before transmitting over the wireless network to help keep network communications private OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST allows your ZyXEL Device to assign its ESSID and security settings WEP or
353. ide confidentiality data integrity and authentication at the IP layer 15 1 2 Security Association A Security Association SA is a contract between two parties indicating what security parameters such as keys and algorithms they will use 15 1 3 Other Terminology 15 1 3 1 Encryption Encryption is a mathematical operation that transforms data from plaintext readable to ciphertext scrambled text using a key The key and clear text are processed by the encryption operation which leads to the data scrambling that makes encryption secure Decryption is the opposite of encryption it is a mathematical operation that transforms ciphertext to plaintext Decryption also requires a key Chapter 15 Introduction to IPSec 233 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 125 Encryption and Decryption Plaintext Encryption Cip Ciphertext Decryption Plaintext 15 1 3 2 Data Confidentiality The IPSec sender can encrypt packets before transmitting them across a network 15 1 3 3 Data Integrity The IPSec receiver can validate packets sent by the IPSec sender to ensure that the data has not been altered during transmission 15 1 3 4 Data Origin Authentication The IPSec receiver can verify the source of IPSec packets This service depends on the data integrity service 15 1 4 VPN Applications The ZyXEL Device supports the following VPN applications Linking Two or More Private Networks Togeth
354. idity Friday December 31 1999 through Monday December 24 2029 Serial Number 386D4386 Thumbprint sha1 4BD15E93 45778C9F DA3F9ADS ACDSC1BC 574308CE Thumbprint md5 D3458DB5 CC3748BE ABBOCF81 A79472D2 412 Appendix G Importing Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 249 Certificate General Information after Import General Details Certification Path Certificate Information This certificate is intended to Ensures the identity of a remote computer Issued to ZyWALL 70 0DAOCSS9BS2B Issued by ZyWALL 70 0040C559B52B Valid from 12 31 1999 to 12 24 2029 Enrolling and Importing SSL Client Certificates The SSL client needs a certificate 1f Authenticate Client Certificates is selected on the ZyXEL Device You must have imported at least one trusted CA to the ZyXEL Device in order for the Authenticate Client Certificates to be active see the Certificates chapter for details Apply for a certificate from a Certification Authority CA that is trusted by the ZyXEL Device see the ZyXEL Device s Trusted CA web configurator screen Appendix G Importing Certificates 413 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 250 ZyXEL Device Trusted CA Screen My Certificates Trusted CAs Trusted Remote Hosts Directory Servers Trusted CAs PKI Storage Space in Use 3 Trusted CA Setting Issuer The CA sends you a package containing the CA s t
355. ield displays the WMM QoS priority for traffic bandwidth Modify Click the Edit icon to open the Application Priority Configuration screen Modify an existing application entry or create a application entry in the Application Priority Configuration screen Click the Remove icon to delete an application entry Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 145 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 47 Wireless LAN QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 7 9 2 Application Priority Configuration To edit a WMM QoS application entry click the edit icon under Modify The following screen displays Figure 77 Application Priority Configuration Mame Service Priority Application Priority Configuration Dest Port E Mail x zs 1965535 Highest Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 48 Application Priority Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Application Priority Configuration Name Type a description of the application priority Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 146 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 48 Application Priority Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Service The following is a description of the applications you can prioritize with WMM QoS Select a servic
356. ign the certificate Some certification authorities use rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Other certification authorities may use rsa pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Chapter 17 Certificates 279 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 107 Trusted CA Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate s owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field
357. iguratOn orsina asii 347 Figure 195 Configuration Restore Successful joi iiss esi ke epi dd kd ntes endi baa 348 Figure 199 Temporany DISEDDRECUBI 1e otro bebe Ee tet o S PH Ide iio neces 348 Figure 200 Configuration Restore ENOT iiie rri rta seta ED eat ERR sad ee In rn t A EATER ut 349 Fone 201 PESE SURET nues csoepa coton EE bru berba CE Utd Na ERREUR cU pEL EO EEE DB CH DUM NER bod 349 Figure 202 Diagnostic General M 351 Figure 203 Diagnostic DSL LING tc aaa prede d os ERREUR RE T RI en d RR Ee 352 Figure 204 Popp BIGCKBE uci uM eU I PR rptu re hate lore AR 356 dps Mg 4b Mem 356 Figure 206 TTD EIST COONS canis acl inserere paia UAR BU KE ERA ORA EDENDI GR ESEA 357 Figure 207 Pop up Blocker SetUrtga ipee iei ases eis trao pute Rtt b Eped EE MbEANF D aA EE EMI CREER EPA AN RARE 358 Figure 206 Interest ODIO usus eio AL ae dre eae aw Hed XU ER deren Coe t e Cae dud 359 Figure 209 Security Settings Java Scripting eeeseeeeseseeeeie esee annii 360 Figure 210 Secunty Settings GAVE e 361 List of Figures 29 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide di SCA IM s LOUD T 361 Figure 212 Internet Options Security 1e riae rbuu pub rd d eua E Ep ens to bL Xon su BRA d obE REA M PRU MER de 362 Figure 213 Security Setting ActiveX Controls 1 osue cce tremere rnit tarte dde oni 363 Figure 214 Wall mounting Example 2 5 d iare ER Eb0 n LR REEL ANS CR LR ER UR RO ERR 443 371 Fig
358. iguration Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway DEED EIER 172 2123 First DNS Server 158 95 1 1 Second DNS Server 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 13 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not Address fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Automatically Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not Address fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Select Static IP Address if your ISP gives you a fixed IP address IP Address Enter your ISP assigned IP address Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you use ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen 70 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 13 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION First DNS Enter the IP address
359. igure 77 Application Priority Configuration ies seins eset ideis ker a d t bixk kk ada REEL d RUE xd dede innan 146 Figure 78 Multiple SSID Network Example 5 err rrr rto nn n hn traba hoan NR naaa 148 Figuie 72 OWE pe c EET 152 Figure 80 DMZ Public Address Example aaesseeessssesesrreeerrrrreseeerresrrinunnnenennaernnnnaseeennnaanen 154 Figure 81 DMZ Private and Public Address Example eeeeeeeeee cerne 155 26 List of Figures P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Fis Oz How NAT WOKS aic eet aorta pera d e Ubi d ga uto pod UO p HG pc SR on a aa Ed 158 Figure 83 NAT Application With IP ANAS isis eerte open EE Pen Eau ket Pa a tarea inienn aia 159 Figure 84 NAT General T 161 Figure 85 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example ssssssssee 163 Figure S6 NAT Port FOWardiig tein qae to nece eR an ca Re RR v QUERI Pr EU ieee 163 Figure Sf Port Forwarding Rule SSIS auci isesccct emisse cues russa ceo er esetn cete rmt sss 164 Figure 88 Address Mapping EUlGS isiicese oia ende RR eaa EPA En UE R3 A heh niunia aneian aada 166 Figure 89 Edit Address Mapping PG iussum edase beri urbe pe PEG QR Eu PELO PRHQEEREEA UU QR EDU DH REA MM 167 Figure 90 Firowall wrpei M 171 Figure 91 Three Way Hendahigke u acess ca ose stipe cable utra adu tp PAd adi e eaa daian eanan aaa 172 Figure 92 SYN FOG 173 dell Oo SIUM ANAR orn 174 gosse Pme ina 175 Figure 95 FINE General qe
360. igured filter rule denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Appendix O Log Descriptions 467 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 185 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy ICMP Packet Direction lt type d gt code d ICMP access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the user s setting For type and code details see Table 197 on page 477 match ICMP rule d Firewall rule NOT Packet Direction type d code d ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule For type and code details see Table 197 on page 477 Triangle route packet forwarded ICMP The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table entry blocked ICMP The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets or ICMP the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 186 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel d call d s C01 Outgoing Call dev x ch x s The router received the setup requirements for a call call is the reference co
361. ilable on disk 260 9 MB 5 In the Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 325 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 178 Networking Services Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services O AIP Listener 0 0 MB O A Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB am Universal Plug and Play 0 2 MB Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next 22 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway 2 Right click the icon and select Properties 326 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 662H HW D Series User s Gui
362. ill search for this name from your wir Iv Enale OTIST Setup Key 01234567 Check here to set up a ZyAIR client adapter that supports OTIST L Note Please type in a unique setup key This key acts like a password to ensure only those wireless LAN devices you authorize are configured by OTIST This key should not be the same as the router password the password you use to log in to your ISP You will need to remember this key to setup new devices via OTIST Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 73 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Note You can also activate the wireless LAN by pressing the RESET button for 1 second Enable OTIST Select the check box to enable OTIST if you want to transfer your ZyXEL Device s SSID and WEP or WPA PSK security settings to wireless clients that support OTIST and are within transmission range You must also activate and start OTIST on the wireless client at the same time The process takes three minutes to complete Note You can start OTIST by pressing the RESET button for 3 seconds Setup Key Type an OTIST Setup Key of up to eight ASCII characters in length Be sure to use the same OTIST Setup Key on the ZyXEL Device and wireless clients Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next
363. ilter The MAC filter screen allows you to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to up to 32 devices Allow or exclude up to 32 devices from accessing the ZyXEL Device Deny Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 You need to know the MAC address of the devices to configure this screen To change your ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings click Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC Filter The screen appears as shown Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 139 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 75 MAC Address Filter ist PEG Gos a MAC Filter Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow C Deny foo 00 00 00 00 00 foo 00 00 00 00 00 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 00 00 00 00 00 00 5 00 00 00 00 00 00 6 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 7 00 00 00 00 00 00 8 00 00 00 00 00 00 9 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 13 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 00 00 00 16 p0 00 00 00 00 00 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 18 o0 00 00 00 00 00 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 21 00 00 00 00 00 00 22 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 00 00 00 00 00 00 24 00 00 00 00 00 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 00 00 00 00 00 00 28 00 00 00 00 00 00 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 0
364. ime in this field and then click Apply New Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date yyyy mm dd configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server uses Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your ISP network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main difference between them is the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Enable Daylight Savings Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by
365. ime interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 131 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 40 Wireless WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Group Key Update The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK Timer In key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management sends a Seconds new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA 2 PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Setup Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your WLAN setup 7 5 4 WPA 2 Authentication Screen In order to configure and enable WPA 2 Authentication click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the Wireless screen Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security Mode list Figure 66 Wireless WPA 2 Wireless Setup IV Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID zxtt Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz v Security Security Mode WPA2 kd wPA Compatible ReAuthentication Timer fisoo In Seconds Idle Timeout s60
366. information that it receives In Only the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting 112 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 6 2 3 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about in
367. ing Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The default is public and allows all requests Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 316 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 21 7 Configuring DNS Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to the chapter on LAN for background information To change your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt DNS The screen appears as shown Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyXEL Device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings Figure 170 Remote Management DNS Q Note DNS DNS Port 53 Access Status LAN v Secured Client IP G al Selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 130 Remote
368. ing IGMP v1 and v2 IGMP Proxy UPnP Management Embedded Multilingual Web Configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter Remote Management via Telnet or Web TR 069 compliant CNM v2 2 support SNMP manageable Embedded FTP TFTP server for firmware downloading configuration backup and restoration with large rom file support 112K Syslog Built in Diagnostic Tools for FLASH memory ADSL circuitry RAM and LAN port DeMilitarized Zone DMZ Ethernet port provides a way for public servers to be visible to the outside world while still being protected from DoS attacks 366 Product Specifications P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 148 Firmware continued Wireless P 662HW only IEEE 802 11g Compliance Wireless g technology Frequency Range 2 4 GHz Advanced Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM Data Rates 108Mbps and Auto Fallback Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Data Encryption 64 128 256 bit WLAN bridge to LAN Up to 32 MAC Address filters WPA 2 WPA PSK Wi Fi Mulitimedia specifications WMM OTIST One Touch Intelligent Security Technology IEEE 802 1x Store up to 32 built in user profiles using EAP MD5 Local User Database Multiple ESSID External RADIUS server using EAP MD5 TLS TTLS Firewall Stateful Packet Inspection Prevent Denial of Service attacks such as Ping of Death SYN Flood LAND Smurf etc Real time E mail alerts Reports and logs N
369. ios filter and whether to turn it on or off Access via Telnet Use the following steps to telnet into your ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure that your computer is physically connected to one of the LAN ports 2 Make sure your computer IP address and the switch IP address are on the same subnet In Windows click Start usually in the bottom left corner Run and then type telnet 192 168 1 1 the default management IP address and click OK 3 A login screen displays Enter the administrative password to login default password is 1234 Command Usage A list of valid commands can be found by typing help or at the command prompt Always type the full command Appendix H Command Interpreter 419 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 420 Appendix H Command Interpreter P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX I Certificates Commands The following describes the certificate commands See Appendix H on page 419 for information on the command structure All of these commands start with certificates Table 166 Certificates Commands lt name gt lt CA addr gt lt CA cert gt lt auth key gt lt subject gt key size COMMAND DESCRIPTION my cert create create selfsigned Create a self signed local host certificate name lt name gt specifies a descriptive name for the subject generated certificate subject specifies a key size subject name required and alternative name re
370. is called saving the state When the outside system responds to your request the firewall compares the received packets with the saved state to determine if they are allowed in The ZyXEL Device uses stateful packet inspection to protect the private LAN from hackers and vandals on the Internet By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful inspection allows all communications to the Internet that originate from the LAN and blocks all traffic to the LAN that originates from the Internet In summary stateful inspection Allows all sessions originating from the LAN local network to the WAN Internet Denies all sessions originating from the WAN to the LAN Figure 94 Stateful Inspection f Protected UserA initiates a Telnet session i LAN WAN x Retu rn traffic for reel ads Teln session is permitted Chapter 10 Firewalls 175 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The previous figure shows the ZyXEL Device s default firewall rules in action as well as demonstrates how stateful inspection works User A can initiate a Telnet session from within the LAN and responses to this request are allowed However other Telnet traffic initiated from the WAN is blocked 10 5 1 Stateful Inspection Process In this example the following sequence of events occurs when a TCP packet leaves the LAN network through the firewall s WAN interface The TCP packet is the first in a session and the packet s application layer protocol is
371. is check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply this bandwidth management rule Enable a bandwidth management rule to give traffic that matches the rule priority over traffic that does not match the rule Enabling a bandwidth management rule also allows you to control the maximum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches the rule Rule Name This is the name of the rule Destination Port This is the port number of the destination O means any destination port Priority This is the priority of this rule Bandwidtht kbps This is the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 299 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 121 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing rule Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 8 1 Rule Configuration Click the Edit icon or select User Defined from the Service drop down list in the Rule Setup screen to configure a bandwidth management rule Use bandwidth rules to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to specific applications and or subnets Figure 161 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration Rule Configuration M Activ
372. is field or click Browse to find it Chapter 25 Tools 345 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 139 Firmware Upgrade continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes Note Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 194 Firmware Upload In Progress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This should take about two minutes The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 195 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen 346 Chapter 25 Tools P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 196 Error Message
373. isplays Click Yes to save the changes in all screens Figure 232 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate v USC saved Do you want to continue redhat config network You have made some changes in your configuration To activate the network device ethO the changes have to be 7 After the network card restart process is complete make sure the Status is Active in the Network Configuration screen Using Configuration Files Follow the steps below to edit the network configuration files and set your computer IP address 386 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 1 Assuming that you have only one network card on the computer locate the ifconfig eth0 configuration file where eth0 is the name of the Ethernet card Open the configuration file with any plain text editor Ifyou have a dynamic IP address enter dhep in the BOOTPROTO field The following figure shows an example Figure 233 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO EVICE ethO0 BOOT yes OOT PROTO dhcp SERCTL no ERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet ucuUuUOog e Ifyou have a static IP address enter static in the BOOTPROTO field Type IPADDR followed by the IP address in dotted decimal notation and type NETMASK followed by the subnet mask The following example shows an example where the static IP address is
374. isplays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name of the certificate Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen 17 15 Directory Servers Click Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers screen This screen displays a summary list of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates that have been saved into the ZyXEL Device If you decide to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates against the issuing certification authority s list of revoked certificates the ZyXEL Device first checks the server s listed in the CRL Distribution Points field of the incoming certificate If the certificate does not list a server or the listed server is not available the ZyXEL Device checks the servers listed here
375. ith dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device at headquarters has a static public IP address 16 18 1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example See the following figure and table for an example configuration that allows multiple telecommuters A B and C in the figure to use one VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure The telecommuters do not have domain names mapped to the WAN IP addresses of their IPSec routers The telecommuters must all use the same IPSec parameters but the local IP addresses or ranges of addresses should not overlap Figure 138 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example BE LAN n ho2 168 2 12 S Sey R T N HQ LAN __ Ld LAN gt Internet E MEE T A 19216832 j 192 168 1 10 m mi AN AG 192 168 415 262 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 16 18 2 Table 99 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example FIELDS TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS My IP Address 0 0 0 0 dynamic IP address assigned Public static IP address by the ISP Secure Gateway IP Public static IP address 0 0 0 0 With this IP address only the Address telecommuter can initiate the IPSec tunnel Local IP Address Telecommuter A 192 168 2 12 192 168 1 10 Telecommuter B 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C 192 168 4 15 Remote IP Address 192 168 1 10 0 0 0 0 N A Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example In this example the
376. jitter is the variations in delay Mid Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Low This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users 19 7 Configuring Summary Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT to open the screen as shown next Enable bandwidth management on an interface and set the maximum allowed bandwidth for that interface Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management 297 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 159 Bandwidth Management Summary Summary Summary BW Manager manages the bandwidth of traffic flowing out of router on the specific interface BW Manager can be switched on off independently for each interface ee E UT USEEmDUYTTTEWUSS LAN Iv 100000 Priority Based z M Yes WLAN Vv 54000 Priority Based M Yes WAN Iv 100000 Priority Based M Yes Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 120 Media Bandwidth Management Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Interface These read only labels represent the physical interfaces Select an interface s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the interface regardless of the traffic s source
377. ks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The natural masks for class A B and C IP addresses are as follows Table 151 Natural Masks CLASS NATURAL MASK A 255 0 0 0 B 255 255 0 0 C 255 255 255 0 Subnetting With subnetting the class arrangement of an IP address is ignored For example a class C address no longer has to have 24 bits of network number and 8 bits of host ID With subnetting some of the host ID bits are converted into network number bits By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Since the mask is always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 1s equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows all possible subnet masks for a class C address using both notations Table 152 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation SUBNET MASK SUBNET MASK 1 BITS LAST OCTET BIT VALUE DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 124 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 125 1000 0000 128 255 255 2
378. l but it is still possible for unauthorized wireless devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly It is not possible to use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption with a local user database In this case it is better to set up stronger encryption with no authentication than to set up weaker encryption with the local user database When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL Device you can also select an option WPA compatible to support WPA as well In this case if some of the devices support WPA and some support WPA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL Device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every device in the wireless network must have the same key 7 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST With ZyXEL s OTIST you set up the SSID and the encryption WEP or WPA PSK on the ZyXEL Device Then the ZyXEL Device transfers them to the devices in the wireless networks As a result you do not have to set up the SSID and encryption on every device in the wireless network The devices in the wireless network have to support OTIST and they have to be in range of the ZyXEL Device when you activate it See Section 7 6 on page 135 for more details 7 3 Wireless Performance Overview The following sections intr
379. l characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To change your ZyXEL Device s static DHCP settings click Network gt LAN gt Client List The screen appears as shown Figure 58 LAN Client List Client List DHCP Client Table IP Address o 0 0 0 Add MAC Address 00 00 00 00 00 00 E tw11947 192 168 1 33 00 00 E8 7C 14 80 2 y 192 168 1 35 00 AC 10 01 23 45 Iv 3 Y 192 168 1 64 00 A0 C5 01 23 46 Vv Apply Cancel Refresh RSEN NETTEN NOTUM TE RN E E4 118 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 33 LAN Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC address specified below The IP address should be within the range of IP addresses you specified in the DHCP Setup for the DHCP client MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN Add Click Add to add a static DHCP entry This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL Device Host Name This field displays the computer host name IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the field listed above MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your compu
380. l com to IP numbers FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 21 File Transfer Program a program to enable fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 195 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 69 Predefined Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION H 323 TCP 1720 Net Meeting uses this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IPSEC_TRANSPORT TUNNEL AH 0 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header tunneling protocol uses this service IPSEC_TUNNEL ESP 0 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol MULTICAST IGMP 0 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NN
381. l new connection requests to the host giving the server time to handle the present connections The ZyXEL Device continues to block all new connection requests until the Blocking Time expires Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 199 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 11 10 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds The ZyXEL Device also sends alerts whenever TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded The global values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections Click Firewall and Threshold to bring up the next screen Figure 106 Firewall Threshold Threshold One Minute Low One Minute High Maximum Incomplete Low Maximum Incomplete High TCP Maximum Incomplete Denial of Service Thresholds so Sessions per Minute foo Sessions per Minute so Sessions ioo Sessions Ro Sessions Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes C Deny New Connection Request for 0 Minutes 1 255 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 71 Firewall Threshold LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low This is the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection
382. l up connection It allows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL The PPPoE driver on the ZyXEL Device is transparent to the computers on the LAN which see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers The ZyXEL Device also includes PPPoE idle time out the PPPoE connection terminates after a period of no traffic that you configure and PPPoE Dial on Demand the PPPoE connection is brought up only when an Internet access request is made Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows the translation of an Internet protocol address used within one network for example a private IP address used in a local network to a different IP address known within another network for example a public IP address used on the Internet Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device 43 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS support you can have a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address allowing the host to be more easily accessible from various locations on the Internet You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol allows the individual clients computers to obtain the TCP IP configuration at start up from a centralized DHCP server The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server cap
383. le 176 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 SMT Menu 21 1 continued 210204002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210204003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Protocol 17 210204004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210204005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210204006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest Port 137 210204007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210204008 P Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210204009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210204010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Port 0 210204011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210204013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210204014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 4 Act Not 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 5 Filter set 2 rule 5 SMT Menu 21 1 2 5 FI F PVA INPUT 210205001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Type 0 none 2 TCP IP gt 2 210205002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt E 210205003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Protocol 17 210205004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 5 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 21020
384. le Route Solutions This section presents you two solutions to the triangle route problem IP Aliasing IP alias allows you to partition your network into logical sections over the same Ethernet interface Your ZyXEL Device supports up to three logical LAN interfaces with the ZyXEL Device being the gateway for each logical network By putting your LAN and Gateway B in different subnets all returning network traffic must pass through the ZyXEL Device to your LAN The following steps describe such a scenario 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the packet to Gateway B which is in the 192 168 2 1 to 192 168 2 24 subnet 3 The reply from WAN goes through the ZyXEL Device to the computer on the LAN in the 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 24 subnet 482 Appendix P Triangle Route P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 275 IP Alias 192 168 2 0 192 168 2 24 LAN 492 168 1 0 192 168 1 24 WAN X J Gateways on the WAN Side A second solution to the triangle route problem is to put all of your network gateways on the WAN side as the following figure shows This ensures that all incoming network traffic passes through your ZyXEL Device to your LAN Therefore your LAN is protected Figure 276 Gateways on the WAN Side LAN Internet JJ Appendix P Triangle Route 483 P 662H HW D S
385. lic key openly available 3 Tim uses his private key to encrypt the message and sends it to Jenny 4 Jenny receives the message and uses Tim s public key to decrypt it 5 Additionally Jenny uses her own private key to encrypt a message and Tim uses Jenny s public key to decrypt the message The ZyXEL Device uses certificates based on public key cryptology to authenticate users attempting to establish a connection not to encrypt the data that you send after establishing a connection The method used to secure the data that you send through an established connection depends on the type of connection For example a VPN tunnel might use the triple DES encryption algorithm The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates Anyone can then use the certification authority s public key to verify the certificates Chapter 17 Certificates 265 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide A certification path is the hierarchy of certification authority certificates that validate a certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust a certificate 1f any certificate on its path has expired or been revoked Certification authorities maintain directory servers with databases of valid and revoked certificates A directory of certificates that have been revoked before the scheduled expiration is called a CRL Certificate Revocation List The ZyXEL Device can check a peer s certificate against a directory server s list of revoked certificates The
386. light Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Last Sunday October and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 23 System 337 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 338 Chapter 23 System P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 24 Logs This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the ZyXEL Device s logs Refer to the appendix for example log message explanations 24 1 Logs Overview The web configurator allows you to choose which categories of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL Device log and then display the logs or have the ZyXEL Device send them to an administrator as e mail or to a syslog server 24 1 1 Alerts and Logs An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocke
387. limits its negotiating power and it also does not provide identity protection It is useful in remote access situations where the address of the initiator is not know by the responder and both parties want to use pre shared key authentication Chapter 16 VPN Screens 253 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 16 12 2 16 12 3 Diffie Hellman DH Key Groups Diffie Hellman DH is a public key cryptography protocol that allows two parties to establish a shared secret over an unsecured communications channel Diffie Hellman is used within IKE SA setup to establish session keys 768 bit Group 1 DH1 and 1024 bit Group 2 DH2 Diffie Hellman groups are supported Upon completion of the Diffie Hellman exchange the two peers have a shared secret but the IKE SA is not authenticated For authentication use pre shared keys Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Enabling PFS means that the key is transient The key is thrown away and replaced by a brand new key using a new Diffie Hellman exchange for each new IPSec SA setup With PFS enabled if one key is compromised previous and subsequent keys are not compromised because subsequent keys are not derived from previous keys The time consuming Diffie Hellman exchange is the trade off for this extra security This may be unnecessary for data that does not require such security so PFS is disabled None by default in the ZyXEL Device Disabling PFS means new authentication and encryption keys a
388. lity of Serice Q09 e T 126 FA Additional Wireless TEAMS aiucnceniiuiiiviestasdUur tensa bab See knna e eeni a 127 7 5 General Wireless LAN Screen isse eren toa ri en se D a E ER HAE RPSL 127 XE Gi coc Mr TE 129 prora WEP EMGry Glen SGre T 129 Tino MALAISIE OAIN ss accu POCO ERE REN Ed reU NAASES AEN E 130 P5 WALZ Authentication SCIEN 15 poteri ES E EE PHS VRREE DPI QUr be HF UHR E NI ERR buRI dA 132 7 5 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup uii ein r exte oto oat lod aa 134 DS USADAS E ha iety ocr mer Oneer a nope trte ay en yer 135 7 5 1 Engl OMNIS Y 2 cisci tpe te oH tEDEC LEER MEE FEE PEANUT CER LUI ER UAR LEE LRREE ERUFS 135 p ORI A H 136 1 0 1 2 Wireless Gel 137 TOL SATON a sccaudinien Cecuvanpacuneaurecandaniee dada vacriatiertniias 138 FOS ONES OR OTST ius os EM ET Ie at diate Lnd pld aude eei Ee re do 138 a i dup 139 2 je m 141 ZB T VERRE Eames iaaa AEAN se p e ERU RUP B US DE EE pedit 141 F322 WN QOS Prone m 141 EORGRO Qno ec 142 Pa RES 1 P 144 7 9 1 Tos Typo of Service and WMM QOS 1 cci iseccc erinnern ttt teet 144 7 9 2 Application Priority COBTIQUEBTODE s iae stri Hotes ecnndente sabia a ebia ba x knee Eua c 146 7 10 Multiple SSID P 662HW D Models only sese 147 7 115 1 Bialtple SSID Commands 1 ue boxer anaapa aet 148 710 2 SID Example uiros tin pr ER did sates y ctl Pb depo ed antea 150 Chapter 8 DMZ q
389. ly configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application Allow UPnP to pass through Select this check box to allow traffic from UPnP enabled applications to Firewall bypass the firewall Clear this check box to have the firewall block all UPnP application packets for example MSN packets Apply Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 22 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 323 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 174 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication 3 In the Communications window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box Figure 175 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components Communications M Universal Plug and Play 0 4 MB i O gl Virtual Private Networking 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted 324 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 662H HW D Series User
390. m address x for length y to PC via XMODEM ATTD download router configuration to PC via XMODEM ATUR upload router firmware to flash ROM ATLC upload router configuration file to flash RO ATXSx xmodem select x 0 CRC mode default x 1 checksum mode ATSR System reboot 426 Appendix J Boot Commands P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX K Firewall Commands The following describes the firewall commands Table 167 Firewall Commands FUNCTION COMMAND DESCRIPTION Firewall SetUp config edit firewall active This command turns the firewall on or off lt yes no config retrieve firewall This command returns the previously saved firewall settings config save firewall This command saves the current firewall settings Display config display firewall This command shows the of all the firewall settings including e mail attack and the sets rules config display firewall set This command shows the current set gt configuration of a set including timeout values name default permit and etc If you don t put use a number after set information about all of the sets rules appears config display firewall set This command shows the current entries of a set 4 rule rule 4 rule in a firewall rule set config display firewall attack This command shows all of the attack response settings config display firewall e mail This command
391. machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Note Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 6 2 2 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP
392. mation input or troubleshooting Zero configuration for Internet access is disabled when the ZyXEL Device is in bridge mode you set the ZyXEL Device to use a static fixed WAN IP address 5 5 Internet Connection To change your ZyXEL Device s WAN remote node settings click Network gt WAN The screen differs by the encapsulation See Section 5 1 on page 85 for more information 90 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 43 Internet Connection PPPoE Internet Connection General Name nyrsP Mode Routing Encapsulation PPPoE 7 User Name Password Service Name Multiplexing LLC E Virtual Circuit ID VPI 8 VCI 35 IP Address Obtain an IP Address Automatically C static IP Address IP Address f Connection C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle Timeout 0 sec Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 22 Internet Connection LABEL DESCRIPTION General Name Enter the name of your Internet Service Provider e g MyISP This information is for identification purposes only Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If y
393. me caution when creating or deleting firewall rules Test changes after creating them to make sure they work correctly Below is a brief technical description of how these connections are tracked Connections may either be defined by the upper protocols for instance TCP or by the ZyXEL Device itself as with the virtual connections created for UDP and ICMP 10 5 3 TCP Security The ZyXEL Device uses state information embedded in TCP packets The first packet of any new connection has its SYN flag set and its ACK flag cleared these are initiation packets All packets that do not have this flag structure are called subsequent packets since they represent data that occurs later in the TCP stream If an initiation packet originates on the WAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the Internet into the LAN Except in a few special cases see Upper Layer Protocols shown next these packets are dropped and logged If an initiation packet originates on the LAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the LAN to the Internet Assuming that this is an acceptable part of the security policy as is the case with the default policy the connection will be allowed A cache entry is added which includes connection information such as IP addresses TCP ports sequence numbers etc When the ZyXEL Device receives any subsequent packet from the Internet or from the LAN its connection information is ext
394. me secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Encapsulation Key only with ESP With DES type a unique key 8 characters long With 3DES type a unique key 24 characters long Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security Authentication Key Type a unique authentication key to be used by IPSec if applicable Enter 16 characters for MD5 authentication or 20 characters for SHA 1 authentication Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device 16 16 Viewing SA Monitor Click Se
395. ment FTP FTP FTP Port Access Status q Note Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule E WAN N Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 127 Remote Management FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 6 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device s
396. ment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames 400 Appendix F Wireless LANs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Preamble Type A preamble is used to synchronize the transmission timing in your wireless network There are two preamble modes Long and Short Short preamble takes less time to process and minimizes overhead so it should be used in a good wireless network environment when all wireless stations support it Select Long if you have a noisy network or are unsure of what preamble mode your wireless stations support as all IEEE 802 11b compliant wireless adapters must support long preamble However not all wireless adapters support short preamble Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode the wireless adapters support to ensure interpretability between the AP and the wireless stations and to provide more reliable communication in noisy networks Select Dynamic to have the AP automatically
397. minute format to apply the rule Log Log Packet Detail Information This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created or not Go to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category to have the ZyXEL Device record these logs Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Select the check box to have the ZyXEL Device generate an alert when the rule is matched Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 189 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 66 Firewall Edit Rule continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving 11 6 2 Customized Services Configure customized services and port numbers not predefined by the ZyXEL Device For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority website For further information on these services please read Section 11 8 on page 195 Click the Edit Customized Services link while editing a firewall rule to configure a custom service port This displays the following screen Refer to Section 10 1 on page 169 for more information Figure 98 Firewall Customized Services Customized Services G S mo deo pu io Kn e Ko Io qe Back The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 67 Customized Ser
398. n This option is only available if you selected Enable OTIST See Section 3 3 1 on page 75 for more information Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a Pre Shared Key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 3 3 2 on page 75 for more information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 3 3 3 on page 76 for more information Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured and your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving Note The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the security mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field if available and click Next 3 3 1 Automatically assign a WPA key Choose Manually assign a WPA key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to allow the ZyXEL Device to configure a PSK key for you based on the setup key you entered on the previous Wireless LAN setup screen This key acts like a password to ensure only those Wireless LAN devices you authorize are configured by OTIST 3 3 2 Manually assign a WPA PSK key
399. n Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Modify Click the details icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the delete icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a remote host which you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates Chapter 17 Certificates 281 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 17 12 Verifying a Trusted Remote Host s Certificate 17 12 1 Certificates issued by certification authorities have the certification authority s signature for you to check Self signed certificates only have the signature of the host itself This means that you must be very careful when deciding to import and thereby trust a remote host s self signed certificate Trusted Remote Host Certificate Fingerprints A certificate s fingerprints are message digests calculated using the MD5 or SHA algorithms The following procedure describes how to use a certificate s fingerprint to verify that you have the remote host s actual certificate 1 Browse to where you have the remote host s certificate saved on your computer 2 Make sure that
400. n a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR nRT Variable Bit Rate non Real Time or VBR RT Variable Bit Rate Real Time for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is O cells sec Maximum Burst Size Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen 98 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 26 More Connections Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 7 Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to
401. n authority s certificate change the certificate s name and set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check a certification authority s list of revoked certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Figure 147 Trusted CA Details Certificates Trusted CAs Details Certificate Name zyxel cer Property Issues certificate revocation lists CRL Certificate Path Searching a Refresh Certificate Informations Type CA signed X 509 Certificate Version V3 Serial Number 7877832395944269087 170063 1440406797776 Subject CN GlobalSign Root CA OU Root CA O GlobalSign nv sa C BE Issuer CN Root SGC Authority Signature Algorithm rsa pkcs1 md5 Valid From 1999 Aug 20th 00 30 01 GMT Valid To 2014 Jan 28th 07 00 00 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 2048 hits MD5 Fingerprint 6f 7e 74 a3 al 3a ca bb 63 cf 74 04 17 205 fa 33 SHA Fingerprint e5 21 5d 34 60 c2 c2 0b be 2d 9f e5 fb 66 5d aa 2c 0e 22 5c Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MIIDezCCAmOgAwIBAgIOxLvYwMr VdqUROiaWYZkiMDANBgkcahkiG9wOBAQOFADAd MRswGOYDVOODExJSb290IFNHOyBBdXRob3JpdHkwHhcNOTkwODIwMDAzMDAxWhcN MTOQwMTI4MDcwMDA wWjBbEMOswCOYDVOQOGEwJCRTEZMBCGA1UEChMQRZxvYmFsUZl1ln biBudilzYTEOMA4GA1UECxMHUmSvdCBDOTEDMBKGA1UEAxMSR2xvYmFsU2lnbiBS Lh290IENBMIIBIjANBgkqhkiG9wOBAQEFAAOCAQGAMIIBCGQECAQEA2qg 71mY3Oo NP in778YuDJWvqSB xKrC5lREEvfBjOeJnZzs8c3c8bSCvujYmOmdq8paqGWr6cctEsur HExwB6ESCjDNFY1P 4N3UjFAVHOSQ7sSQu9 zpU
402. n immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it 21 1 2 Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled Usethe ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Usethe ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN 21 1 3 System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling 21 2 WWW To change your ZyXEL Device s World Wide Web settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the WWW screen Figure 164 Remote Management WWW www Port 80 Access Status WAN m Secured Client IP C Al Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note daa UPnPto function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using 2 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel 310 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 125 Remote Management WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use
403. nabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active Keep the firewall in a secured locked room 178 Chapter 10 Firewalls P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 10 6 1 Security In General You can never be too careful Factors outside your firewall filtering or NAT can cause security breaches Below are some generalizations about what you can do to minimize them Encourage your company or organization to develop a comprehensive security plan Good network administration takes into account what hackers can do and prepares against attacks The best defense against hackers and crackers is information Educate all employees about the importance of security and how to minimize risk Produce lists like this one DSL or cable modem connections are always on connections and are particularly vulnerable because they provide more opportunities for hackers to crack your system Turn your computer off when not in use Never give out a password or any sensitive information to an unsolicited telephone call or e m
404. nd the Key fields if your certification authority uses CMP enrollment protocol Just fill in the Key field if your certification authority uses the SCEP enrollment protocol Key Type the key that the certification authority gave you Apply Click Apply to begin certificate or certification request generation Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen After you click Apply in the My Certificate Create screen you see a screen that tells you the ZyXEL Device is generating the self signed certificate or certification request After the ZyXEL Device successfully enrolls a certificate or generates a certification request or a self signed certificate you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificates screen If you configured the My Certificate Create screen to have the ZyXEL Device enroll a certificate and the certificate enrollment is not successful you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificate Create screen Click Return and check your information in the My Certificate Create screen Make sure that the certification authority information 1s correct and that your Internet connection is working properly if you want the ZyXEL Device to enroll a certificate online 17 7 My Certificate Details Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen see Figure 141 on page 267 Click the details icon to open
405. ndix G Lise pube tessile ic esasen g arer iaaa redene 409 Import ZyXEL Device Certificates into Netscape Navigator 409 Importing the ZyXEL Device s Certificate into Internet Explorer 409 Enrolling and Importing SSL Client Certificates eese 413 Using a Certificate When Accessing the ZyXEL Device Example 417 Appendix H Command InterpFelter u esie eiie inten vue latin asoida n px I a YER se Se adiasa aaien eiai 419 CONSE SPEAK e 419 PROCS Se Wid Tell uses eon iol vua qid reed et siad ENE EE EE espada 419 CORTINA UAE C 419 Appendix I Certificates Commands iaaiiai Eye Ra oa ya dPn aes a EN TERN a URs e nU ad ARR MEE E 421 22 Table of Contents P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Appendix J BOO ORNS zs iei RE REL VAS E ERE SERE ERR TNE EPA ER MU AREE T QuARS FREI DRE ER 425 Appendix K lis riESppgl Im 427 Appendix L NetBIOS Filter Commands ce aoi nnhn nn ato noa aon cn an no Aon eenid R KR UR KR nS oa cm tano Rn Rn AIR ORA 433 Matte C IOR cea saccis Qd t Ee vt t erga d EA 433 Display i s cH8a ge urporpt ET 433 NetBIOS Filler Configurator M 434 Appendix M internal SPTGEN M 437 Hemna SPT GIN OUODIIIW seariineni oia PRETEREA AAAA 437 The Configuration Text File Formal eoi scdka be rod bete PIG REF EPIO RIR a 437 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example brine rrt det orta
406. ndix M Internal SPTGEN 461 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 462 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX N Splitters and Microfilters This appendix tells you how to install a POTS splitter or a telephone microfilter Connecting a POTS Splitter When you use the Full Rate G dmt ADSL standard you can use a POTS Plain Old Telephone Service splitter to separate the telephone and ADSL signals This allows simultaneous Internet access and telephone service on the same line A splitter also eliminates the destructive interference conditions caused by telephone sets Install the POTS splitter at the point where the telephone line enters your residence as shown in the following figure Figure 268 Connecting a POTS Splitter 1 Connect the side labeled Phone to your telephone 2 Connect the side labeled Modem DSL to your ZyXEL Device 3 Connect the side labeled Line to the telephone wall jack Telephone Microfilters Telephone voice transmissions take place in the lower frequency range 0 4AKHz while ADSL transmissions take place in the higher bandwidth range above 4KHz A microfilter acts as a low pass filter for your telephone to ensure that ADSL transmissions do not interfere with your telephone voice transmissions The use of a telephone microfilter 1s optional Appendix N Splitters and Microfilters 463 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 1 Connect a phone cable f
407. ndwidth Status Monitor LAN To LAN Interface 0 i 0 www 2 4 6 Status VPN Status Click the VPN Status hyperlink in the Status screen The VPN Status shows the current status of any VPN tunnels the ZyXEL Device has negotiated Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 59 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 15 Status VPN Status oo NILUM Monitor SSS SS eT 1 aaa Tunnel ESP DES SHA1 O 2 Disconnect Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 7 Status VPN Status LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the security association index number Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode IPSec This field displays the security protocol encryption algorithm and authentication Algorithm algorithm used in each SA Disconnect Select one of the security associations and then click Disconnect to stop that security association Refresh Click Refresh to display the current active VPN connection s 2 4 7 Status Packet Statistics Click the Packet Statistics hyperlink in the Status screen Read only information here includes port status and packet specific statistics Also provided are system up time and poll interval s The Poll Interval s field is configurable 60 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Con
408. ne quality etc Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you connect and turn on the ZyXEL Device it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting Any IP The Any IP feature allows a computer to access the Internet and the ZyXEL Device without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Firewall The ZyXEL Device is a stateful inspection firewall with DoS Denial of Service protection By default when the firewall is activated all incoming traffic from the WAN to the LAN is blocked unless it is initiated from the LAN The ZyXEL Device firewall supports TCP UDP inspection DoS detection and prevention real time alerts reports and logs Content Filtering Content filtering allows you to block access to forbidden Internet web sites schedule when the ZyXEL Device should perform the filtering and give trusted LAN IP addresses unfiltered Internet access 42 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device P 662H HW D Series User s Guide LAN DM
409. ned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet If you use the encapsulation type except RFC 1483 select Obtain an IP Address Automatically when you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below If you use RFC 1483 enter the IP address given by your ISP in the IP Address field Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address Specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP Connection Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Demand Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout NAT SUA only is available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Select S
410. nei erra hens 438 intemal SP IGEN FTP Upload Example ia es eii den npa etre ER Ee pane emp ac eria 439 Command EXdTIDIGSE aac ipo bddt eerte pue Euer APP REE E SEL DERE EAE oaiae ein GE DA REP EET R 460 Appendix N Splitters and MIGFOTIIEGES iiuie ean nan pb Kate tldm E Ee Ek kk pH BEAR GE KKCHUn end Ra a cn KORR RR doi gU 463 bone a FOTS SPIE Loci die dta e pda balli pd t d deco dac ds 463 Telephone Microtel seanna d tede pP Tea EE e P VA peo Kup eae 463 ZYXEL Devico Vit IDN Mme 464 Appendix O Log Descriptions A 465 Log T E 479 Log commoni EXMP E sesa ener artery oer ereter en rr mrerrne re rate lr eT rnirtr 480 Appendix P IhEGLLPICIICT e M 481 The ldeal CRUD etic 481 The Triangle ice eiie I i oa sh arn cain E tn E a 481 The Dnarigie Route OO scannar atra dE Rete AER RA RE ERE DEL ad Pula CARERE 482 IP cop PAM 482 Gateways on the WAN be w eR 483 j 485 Table of Contents 23 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 24 Table of Contents P 662H HW D Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure 1 ZyXEL Device Internet Access Application eene nnne 46 Figure 2 ZyXEL Device LAN to LAN Application Example ssssssse 46 Figure 3 Firewall AP ONEGUNON e 47
411. ng Settings 1 Click Start and then Run 2 In the Run window type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window 3 Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway Windows 2000 NT XP The following example figures use the default Windows XP GUI theme 1 Click start Start in Windows 2000 NT Settings Control Panel 376 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 218 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer e My Documents fs Outlook Express Y Paint Files and Settings Transfer W B Command Prompt e My Music EJ Acrobat Reader 4 0 Ws My Computer Tour Windows xP E Windows Movie Maker E Control Panel 2 My Recent Documents e My Pictures WESS ga Printers a dFaxes Help and Support P Search All Programs gt 177 Run B Log OFF o Turn Off Computer untitled Paint 2 In the Control Panel double click Network Connections Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT Figure 219 Windows XP Control Panel Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q se x d Jj search gt Folders E Address Control Panel Vg Control Panel Qe Switch to Category view Windows Update Controllers 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 377 P 662H HW
412. nly the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By default RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 6 LAN Setup 121 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 122 Chapter 6 LAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 7 Wireless LAN This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your ZyXEL De
413. no additional NAT sessions can be established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT Firewall sessions client computers can establish through the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is exhausting all of the available NAT sessions Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration 9 4 Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 161 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one
414. not save the configuration and the command line will display the Field Identification Number Figure 264 on page 438 shown next is an example of what the ZyXEL Device displays if you enter a value other than 0 or 1 in the Input column of Field Identification Number 1000000 refer to Figure 263 on page 437 Figure 264 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Example field value is not legal error 1 ROM t is not saved error Line ID 10000000 reboot to get the original configuration Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 The ZyXEL Device will display the following if you enter parameter s that are valid Figure 265 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example Please wait for the system to write SPT text file ROM t Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Get rom t file The command get transfers files from the ZyXEL Device to your computer The name rom t is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL Device 4 Edit the rom t file using a text editor do not use a word processor You must leave this FTP screen to edit 438 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 266 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Exampl
415. ns Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Chapter 18 Static Route 291 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 292 Chapter 18 Static Route P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 19 Bandwidth Management This chapter contains information about configuring bandwidth management editing rules and viewing the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth management logs 19 1 Bandwidth Management Overview ZyXEU s Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth management rules based on an application and or subnet You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth rules The ZyXEL Device applies bandwidth management to traffic that it forwards out through an interface The ZyXEL Device does not control the bandwidth of traffic that comes into an interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to any interface must be less than or equal to the speed allocated to that interface in the Bandwidth Management Summary screen 19 2 Application based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidt
416. nse against possible virus attacks on your network It is not a replacement of the anti virus client software that you may install on network computers 12 3 1 How the ZyXEL Device Virus Scan Works The following describes the virus scanning process on the ZyXEL Device 1 The ZyXEL Device first identifies the packet types SMTP POP3 HTTP and FTP through standard ports only from the network traffic 2 Ifthe packets are not session connection setup packets such as SYN ACK and FIN the ZyXEL Device records the sequence of the packets 3 The scanning engine scans the content of the packet for virus 4 Ifa virus pattern is matched the ZyXEL Device cleans the virus by deleting the infected packet and alerts the intended computer user s Note Since the ZyXEL Device destroys a file by deleting the infected portion of the file content you cannot open the file 12 3 2 Limitations of the ZyXEL Device Packet Scan The ZyXEL Device does not scan the following types of file for virus Compressed or zipped files Simultaneous file downloads for example when you use the FlashGet download program When a virus is detected an alert message is displayed in Miscrosoft Windows based operation systems only 12 4 Anti Virus Packet Scan Configuration Note Before you can use the anti virus packet scan on the ZyXEL Device you must register for the anti virus service in the Registration and Virus Information Update screen se
417. nspection 42 169 170 175 Process 176 ZyXEL Device 176 Index 493 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Static Route 289 SUA 160 SUA Single User Account 160 SUA vs NAT 160 subnet 389 Subnet Mask 111 189 subnet mask 391 subnetting 391 Supporting Disk 39 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 94 98 Sustained Cell Rate SCR 88 SYN Flood 172 173 SYN ACK 173 Syntax Conventions 39 Syslog 194 System Name 334 System Parameter Table Generator 437 System Timeout 310 T TCP Maximum Incomplete 199 200 TCP Security 177 TCP IP 171 172 Teardrop 172 Telnet 311 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP 405 Text File Format 437 TFTP Restrictions 309 The DeMilitarized Zone DMZ 151 Three Way Handshake 172 Threshold Values 198 Traceroute 175 Traffic Redirect 99 100 Traffic redirect 99 102 traffic redirect 43 Traffic shaping 88 Transport Mode 236 Tunnel Mode 236 U UBR Unspecified Bit Rate 93 98 UDP ICMP Security 177 Universal Plug and Play 321 Application 321 494 Index P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Universal Plug and Play UPnP 43 Update Schedule 208 Update the virus scan 209 UPnP 321 Forum 322 security issues 322 Upper Layer Protocols 177 178 URL keyword blocking 222 User Authentication 406 User Name 306 V VBR Variable Bit Rate 93 98 Viewing Certifications 5 Virtual Channel Identifier VCI 86 virtual circuit VC 86 Virtual Path Identifier VPI 86 Virtual P
418. nt a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out The default timeout values are as follows ICMP idle timeout 3 minutes UDP idle timeout 3 minutes TCP connection three way handshaking timeout 270 seconds TCP FIN wait timeout 2 MSL Maximum Segment Lifetime set in the TCP header TCP idle established timeout s 150 minutes TCP reset timeout 10 seconds Exceed MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections lt Maximum Incomplete Low Access block sent TCP RST The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 184 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Generic packet filter matched set d rule d Attempted access matched a conf
419. ntication algorithm Choose whether to enable Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS using Diffie Hellman public key cryptography see Section 16 12 3 on page 254 Select None the default to disable PFS Choose Tunnel mode or Transport mode Set the IPSec SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long the IPSec SA should stay up before it times out The ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if there is traffic when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires The ZyXEL Device also automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if both IPSec routers have keep alive enabled even if there is no traffic If an IPSec SA times out then the IPSec router must renegotiate the SA the next time someone attempts to send traffic 16 12 1 Negotiation Mode The phase 1 Negotiation Mode you select determines how the Security Association SA will be established for each connection through IKE negotiations Main Mode ensures the highest level of security when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 It uses 6 messages in three round trips SA negotiation Diffie Hellman exchange and an exchange of nonces a nonce is a random number This mode features identity protection your identity is not revealed in the negotiation Aggressive Mode is quicker than Main Mode because it eliminates several steps when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 However the trade off is that faster speed
420. ntrols the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received Both is the default RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By default RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it Wind
421. o certified Wi Fi wireless networks 7 8 1 WMM QoS Example When WMM QoS is not enabled all traffic streams are given the same access throughput to the wireless network If the introduction of another traffic stream creates a data transmission demand that exceeds the current network capacity then the new traffic stream reduces the throughput of the other traffic streams When WMM Qos is enabled the streams are prioritized according to the needs of the application You can assign different priorities to different applications This prevents reductions in data transmission for applications that are sensitive 7 8 2 WMM QoS Priorities The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL Device sends to the wireless network Table 45 WMM QoS Priorities PRIORITY LEVELS Highest Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter variations in delay Use the highest priority to reduce latency for improved voice quality High Typically used for video traffic which has some tolerance for jitter but needs to be prioritized over other data traffic Mid Typically used for traffic from applications or devices that lack QoS capabilities Use mid priority for traffic that is less sensitive to latency but is affected by long delays such as Internet surfing Low This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers and print jobs
422. o the screen where you can edit the connection Click the delete icon to remove an existing connection You cannot remove the first connection Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 6 1 More Connections Edit Click the edit icon in the More Connections screen to configure a connection Chapter 5 WAN Setup 95 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 46 More Connections Edit General M Active Name ChangeMe Mode Routing z Encapsulation PPPoA User Name Password Multiplexing vc VPI o VCI 33 IP Address C Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 Connection Nailed Up Connection C Connect on Demand Max Idle timeout l sec NAT C None suA Only Edit Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 25 More Connections Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to activate or clear the check box to deactivate this connection Name Enter a unique descriptive name of up to 13 ASCII characters for this connection Mode Select Routing from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account If you select Bridge the ZyXEL Device will forward any packet that it does not route to this remote node otherwise the pack
423. o which they are attached is opened Macro viruses spread more rapidly than other types of viruses as data files are often shared on a network E mail Virus E mail viruses are malicious programs that spread through e mail These can infect your computer even if you do not read the e mail messages 12 2 Signature Based Virus Scan The signature based approach is the most common way to detect the presence of viruses Signature based anti virus scanning consists of two key components a pattern file that contains the signatures for known viruses and a scanning engine Signatures are byte patterns that are unique to a particular virus These signatures are stored in a pattern file The scanning engine compares the files with the signatures in the pattern file Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packet Scan 203 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide For maximum protection you must keep the pattern file up to date 12 2 1 Computer Virus Infection and Prevention The follow describes a simplistic life cycle of a computer virus 1 A computer gets a copy ofa virus from an unknown source such as the Internet e mail file sharing or any removable storage media The virus is harmless until the execution of an infected program 2 The virus spreads to other files and programs on the computer 3 The infected files are unintentionally sent to another computer thus starting the spread of the virus 4 Once the virus is spread through the netw
424. oduce different ways to improve the performance of the wireless network 7 3 1 Quality of Service QoS You can turn on Wi Fi MultiMedia WMM QoS to improve the performance of voice and video applications in the wireless network QoS gives high priority to voice and video which makes them run more smoothly Similarly it gives low priority to many large file downloads so that they do not reduce the quality of other applications 126 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 7 4 Additional Wireless Terms The following table describes wireless network terms and acronyms used in the ZyXEL Device Table 36 Additional Wireless Terms TERM DESCRIPTION Intra BSS Traffic This describes direct communication not through the ZyXEL Device between two wireless devices within a wireless network You might disable this kind of communication to enhance security within your wireless network RTS CTS Threshold In a wireless network which covers a large area wireless devices are sometimes not aware of each other s presence This may cause them to send information to the AP at the same time and result in information colliding and not getting through By setting this value lower than the default value the wireless devices must sometimes get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device The lower the value the more often the devices must get permission If this value is greater than the fragmentation
425. ol 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000024 SUA Server 6 Port Start 0 150000025 SUA Server 6 Port End 0 150000026 SUA Server 6 Local IP address 0 070 150000027 SUA Server 7 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000028 SUA Server 7 Protocol 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 0 0 DP 150000029 SUA Server 7 Port Start 0 150000030 SUA Server 7 Port End 0 150000031 SUA Server 7 Local IP address 0 0 0 150000032 SUA Server 8 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000033 SUA Server 8 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000034 SUA Server 8 Port Start 0 150000035 SUA Server 8 Port End 0 150000036 SUA Server 8 Local IP address 0 0 0 150000037 SUA Server 9 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000038 SUA Server 9 Protocol 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000039 SUA Server 9 Port Start 0 150000040 SUA Server 9 Port End 0 150000041 SUA Server 9 Local IP address 0 0 0 150000042 SUA Server 10 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000043 SUA Server 10 Protocol 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 150000044 SUA Server 10 Port Start 0 150000045 SUA Server 10 Port End 0 150000046 SUA Server 410 Local IP address 0 0 0 150000047 SUA Server 11 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 450 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 174 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup SMT Menu 15 continued
426. ol 192 168 1 32 to 192 168 1 64 Dimensions 180 W x 128 D x 36 H mm Weight P 662HW 350g P 662H 325g Power Specification 12V AC 1A Detachable Antenna Reverse SMA 5dBi Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports Operation Temperature 0 C 40 C Storage Temperature 20 60 C Operation Humidity 20 85 RH Storage Humidity 10 90 RH Appendix A Product Specifications 365 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 148 Firmware ADSL Standards Multi Mode standard ANSI T1 413 Issue 2 G dmt G 992 1 G lite G992 2 ADSL2 G dmt bis G 992 3 ADSL2 Glite bis G 992 4 ADSL2 G 992 5 Reach Extended ADSL RE ADSL SRA Seamless Rate Adaptation Auto negotiating rate adaptation ADSL physical connection ATM AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 Multi protocol over AAL5 RFC2684 1483 PPP over ATM AAL5 RFC 2364 PPP over Ethernet RFC 2516 RFC 1483 encapsulation over ATM VC based and LLC based multiplexing Up to 8 PVCs Permanent Virtual Circuits Remote node for Dial backup 1 610 F4 F5 OAM TR 37 compliant auto configuration using ILMI Other Protocol Support PPP Point to Point Protocol link layer protocol Transparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocols DHCP Server Client Relay RIP I RIP Il ICMP ATM QoS SNMP v1 and v2c with MIB II support RFC 1213 IP Multicast
427. ol filter set 4 256 40000024 ISP PPPOE idle timeout 0 40000025 Route IP lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000026 Bridge lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 40000027 ATM QoS Type O CBR 1 1 UBR gt 40000028 Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 40000029 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 0 40000030 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 40000031 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only gt 444 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 172 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup SMT Menu 4 continued 400000322 RIP Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M 40000033 Nailed up Connection lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt Table 173 Menu 12 SMT Menu 12 Menu 12 1 1 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 1 FI E PVA INPUT 20101001 IP Static Route set L Name lt Str gt 120101002 IP Static Route set L Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20101003 IP Static Route set L Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120101004 IP Static Route set L Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120101005 IP Static Route set 1 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120101006 IP Static Route set 1 Metric 0 120101007 IP Static Route set 1 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 2 IP Static Route Setup SMT Menu 12 1 2 EIL F PVA INPUT 120102001 IP Static Route set 2 Name 12
428. ommand is hidden It doesn t show up when you type the wlan mssid command show This command allows you to review your guest wireless network settings Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 149 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 7 10 2 Multiple SSID Example This example shows how to configure a guest wireless network with the following parameters Table 50 Multiple SSID Example Configuration PARAMETER VALUE SSID guestnetwork Security 64 bit WEP key encryption WEP key abcde Other Intranet blocking is enabled so that guests only have access to the Internet and cannot access the local network In the following script example all typed commands and parameters have been bolded ras wlan mssid guestssid guestnetwork Note the wireless connection will be disconnected temporarily ras wlan mssid mode 1 1 Note the wireless connection will be disconnected temporarily Enable GuestSSID GuestSSID with Intranet Blocking TFTP Client Start ras wlan mssid setprivacy type 1 Privacy Setting is WEP64 Note the wireless connection will be disconnected temporarily TFTP Client Start ras wlan mssid setprivacy wepkey 1 abcde Note the wireless connection will be disconnected temporarily TFTP Client Start ras wlan mssid show Multiple SSID Settings Major SSID Settings Major SSID Wireless Major SSID privacy setting is WPA Guest SSID Setting
429. ommands AUTH DATA EHLO ETRN EXPN HELO HELP MAIL NOOP QUIT RCPT RSET SAML SEND SOML TURN VRFY 174 Chapter 10 Firewalls P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 10 4 2 3 Traceroute Traceroute is a utility used to determine the path a packet takes between two endpoints Sometimes when a packet filter firewall is configured incorrectly an attacker can traceroute the firewall gaining knowledge of the network topology inside the firewall Often many DoS attacks also employ a technique known as IP Spoofing as part of their attack IP Spoofing may be used to break into systems to hide the hacker s identity or to magnify the effect of the DoS attack IP Spoofing is a technique used to gain unauthorized access to computers by tricking a router or firewall into thinking that the communications are coming from within the trusted network To engage in IP spoofing a hacker must modify the packet headers so that it appears that the packets originate from a trusted host and should be allowed through the router or firewall The ZyXEL Device blocks all IP Spoofing attempts 10 5 Stateful Inspection With stateful inspection fields of the packets are compared to packets that are already known to be trusted For example if you access some outside service the proxy server remembers things about your original request like the port number and source and destination addresses This remembering
430. omputer or the beginning IP address of a specific range of computers on the LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering To Type the ending IP address of a specific range of users on your LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering Leave this field blank if you want to exclude an individual computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings Chapter 13 Content Filtering 213 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 214 Chapter 13 Content Filtering P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 14 Content Access Control This chapter gives some background information on Content Access Control and explains how to get started with the ZyXEL Device Content Access Control 14 1 Content Access Control Overview Content Access Control CAC lets a LAN administrator control a LAN user s Internet access privileges by blocking services that you specify The administrator can create user groups with access restrictions and set up user accounts with a login name and password for each person user on the network The user accounts are associated to a user group Each person must log into the system before they can gain access to the Internet 14 1 1 Content Access Control WLAN Application You can control LAN user Internet access by having an administrator configure Content Access Control on the ZyXEL Device The administrator m
431. on Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No WPA 2 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 standard WPA2 IEEE 802 111 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Key differences between WPA 2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS server use WPA2 for stronger data encryption If you don t have an external RADIUS server you should use WPA2 PSK WPA2 Pre Shared Key that only requires a single identical password entered into each access point wireless gateway and wireless client As long as the passwords match a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2 just use WPA or WPA PSK depending on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not Select WEP only when the AP and or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2 WEP is less secure than WPA or WPA2 Encryption Both WPA and WPA2 improve data
432. on a priority according to this number If the ToS is not specified then transmitted data is treated as normal or best effort traffic 144 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt QoS The following screen displays Figure 76 Wireless LAN QoS QoS Qos v Enable WMM QoS WMM QoS Policy Application Priority x eL Neme T7777 priority oo 1 E o g 2 0 g uw 3 0 E uw 4 0 g 5 0 amp 6 g uw 7 o g T 8 0 g 9 0 g 10 a BP Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 47 Wireless LAN QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION QoS Enable WMM QoS Select the check box to enable WMM QoS on the ZyXEL Device WMM QoS Policy Select Default to have the ZyXEL Device automatically give a service a priority level according to the ToS value in the IP header of packets it sends Select Application Priority from the drop down list box to display a table of application names services ports and priorities to which you want to apply WMM QoS This is the number of an individual application entry Name This field displays a description given to an application entry Service This field displays either FTP WWW E mail or a User Defined service to which you want to apply WMM Qos Dest Port This field displays the destination port number to which the application sends traffic Priority This f
433. on as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Modify Click the details icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the delete icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate You cannot delete a certificate that one or more features is configured to use Do the following to delete a certificate that shows SELF in the Type field 1 Make sure that no other features such as HTTPS VPN SSH are configured to use the SELF certificate 2 Click the details icon next to another self signed certificate see the description on the Create button if you need to create a self signed certificate 3 Select the Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates check box 4 Click Apply to save the changes and return to the My Certificates screen 5 The certificate that originally showed SELF displays SELF and you can delete it now Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Imp
434. on file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to your computer Chapter 25 Tools 347 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 25 2 2 Restore Configuration Restore configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL Device Table 140 Maintenance Restore Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process Note Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress After you see a Restore Configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 198 Configuration Restore Successful Restore Configuration successful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the router again The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on
435. on reply message Table 198 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Facility 8 Severity Mon dd This message is sent by the system RAS displays as the hr mm ss hostname system name if you haven t configured one when the router src srclP srcPort generates a syslog The facility is defined in the web MAIN dst lt dstIP dstPort gt MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity is the log s syslog class The definition of messages and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this appendix The devID is the last three characters of the MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs msg lt msg gt note lt note gt devID mac address last three numbers cat lt category gt The following table shows RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to the RFC for detailed information on each type Table 199 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash 478 Appendix O Log Descriptions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 199 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types continued LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY Notification
436. on that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the default self signed certificate on the ZyXEL Device that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that the ZyXEL Device used to sign the certificate which is rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate s owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign
437. ork the number of infected networked computers can grow exponentially 5 To prevent the spread of viruses you need to install host based anti virus software on a computer or buy an anti virus system 12 3 Introduction to the ZyXEL Device Anti virus Packet Scan The ZyXEL Device has an integrated signature based anti virus packet scan Set up the ZyXEL Device between your local network and the Internet This way the ZyXEL Device can scan incoming traffic to your local network from the Internet Thus the ZyXEL Device helps stop threats at the network edge before they reach the local host computers Figure 107 ZyXEL Device Anti virus Application YN Internet adl Network traffic direction ELM Your ZyXEL Device is able to scan the following network traffic types for viruses HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol This is the most common protocol used on the Internet HTTP is the primary protocol used for web sites and web browsers Mail messages SMPT POP3 FTP File Transfer Protocol 204 Chapter 12 Anti Virus Packet Scan P 662H HW D Series User s Guide This is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Note The anti virus packet scan on the ZyXEL Device offers the first defe
438. orks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR nRT Variable Bit Rate non Real Time or VBR RT Variable Bit Rate Real Time for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Chapter 5 WAN Setup 93 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 23 Advanced Internet Connection LABEL DESCRIPTION cell sec Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sust
439. ormation rename old name Rename the specified directory service old new name gt name specifies the name of the directory server to be renamed new name gt specifies the new name as which the directory server is to be saved cert_manager reinit Reinitialize the certificate manager 424 Appendix Certificates Commands P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX J Boot Commands The BootModule AT commands execute from within the router s bootup software when debug mode is selected before the main router firmware is started When you start up your ZyXEL Device you are given a choice to go into debug mode by pressing a key at the prompt shown in the following screen In debug mode you have access to a series of boot module commands for example ATUR for uploading firmware and ATLC for uploading the configuration file These are already discussed in the Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance chapter Figure 261 Option to Enter Debug Mode Bootbase Version V1 02 08 08 2001 15 40 50 RAM Size 16384 Kbytes DRAM Post Testing 16384K OK FLASH Intel 16M RAS Version V3 50 WB 0 b3 08 08 2001 16 21 27 Press any key to enter debug mode within 3 seconds Enter ATHE to view all available ZyXEL Device boot module commands as shown in the next screen ATBAx allows you to change the console port speed The x denotes the number preceding the colon to give the console po
440. ort 0 none 1 equal 2 1 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210206008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210206009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210206010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Port 0 210206011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 2 0 Comp not equal 3 less 4 gr eater gt 210206013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210206014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 6 Act Not 1 check 2 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt 241100005 FTP Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan gt 241100006 FTP Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100007 WEB Server Port 80 241100008 WEB Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 L 0 an 3 Wan gt 241100009 WEB Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 458 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 177 Menu 23 System Menus SMT Menu 23 Menu 23 1 System Password Setup SMT Menu 23 1 FI FN PVA INPUT 230000000 System Password 1234 Menu 23 2 System security radius server SMT Menu 23 2 FI FN PVA INPUT 230200001 Authentication Server Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 230200002 Authentication Server Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt ZA 2
441. ort Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate that you have enrolled from a certification authority from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Create Click Create to go to the screen where you can have the ZyXEL Device generate a certificate or a certification request Refresh Click Refresh to display the current validity status of the certificates 268 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 17 5 My Certificate Import Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates and then Import to open the My Certificate Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate to the ZyXEL Device Note You can only import a certificate that matches a corresponding certification request that was generated by the ZyXEL Device The certificate you import replaces the corresponding request in the My Certificates screen You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import it 17 5 1 Certificate File Formats The certification authority certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file formats Binary X 509 This is an ITU T recommendation that defines the formats for X 509 certificates PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary X 509 certificate into a printable form e Binary PKCS 7 This is a standard that defines the
442. ot equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210101014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 451 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 175 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 SMT Menu 21 1 continued Menu 21 1 1 2 set 41 rule 42 SMT Menu 21 1 1 2 FIN F PVA INPUT 210102001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt 210102002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 210102003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210102004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210102005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Subnet Mask 0 210102006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210102007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210102009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Subnet Mask 0 210102010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210102011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 2101020
443. ote Address Type Range 7 IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Address Information My IP Address Secure Gateway Address Security Protocol IPSec Protocol ESP Encryption Algorithrn pes x Encapsulation Key Authentication Algorithm suni Authentication Key lt Back Apply Reset The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 96 VPN Manual Key LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management SPI Type a number base 10 from 1 to 999999 for the Security Parameter Index Encapsulation Mode Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box 258 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 96 VPN Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DNS Server for If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here IPSec VPN The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find
444. otices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products About This User s Guide This manual is designed to guide you through the configuration of your ZyXEL Device for its various applications The web configurator parts of this guide contain background information on features configurable by web configurator Note Use the web configurator or command interpreter interface to configure your ZyXEL Device Not all features can be configured through all interfaces Syntax Conventions Enter means for you to type one or more characters Select or Choose means for you to use one predefined choice Mouse action sequences are denoted using a right angle bracket gt For example In Windows click Start gt Settings gt Control Panel means first click the Start button then point your mouse pointer to Settings and then click Control Panel e e g is a shorthand for for instance and 1 e means that is or in other words The P 662HW D and P 662H D may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device in this User s Guide Related Documentation e Supporting Disk Refer to the included CD for support documents Quick Start Guide e The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains connection information and instructions on getting started Web Configurator Online Help Embedded we
445. ou select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoA and PPPoE only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC Chapter 5 WAN Setup 91 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 22 Internet Connection LABEL DESCRIPTION Virtual Circuit ID VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information Automatically VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address These fields only appear if the Mode is Routing A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Obtain an IP PPPoE PPPoA and
446. ource port means any source port number Source Port Enter the port number of the source See Table 123 on page 302 for some common services and port numbers Protocol Select the protocol TCP or UDP or select User defined and enter the protocol service type number ID 0 means any protocol number Back Click Back to go to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh The following table describes common services with their associated port numbers Table 123 Services and Port Numbers SERVICES PORT NUMBER ECHO 7 FTP File Transfer Protocol 21 SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 25 DNS Domain Name System 53 Finger 79 HTTP Hyper Text Transfer protocol or WWW Web 80 POP3 Post Office Protocol 110 NNTP Network News Transport Protocol 119 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 161 SNMP trap 162 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 1723 19 9 Bandwidth Monitor To view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor The screen appears as shown Select an interface from the drop down list box to view the bandwidth usage of its bandwidth rules 302 Chapter 19 Bandwidth Management P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 162 Bandwidth Management Monitor Monitor Lan z To LAN Interface WWW
447. ously saved settings Chapter 14 Content Access Control 229 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 14 5 Content Access Control Logins The following sections describe the user and administrator login experience 14 5 1 User Login 1 Once the initial configuration is complete a computer on the network cannot gain Internet access without first logging into the ZyXEL Device 2 When you attempt to access a website you are directed to the ZyXEL Device s user login screen Figure 123 Content Access Control User Login Screen ZyXEL Content Access Control Enter your user name amp password to login for Internet access Username Loin JB Cence 3 After you enter your login name and password the ZyXEL Device checks the access profile and begins enforcing the access control restriction as defined by the administrator 4 The access privileges remain in force until you log out 5 After a successful login the system launches a small pop up window that displays the remaining budget time and a logout button Figure 124 Content Access Control User Logout Screen a D MempleviallPCtd BetFreme ftmt ioj xj Content Access Control Today Budget 02 00 00 Time Budget Left Logout There are four ways to be logged out of the system Click the Logout button in the user logout screen The idle timeout triggers the logout the default is ten minutes The acce
448. outer and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 2 The listed rule s IKE phase 2 encapsulation did not match encapsulation mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 pfs The listed rule s IKE phase 2 perfect forward secret pfs mismatch setting did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 ID mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 ID did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 hash The listed rule s IKE phase 1 hash did not match between the mismatch router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 preshared The listed rule s IKE phase 1 pre shared key did not match between the router and the peer not found Rule d Tunnel built The listed rule s IPSec tunnel has been built successfully successfully Rule d Peer s public key The listed rule s IKE phase 1 peer s public key was not found Rule d signature Verify peer s failed The listed rule s IKE phase verification of the peer s signature failed oo Rule d Sending IKE request IKE sent an IKE request for the listed rule Rule d request Receiving IKE IKE received an IKE request for the listed rule Swap rule to rule d The router changed to using the listed rule Rule d mismatch Phase 1 key length The listed rule s IKE phase 1 key length with the AES encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer Rule d phas
449. own menu to choose a server mapping set Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 167 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 59 Edit Address Mapping Rule continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Edit Details Click this link to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a server mapping set that you have selected in the Server Mapping Set field Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 168 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 10 Firewalls This chapter gives some background information on firewalls and introduces the ZyXEL Device firewall 10 1 Firewall Overview Originally the term firewall referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the spread of fire from one room to another The networking term firewall is a system or group of systems that enforces an access control policy between two networks It may also be defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network Of course firewalls cannot solve every security problem A firewall is one of the mechanisms used to establish a network security perimeter in support of a network security policy It should never be the only mechanism or method employed For a firewall to guard effectively you must design and deplo
450. ows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP Chapter 8 DMZ P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 51 DMZ continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Allow between DMZ and LAN Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the DMZ and from the DMZ to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block DMZ to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default DMZ to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the DMZ and from the DMZ to the LAN Allow between DMZ Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the WAN to the DMZ and and WAN from the DMZ to the WAN Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the WAN to the DMZ and from the DMZ to the WAN Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 3 DMZ Public IP Address Example The following figure shows a simple network setup with public IP addresses on the WAN and DMZ and private IP addresses on the LAN Lower case letters represent public IP addresses like a b c d for example The LAN port and connected computers A through C use private IP addresses that are in one subnet The DMZ port and connected servers D through F use public IP addresses that are in another subnet The public IP addresses of the DMZ and WAN ports are in separate
451. pare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA 2 PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a easier te use consistent single alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique temporal encryption keys This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys a weakness of WEP User Authentication WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless stations using an external RADIUS database WPA2 reduces the number of key exchange messages from six to four CCMP 4 way handshake and shortens the time required to connect to a network Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from WPA include key caching and pre authentication These two features are optional and may not be supported in all wireless devices Key caching allows a wireless
452. pe of port Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Errors This field displays the number of error packets on this port Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 61 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 8 Status Packet Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Tx B s This field displays the number of bytes transmitted in the last second Rx B s This field displays the number of bytes received in the last second Up Time This field displays the elapsed time this port has been up Collisions This is the number of collisions on this port Poll Interval s Type the time interval for the browser to refresh system statistics Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval field above Stop Click this button to halt the refreshing of the system statistics 2 4 8 Changing Login Password Itis highly recommended that you periodically change th
453. port ssessssssssss 413 Figure 250 ZyXEL Device Trusted CA Sereen iuisssaseptiadettaxse v deir EB Pape ka pe PUE Urt Pe ev PUER esaa 414 Figure 251 CA Certiicate EXIIHBIB Loo rens seni dd a Oi od anes 414 Figure 252 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 1 cccs ecceeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeneeeeeeneneeees 415 Figure 253 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 2 e ccce rre rte terrenae nen 415 30 List of Figures P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 254 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 3 ccccsssseecceesenseeeeeesensseseeetenseeeeenenneess 416 Figure 255 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 4 aeneae 416 Figure 256 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 5 acest 417 Figure 257 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 6 ccccssseececsseneeesecenenseeseesneneeeseeeneneees 417 Figure 256 Access the ZyXEL Device Vie HT T PS uuo tetra netu FEY n REP e rrna 417 Figure 259 SSL Client Authentication auci cse pact tante et rea tert neat uet duesa SEL be In ae EU pus Re TOt p E edd 418 Figure 260 ZyXEL Device Secure Login Screen eieeiesssseeiesisse nhan tente a asian n 418 Figure 261 Option to Enier Debug Mode 25 eror ERE PI ERE PER D RRRC eI einen 425 Figure 262 Boot Module COmMmMAaNdS ustuucddsteeunddte tron odes DR dx EUR ALIR ER ERZR 426 Figure 263 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions ssse 437 Figure 264 Invalid Par
454. pply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device and return to the VPN IKE screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the VPN IKE screen without saving your changes 16 14 Manual Key Setup Manual key management is useful if you have problems with IKE key management 16 14 1 Security Parameter Index SPI An SPI is used to distinguish different SAs terminating at the same destination and using the same IPSec protocol This data allows for the multiplexing of SAs to a single gateway The SPI Security Parameter Index along with a destination IP address uniquely identify a particular Security Association SA The SPI is transmitted from the remote VPN gateway to the local VPN gateway The local VPN gateway then uses the network encryption and key values that the administrator associated with the SPI to establish the tunnel Current ZyXEL implementation assumes identical outgoing and incoming SPIs 16 15 Configuring Manual Key You only configure VPN Manual Key when you select Manual in the IPSec Key Mode field on the VPN IKE screen This is the VPN Manual Key screen as shown next Chapter 16 VPN Screens 257 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 135 VPN Manual Key IPSec Setup Active Mame 2488393585 IPSec Key Mode Manual SPI o Encapsulation Mode Transport z DNS Server for IPSec VPN 0 0 0 0 Local Local Address Type Range IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Remote Rem
455. psulation Mode DNS Server for IPSec VPN Local Local Address Type IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Remote Remote Address Type IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Address Information Local ID Type Content Local ID Type Content My IP Address Peer ID Type Content Peer ID Type Content Secure Gateway Address Security Protocol VPN Protocol Pre Shared Key C Certificate Encryption Algorithm Authentication Algorithm Keep Alive Apply IKE acd Man Tunnel Single 0 0 0 0 D 0 0 Single 0 0 0 0 12345678 factory auto gen cert 0 0 0 0 auto_generated_self_signed_cert isee My Certificates pes x SHat 7 Cancel NAT Traversal mM The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 94 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy This option determines whether a VPN rule is applied before a packet leaves the firewall Keep Alive Select either Yes or No from the drop down list box Select Yes to have the ZyXEL Device automatically reinitiate the SA after the SA lifetime times out even if there is no traffic The remote IPSec router must also have keep alive enabled in order for this feature to work 248 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 94 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION NAT Trave
456. ptions of travel destinations or promotions for hotels or casinos Vehicles Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information on or promote vehicles boats or aircraft including pages that support online purchase of vehicles or parts Humor Jokes Selecting this category excludes pages that primarily focus on comedy jokes fun etc This may include pages containing jokes of adult or mature nature Pages containing humorous Adult Mature content also have an Adult Mature category rating Streaming Media MP3 Selecting this category excludes pages that sell deliver or stream music or video content in any format including pages that provide downloads for such viewers Software Downloads Selecting this category excludes pages that are dedicated to the electronic download of software packages whether for payment or at no charge Pay to Surf Selecting this category excludes pages that pay users in the form of cash or prizes for clicking on or reading specific links email or web pages For Kids Selecting this category excludes pages designed specifically for children Web Advertisements Selecting this category excludes pages that provide online advertisements or banners This does not include advertising servers that serve adult oriented advertisements Web Hosting Selecting this category excludes pages of organizations that provide top level domain pages as well as web comm
457. quired The format is subject name dn ip dns email value If the name contains Spaces please put it in quotes key size specifies the key size It has to be an integer from 512 to 2048 The default is 1024 bits create request Create a certificate request and save it to the name router for later manual enrollment name subject specifies a descriptive name for the generated key size certification request subject specifies a subject name required and alternative name required The format is subject name dn ip dns email value If the name contains spaces please put it in quotes key size specifies the key size It has to be an integer from 512 to 2048 The default is 1024 bits create scep enroll Create a certificate request and enroll for a certificate immediately online using SCEP protocol lt name gt specifies a descriptive name for the enrolled certificate CA addr gt specifies the CA server address CA cert specifies the name of the CA certificate auth key specifies the key used for user authentication If the key contains spaces please put it in quotes To leave it blank type subject specifies a subject name required and alternative name required The format is subject name dn ip dns email value If the name contains spaces please put it in quotes key size specifies the key size It has to be an integer from 512 to 2048 The default is 1024 bits Appendix
458. r Name Password Service Name optional 3 2 2 Manual Configuration 1 Ifthe ZyXEL Device fails to detect your DSL connection type enter the Internet access information given to you by your ISP exactly in the wizard screen If not given leave the fields set to the default Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 67 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 23 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters fii Internet Configuration your Internet Service Pro er ISP Your ISP may have etup letter incluc uting default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account select Bridge mode Encapsulation ncapsulation method used by your ISP Your ISP may list ENET ENCAP as Static IP c IP Multiplexing c Select the multiplexing type used by your ISP Virtual Circuit ID PI the VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 10 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode From the Mode drop down list box select Routing default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary depending on what you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA o
459. r RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplex drop down list box either VC based or LLC based Virtual Circuit VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit ID Refer to the appendix for more information VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 68 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 2 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 3 3 on page 72 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 24 Internet Connection with PPPoE 3STEP 1 STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration rd given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If r it in the third field User Name Password Service Name foptional Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The I
460. r for later distribution via floppy disk for example Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name and or set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check the CRL that the certification authority issues before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen 17 11 Trusted Remote Hosts Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen This screen displays a list of the certificates of peers that you trust but which are not signed by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen You do not need to add any certificate that 1s signed by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen since the ZyXEL Device automatically accepts any valid certificate signed by a trusted certification authority as being trustworthy 280 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 148 Trusted Remote Hosts Trusted Remote Hosts Trusted Remote Hosts PKI Storage Space in Use 995 Trusted Remote Host Certificates Issuer My Default Self signed Certificate CN P662HW D1 001349000001 ESESESSCESSESCOTUESRIUICUNERTUIO
461. r reset the factory defaults to your ZyXEL Device Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Diagnostic General These screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device general connection DSL Line These screens display information to help you identify problems with the DSL line 2 4 2 Status Screen The following summarizes how to navigate the web configurator from the Status screen Some fields or links are not available if you entered the user password in the login password screen see Figure 6 on page 50 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 55 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 11 Status Screen Refresh Interval None Y Apply Device Information System Status Host Name System Uptime 1 24 22 Model Number P662HW D1i Current Date Time 01 01 2000 02 26 46 MAC Address 00 13 49 00 00 01 System Mode Routing Bridging ZyNOS Firmware Version V3 40 AGZ D b1 01 17 2006 CPU Usage IRR 0 72 WAN Information Memory Usage BE 1 DSL Mode NORMAL IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Interface Status Default Gateway 0 0 0 0 B ans pin E LAN Information Interface E IP Address 192 168 1 1 DSL Down 0 kbps 0 kbps IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Zone u DHCP Server LAN Up DuplexInActive WLAN Information SSID Wireless InActive Channel
462. r running processes like NAT VPN and the firewall The bar displays what percent of the ZyXEL Device s heap memory is in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached Memory Usage This number shows the ZyXEL Device s total heap memory in kilobytes The bar displays what percent of the ZyXEL Device s heap memory is in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached Interface Status Interface This displays the ZyXEL Device port types Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For the WLAN port it displays Active when WLAN is enabled or Inactive when WLAN is disabled For the DMZ port it displays the port speed duplex mode and whether the port is Active or Inactive Rate For the LAN ports this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the WAN port it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate For the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled For the DMZ port it displays the transmission rate when DMZ is enabled or N A when DMZ is disabled Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 57 P 662H HW D Series
463. r the specified keyword s to block If the web site address does not contain any blocking keywords the ZyXEL Device then checks the rating information on the remote content filtering database provided that you have successfully registered for and activated this service and block or allow access depending on the rating information of the web site Figure 120 Content Access Control General Diagnose Test Web Site Attribute Test Result Diagnose Groupi Category Test if Web Site is Blocked Test Back Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 83 Content Access Control General Diagnose LABEL DESCRIPTION Test Web Site Attribute Test Result This field displays the web site address check result Test if web site is Enter the URL or web site address in the field provided and click Test to blocked check the access restrictions of the web site Test This button is applicable when you have either activated and or configured keyword blocking or registered and activated the content filtering service Click Test to check the access privileges of the specified web site address Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings Chapter 14 Content Access Control 227 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 14 3 User Account Setup With Content Access Control the ZyXEL Device req
464. racted and checked against the cache A packet is only allowed to pass through if it corresponds to a valid connection that is if it is a response to a connection which originated on the LAN 10 5 4 UDP ICMP Security UDP and ICMP do not themselves contain any connection information such as sequence numbers However at the very minimum they contain an IP address pair source and destination UDP also contains port pairs and ICMP has type and code information All of this data can be analyzed in order to build virtual connections in the cache For instance any UDP packet that originates on the LAN will create a cache entry Its IP address and port pairs will be stored For a short period of time UDP packets from the WAN that have matching IP and UDP information will be allowed back in through the firewall Chapter 10 Firewalls 177 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide A similar situation exists for ICMP except that the ZyXEL Device is even more restrictive Specifically only outgoing echoes will allow incoming echo replies outgoing address mask requests will allow incoming address mask replies and outgoing timestamp requests will allow incoming timestamp replies No other ICMP packets are allowed in through the firewall simply because they are too dangerous and contain too little tracking information For instance ICMP redirect packets are never allowed in since they could be used to reroute traffic through attacking machines
465. re 42 Example of Trane Shaping isa eda o e SUR ECLURR RR E SCR RR AR GR RR RN 89 Figure 43 internet Connection PPPOE i pdessete oria ccs RH bn eu eren DF Cu Ru REV E euet PE eek RETE E ERA 91 Figure 44 Advanced Internet Connection iuuuaacce sess se cerea secet nanctus ea su ol anam E Ui duse a appe 93 Figure 45 More Cobb CUOI ease esed cn aac ba reenn aneian Aena COPA REI LENA OMS EREEREER 95 Figure 45 More Comiections Edit code eene EEBRP rr Er kinnen bv QU ERROR UR een NUR ER HORDE MER PIE 96 Figure 47 More Connections Advanced Setup esee essen nennen 98 Figure 48 Traffic Redirect Example iiu aae ere ond orn aper pA E sdu e Hava donde Dan Aa deu ub pa adea pA da 99 Figure 49 Traffic Redirect LAN Sip acce cicosenoco cries poe eerte ep cotra nvn ee Elan ae bk r i ag ue eiaei 100 Figure S0 WAN Backup Sete c 101 Figure 51 WAN Backup Advanced Setup sccicesssssiccccissnoaccnnchonoaacagnnssoudinctaanedacnandessadanaaanssaane 103 Figure 52 WAN Dial Backap Modem Selup 42 usveiasn edd eIr b rebk ab RE Ee p HR MUSEPE PEEL Lin uota be Deoa aae 106 Figure 53 LAN and WAN IP Addresses seeiisssssei sisse tenants th tha assai tnn aa dado nA 4a 109 Figure S4 nm IF Exaile edis h p rade tete vtr bu ti ke adobe N 114 dur sd c Trey err 115 Figure 56 Advanced LAN SO atls secretes ira taies E actae daB URF Ad EUR aR E REA A EENE EAA DUE EAA ARSEN Et edd 116 Figure Sf DHCP S
466. re derived from the same root secret which may have security implications in the long run but allows faster SA setup by bypassing the Diffie Hellman key exchange 16 13 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings Click Advanced in the Edit VPN Policies screen to open this screen 254 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 134 Advanced VPN Policies VPN IKE Advanced Setup Protocol o Enable Replay Detection No Local Start Port fo Endjo Remote Start Port fo EndjO Phasel Negotiation Mode Main Pre Shared Key Encryption Algorithm Authentication Algorithm SA Life Time Seconds Key Group DHi Phase2 Active Protocol ESP Encryption Algorithm DES Authentication Algorithm S Life Time Seconds Encapsulation Tunnel v Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS NONE Apply Cancel E I i The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 95 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION VPN IKE Protocol Enter 1 for ICMP 6 for TCP 17 for UDP etc 0 is the default and signifies any protocol Enable Replay As a VPN setup is processing intensive the system is vulnerable to Denial of Detection Service DoS attacks The IPSec receiver can detect and reject old or duplicate packets to protect against replay attacks Select YES from the drop down menu to enable replay detection or select NO to disable it Local Start Port 0 is the
467. recorded Message This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Log Settings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs 24 3 Configuring Log Settings Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL Device is to record See Section 24 1 on page 339 for more information To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown 340 Chapter 24 Logs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mails being sent Figure 191 Log Settings Log Settings E mail Log Settings Mail Server Mail Subject Send Log to Send Alerts to
468. ress range as the local IP address then you cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Security Protocol VPN Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described below Pre Shared Key Type your pre shared key in this field A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD_MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Certificate Select the Certificate radio button to identify the ZyXEL Device by a certificate Use the drop down list box to select the certificate to
469. rewall check Log WAN to LAN Drop gt Vv LAN to WAN Permit gt Iv WAN to DMZ Permit gt Iv DMZ to WAN Permit gt 2 LAN to DMZ Permit Iv DMZ to LAN Drop gt 2 WAN to WAN Router Drop z v LAN to LAN Router Permit rc DMZ to DMZ Router Drop gt Vv Basic Cancel 184 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 64 Firewall General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall The ZyXEL Device performs access control and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is activated Bypass Triangle Route Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device firewall permit the use of triangle route topology on the network See the appendix for more on triangle route topology Note Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the router See Appendix P on page 481 for more on triangle route topology and how to deal with this problem Packet Direction This is the direction of travel of packets Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply For example LAN to LAN Router means packets traveling from a computer subnet on the LAN to either another computer subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyXEL Devic
470. ries the traffic redirect route next In the same manner the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup route if the traffic redirect route also fails If you want the dial backup route to take first priority over the traffic redirect route or even the normal route all you need to do is set the dial backup route s metric to 1 and the others to 2 or greater IP Policy Routing overrides the default routing behavior and takes priority over all of the routes mentioned above 5 3 Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not be greater than the PCR 88 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent
471. rity Advanced Click Advanced to configure more detailed settings of your IKE key management Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Delete Click Delete to delete the current rule IKE Phases There are two phases to every IKE Internet Key Exchange negotiation phase 1 Authentication and phase 2 Key Exchange A phase 1 exchange establishes an IKE SA and the second one uses that SA to negotiate SAs for IPSec Phase 1 Phase 2 IKESA IPSec SA Figure 133 Two Phases to Set Up the IPSec SA In phase 1 you must Choose a negotiation mode 252 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Authenticate the connection by entering a pre shared key Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authentication algorithm Choose a Diffie Hellman public key cryptography key group DH1 or DH2 Set the IKE SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long an IKE SA should stay up before it times out An IKE SA times out when the IKE SA lifetime period expires If an IKE SA times out when an IPSec SA is already established the IPSec SA stays connected In phase 2 you must Choose which protocol to use ESP or AH for the IKE key exchange Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authe
472. rivate Network 43 233 Virus attack 203 Virus life cycle 204 VPI amp VCI 86 VPN 233 VPN Applications 234 W WAN Wide Area Network 85 WAN backup 100 102 WAN to LAN Rules 184 Web 310 Web Configurator 49 52 178 183 web configurator screen summary 53 Web Site Filters 222 WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy 45 WEP Encryption 131 Wi Fi Multimedia QoS 141 Wi Fi Protected Access 405 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA 45 Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering 45 WLAN Interference 399 Security parameters 407 Worm 203 WPA 405 WPA2 405 WPA2 Pre Shared Key 405 Index 495 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide WPA2 PSK 405 WPA PSK 405 Z Zero Configuration Internet Access 42 Zero configuration Internet access 90 ZyXEL Device anti virus packet scan 204 ZyXEL s Firewall Introduction 170 496 Index
473. rnative and complimentary therapies medical information about ailments dentistry optometry general psychiatry self help and support organizations dedicated to a disease or condition Computers Internet Selecting this category excludes pages that sponsor or provide information on computers technology the Internet and technology related organizations and companies Hacking Proxy Avoidance Pages providing information on illegal or questionable access to or the use of communications equipment software or provide information on how to bypass proxy server features or gain access to URLs in any way that bypasses the proxy server Search Engines Portals Selecting this category excludes pages that support searching the Internet indices and directories Web Communications Selecting this category excludes pages that allow or offer Web based communication via e mail chat instant messaging message boards etc Job Search Careers Selecting this category excludes pages that provide assistance in finding employment and tools for locating prospective employers News Media Selecting this category excludes pages that primarily report information or comments on current events or contemporary issues of the day It also includes radio stations and magazines It does not include pages that can be rated in other categories Personals Dating Selecting this category excludes pages that promote interpersonal r
474. roller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution Chapter 14 Content Access Control 221 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 14 2 3 Configuring Web Site Filters To enable content filtering and to configure URL keyword blocking for a user group click Edit under Web Browsing in the Content Access Control General screen A screen displays as shown next Figure 119 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter Groupi Pre defined Web Content Categories I Enable Log Matched Web Site Select Blocked Categories Select All Abortion Arts Entertainment Business Economy Cult Occult Email Gambling Keyword Blocking Enable Clear All Adult Mature Content Alcohol Tobacco Auctions Brokerage Trading Chat Instant Messaging Computers Internet Cultural Institutions Education I Financial Services I For Kids Games Gay Lesbian more Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL Delete
475. rom the wall jack to the single jack end of the Y Connector 2 Connect a cable from the double jack end of the Y Connector to the wall side of the microfilter 3 Connect another cable from the double jack end of the Y Connector to the ZyXEL Device 4 Connect the phone side of the microfilter to your telephone as shown in the following figure Figure 269 Connecting a Microfilter Microfilter Wall Side Phone Side ZyXEL Device With ISDN This section relates to people who use their ZyXEL Device with ADSL over ISDN digital telephone service only The following is an example installation for the ZyXEL Device with ISDN Figure 270 ZyXEL Device with ISDN ISDN NT Ethernet m x A 464 Appendix N Splitters and Microfilters P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX O Log Descriptions This appendix provides descriptions of example log messages Table 180 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time calibration is successful The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE PPTP or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Suc
476. rpose is to allow a private Local Area Network LAN to be securely connected to the Internet The ZyXEL Device can be used to prevent theft destruction and modification of data as well as log events which may be important to the security of your network The ZyXEL Device also has packet filtering capabilities The ZyXEL Device is installed between the LAN and the Internet This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and the LAN The ZyXEL Device has one DSL ISDN port and one Ethernet LAN port which physically separate the network into two areas The DSL ISDN port connects to the Internet 170 Chapter 10 Firewalls P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The LAN Local Area Network port attaches to a network of computers which needs security from the outside world These computers will have access to Internet services such as e mail FTP and the World Wide Web However inbound access will not be allowed unless you configure remote management or create a firewall rule to allow a remote host to use a specific service 10 3 1 Denial of Service Attacks Figure 90 Firewall Application 10 4 Denial of Service Denials of Service DoS attacks are aimed at devices and networks with a connection to the Internet Their goal is not to steal information but to disable a device or network so users no longer have access to network resources The ZyXEL Device is pre configured to
477. rsal This function is available if the VPN protocol is ESP Select this check box if you want to set up a VPN tunnel when there are NAT routers between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router The remote IPSec router must also enable NAT traversal and the NAT routers have to forward UDP port 500 packets to the remote IPSec router behind the NAT router Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box IKE provides more protection so it is generally recommended Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Encapsulation Mode Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box DNS Server for IPSec VPN If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSe
478. rt speed following the colon in the list of numbers that follows for example ATBA3 will give a console port speed of 9 6 Kbps ATSE displays the seed that is used to generate a password to turn on the debug flag in the firmware The ATSH command shows product related information such as boot module version vendor name product model RAS code revision etc ATGO allows you to continue booting the system Most other commands aid in advanced troubleshooting and should only be used by qualified engineers Appendix J Boot Commands 425 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 262 Boot Module Commands AT just answer OK ATHE print help ATBAx change baudrate 1 38 4k 2 19 2k 3 9 6k 4 57 6k 5TTI5 2Kk ATENx y set BootExtension Debug Flag y password ATSE show the seed of password generator ATTI h m s change system time to hour min sec or show current time ATDA y m d change system date to year month day or show current date ATDS dump RAS stack ATDT dump Boot Module Common Area ATDUXx y dump memory contents from address x for length y ATRBx display the 8 bit value of address x ATRWx display the 16 bit value of address x ATRLx display the 32 bit value of address x ATGO x run program at addr x or boot router ATGR boot router ATGT run Hardware Test Program ATRTw xX y z RAM test level w from address x to y z iterations ATSH dump manufacturer related data in ROM ATDOx y download fro
479. rtificate into your operating system as a trusted certification authority To have Internet Explorer trust a ZyXEL Device certificate issued by a certificate authority import the certificate authority s certificate into your operating system as a trusted certification authority The following example procedure shows how to import the ZyXEL Device s self signed server certificate into your operating system as a trusted certification authority Appendix G Importing Certificates 409 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 1 In Internet Explorer double click the lock shown in the following screen Figure 243 Login Screen Welcome to your router Configuration Interface 2 Click Install Certificate to open the Install Certificate wizard Figure 244 Certificate General Information before Import eiae TT General Details Certification Path gsx Certificate Information This CA Root certificate is not trusted To enable trust install this certificate in the Trusted Root Certification Authorities store Issued to ZyWALL 70 0DAOCSS9BS2B Issued by ZyWALL 70 0DAOCSS9BS2B Valid from 12 31 1999 to 12 24 2029 wa Issuer statement 3 Click Next to begin the Install Certificate wizard 410 Appendix G Importing Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 245 Certificate Import Wizard 1 Certificate Import Wizard x Welcome to the Certificate Import Wizard This wizard h
480. rusted certificate s your personal certificate s and a password to install the personal certificate s Installing the CA s Certificate 1 Double click the CA s trusted certificate to produce a screen similar to the one shown next Figure 251 CA Certificate Example SL xi General Details Certification Path Certificate Information This certificate is intended to Ensures the identity of a remote computer di Proves your identity to a remote computer Ensures software came from software publisher Protects software from alteration after publication Protects e mail messages Allows data to be signed with the current time xl Issued to C50 CA Issued by C50 CA Valid from 8 30 2003 to 8 30 2005 Issuer Statement 2 Click Install Certificate and follow the wizard as shown earlier in this appendix 414 Appendix G Importing Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Installing Your Personal Certificate s You need a password in advance The CA may issue the password or you may have to specify it during the enrollment Double click the personal certificate given to you by the CA to produce a screen similar to the one shown next 1 Click Next to begin the wizard Figure 252 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 1 Certificate Import Wizard E x Welcome to the Certificate Import Wizard This wizard helps you copy certificates certificate trust lists and certi
481. rval When the ZyXEL Device is using a lower priority connection usually a WAN backup connection it periodically checks to whether or not it can use a higher priority connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL Device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic Chapter 5 WAN Setup 101 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 27 WAN Backup Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Timeout Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL Device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field before timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL Device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet Active Traffic Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use traffic redirect if the normal Redirect WAN connection goes down Note If you activate traffic redirect you must configure at least one Check WAN IP Address Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path wit
482. s Guest SSID Enable Guest SSID guestnetwork Guest SSID privacy setting is WEP 64 WEP default key ID 1 WEP key 1 abcde WEP key 2 WEP key 3 WEP key 4 Intranet Blocking 1 Guest SSID AutoOff Disable Guest SSID AutoOff Timeout ras gt O0 minutes 150 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 8 DMZ This chapter describes how to configure the ZyXEL Device s DMZ 8 1 Introduction The DeMilitarized Zone DMZ auto negotiating 10 100 Mbps Ethernet port provides a way for public servers Web e mail FTP etc to be visible to the outside world while still being protected from DoS Denial of Service attacks such as SYN flooding and Ping of Death These public servers can also still be accessed from the secure LAN By default the firewall allows traffic between the WAN and the DMZ traffic from the DMZ to the LAN is denied and traffic from the LAN to the DMZ is allowed Internet users can have access to host servers on the DMZ but no access to the LAN unless special filter rules allowing access were configured by the administrator or the user is an authorized remote user Itis highly recommended that you connect all of your public servers to the DMZ port If you have more than one public server connect a hub to the DMZ port Itis also highly recommended that you keep all sensitive information off of the public servers connected to the DMZ port S
483. s see Table 197 on page 477 470 Appendix O Log Descriptions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 191 IPSec Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Discard REPLAY packet The router received and discarded a packet with an incorrect sequence number Inbound packet authentication failed The router received a packet that has been altered A third party may have altered or tampered with the packet Receive IPSec packet but no corresponding tunnel exists The router dropped an inbound packet for which SPI could not find a corresponding phase 2 SA Rule d idle time out disconnect The router dropped a connection that had outbound traffic and no inbound traffic for a certain time period You can use the ipsec timer chk conn CI command to set the time period The default value is 2 minutes WAN IP changed to IP The router dropped all connections with the MyIP configured as 0 0 0 0 when the WAN IP address changed Table 192 IKE Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Active connection allowed exceeded The IKE process for a new connection failed because the limit of simultaneous phase 2 SAs has been reached Start Phase 2 Quick Mode Phase 2 Quick Mode has started Verifying Remote ID failed The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router and the peer s Local Remote Addresses don t match Verifying Local ID failed The
484. s since the application gateway is the only host whose name must be made known to outside systems Robust authentication and logging pre authenticates application traffic before it reaches internal hosts and causes it to be logged more effectively than if it were logged with standard host logging Filtering rules at the packet filtering router can be less complex than they would be if the router needed to filter application traffic and direct it to a number of specific systems The router need only allow application traffic destined for the application gateway and reject the rest 10 2 3 Stateful Inspection Firewalls Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by screening data packets against defined access rules They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol They also inspect the session data to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic protocols These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency however they may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support See Section 10 5 on page 175 for more information on stateful inspection Firewalls of one type or another have become an integral part of standard security solutions for enterprises 10 3 Introduction to ZyXEL s Firewall The ZyXEL Device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against Denial of Service attacks when activated The ZyXEL Device s pu
485. s MDS authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption Appendix F Wireless LANs 403 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless stations for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management overhead EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 PEAP Protected EAP Like EAP TTLS server si
486. s User s Guide 156 Chapter 8 DMZ P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL Device 9 1 NAT Overview NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 9 1 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP address of the same inside host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this information Table 52 NAT Definitions
487. s User s Guide Table 43 OTIST LABEL DESCRIPTION Yes If you want to configure your own WPA PSK and have OTIST use that WPA PSK you must Configure a WPA PSK in the Wireless gt General screen Clear the Yes checkbox in the OTIST screen and click Start Note If you already have a WPA PSK configured in the Wireless screen and you run OTIST with Yes selected OTIST will not replace the WPA PSK Clear the checkbox in the OTIST screen If you want OTIST to automatically generate a WPA PSK you must Change your security to No Security in the Wireless General screen Select the Yes checkbox in the OTIST screen and click Start The wireless screen displays an auto generated WPA PSK and is now in WPA PSK security mode The WPA PSK security settings are assigned to the wireless client when you start OTIST Start Click Start to encrypt the wireless security data using the setup key and have the ZyXEL Device set the wireless station to use the same wireless settings as the ZyXEL Device You must also activate and start OTIST on the wireless station at the same time The process takes three minutes to complete Note You can also start OTIST by pressing the RESET button for 3 seconds 7 6 1 2 Wireless Client Start the ZyXEL utility and click the Adapter tab Select the OTIST check box enter the same Setup Key as your AP s and click Save Figure 69 Example Wireless Client OTIST S
488. s category excludes pages that provide information and support game playing or downloading video games computer games electronic games tips and advice on games or how to obtain cheat codes It also includes pages dedicated to selling board games as well as journals and magazines dedicated to game playing It includes pages that support or host online sweepstakes and giveaways Government Legal Selecting this category excludes pages sponsored by or which provide information on government government agencies and government services such as taxation and emergency services It also includes pages that discuss or explain laws of various governmental entities Military Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or provide information on military branches or armed services Political Activist Groups Selecting this category excludes pages sponsored by or which provide information on political parties special interest groups or any organization that promotes change or reform in public policy public opinion social practice or economic activities 224 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 82 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Health Selecting this category excludes pages that provide advice and information on general health such as fitness and well being personal health or medical services drugs alte
489. s for IP address and ENET ENCAP gateway 5 1 4 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation If you have a dynamic IP then the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A If you have a static IP then you only need to fill in the IP Address field and not the ENET ENCAP Gateway field 5 1 4 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation In this case the IP Address Assignment must be static with the same requirements for the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as stated above 5 1 4 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation In this case you can have either a static or dynamic IP For a static IP you must fill in all the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as supplied by your ISP However for a dynamic IP the ZyXEL Device acts as a DHCP client on the WAN port and so the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A as the DHCP server assigns them to the ZyXEL Device 5 1 5 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic demand The ZyXEL Device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first 1s that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection 1s down A nailed up connection can be very expensive for obvious reasons Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat
490. s in the web configurator screens 11 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 11 3 3 1 Action Should the action be to Drop Reject or Permit Note Drop means the firewall silently discards the packet Reject means the firewall discards packets and sends an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender 11 3 3 2 Service Select the service from the Service scrolling list box If the service is not listed it is necessary to first define it See Section 11 8 on page 195 for more information on predefined services 11 3 3 3 Source Address What is the connection s source address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 11 3 3 4 Destination Address What is the connection s destination address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 11 4 Connection Direction This section describes examples for firewall rules for connections going from LAN to WAN and from WAN to LAN Rules for the DMZ work in a similar fashion LAN to LAN Router WAN to WAN Router and DMZ to DMZ Router rules applies to packets coming in on the associated interface LAN WAN or DMZ respectively LAN to LAN Router means policies for LAN to ZyXEL Device the policies for managing the ZyXEL Device through the LAN interface and policies for LAN to LAN the policies that control routing between two subnets on the LAN Similarly WAN to WAN Router and DMZ to DMZ Router polices apply in the s
491. s is the server s IP address Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration 9 5 1 Port Forwarding Rule Edit To edit a port forwarding rule click the rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 87 Port Forwarding Rule Setup Rule Setup M Active Service Name Start Port End Port Server IP Address WW Wy feo eo 10 10 1 2 Back Apply Cancel Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 57 Port Forwarding Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the start port number here and the end port number in the End Port field End Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in t
492. s not valid in the time interval Not used Certificate is not valid Certificate signature was not verified correctly Certificate was revoked by a CRL Certificate was not added to the cache 9 190 0 O01 t hnh5 lrnP Certificate decoding failed Certificate was not found anywhere Certificate chain looped did not find trusted root Certificate contains critical extension that was not handled Certificate issuer was not valid CA specific information missing Not used CRL is too old CRL is not valid CRL signature was not verified correctly o inIl SF w nyrtio CRL was not found anywhere CRL was not added to the cache 20 CRL decoding failed 21 CRL is not currently valid but in the future 22 CRL contains duplicate serial numbers 23 Time interval is not continuous 24 Time information not available 25 Database method failed due to timeout Appendix O Log Descriptions 475 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 194 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes continued CODE DESCRIPTION 26 Database method failed 27 Path was not verified 28 Maximum path length reached Table 195 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Local User Database accepts user A user was authenticated by the local user database Local U
493. s of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following Dynamic port mapping Learning public IP addresses Assigning lease times to mappings Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 321 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 22 1 3 Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention 22 2 UPnP and ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnPTM Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device IGD 1 0 See the following sections for examples of installing and
494. s own IP address DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address Table 91 Peer ID Type and Content Fields PEER ID TYPE CONTENT IP Type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use the address in the Secure Gateway field DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address The domain name also does not have to match the remote router s IP address or what you configure in the Secure Gateway Addr field below 16 9 1 ID Type and Content Examples Two IPSec routers must have matching ID type and content configuration in order to set up a VPN tunnel 246 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The two ZyXEL Devices in this example can complete negotiation and establish
495. s recommended to set this value to 1 in order for 1 Enable the ZyXEL Device to send information to CNM Access informInterval The duration in seconds of the interval for which the device MUST sec attempt to connect with CNM Access to send information and check for configuration updates Enter a value between 30 and 2147483647 seconds save Save the TR 069 settings to your ZyXEL Device 320 Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP This chapter introduces the UPnP feature in the web configurator 22 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use See Section 22 2 1 on page 322 for configuration instructions 22 1 1 How do know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device 22 1 2 NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the proces
496. s required to accommodate new connection requests Do not set Maximum Incomplete High to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number 100 existing half open sessions The above values causes the ZyXEL Device to start deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions rises above 100 and to stop deleting half open sessions with the number of existing half open sessions drops below 80 TCP Maximum Incomplete This is the number of existing half open TCP sessions with the same destination host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half open sessions to that same destination host IP address Enter a number between 1 and 256 As a general rule you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network a slower system or limited bandwidth 30 existing half open TCP sessions Action taken when the TCP Maximum Incomplete threshold is reached Delete the oldest half open session when new connection request comes Select this radio button to clear the oldest half open session when a new connection request comes Deny new connection request for Select this radio button and specify for how long the ZyXEL Device should block new connection requests when TCP Maximum Incomplete is reached Enter the length of blocking time in minutes between 1 and 256 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to
497. s the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists The ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Refer to Section 10 1 on page 169 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Anti Probing to display the screen as shown Figure 105 Firewall Anti Probing Anti Probing Anti Probing Respond to PING on LAN amp WAN Do Not Respond to Requests for Unauthorized Services Apply Cancel Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 197 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 70 Firewall Anti Probing LABEL DESCRIPTION Respond to PING The ZyXEL Device does not respond to any incoming ping requests when Disable on is selected Select the interface which you want to reply to incoming ping requests Do Not Respond to Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for Requests for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port Unauthorize
498. s through 4 Trigger Dial For type 0 and 1 use on to enable the filter and block NetBIOS packets Use off to disable the filter and forward NetBIOS packets For type 3 use on to block NetBIOS packets from being sent through a VPN connection Use off to allow NetBIOS packets to be sent through a VPN connection For type 4 use on to allow NetBIOS packets to initiate dial backup calls Use off to block NetBIOS packets from initiating dial backup calls Example commands sys filter netbios This command blocks LAN to WAN and WAN to LAN NetBIOS config 0 on p f qae us Tct packets tbios This command forwards LAN to DMZ and DMZ to LAN NetBIOS d 4 econfig t ett packets 434 Appendix L NetBIOS Filter Commands P 662H HW D Series User s Guide sys filter netbios This command blocks IPSec NetBIOS packets config 3 on sys filter netbios This command stops NetBIOS commands from initiating calls config 4 off Appendix L NetBIOS Filter Commands 435 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 436 Appendix L NetBIOS Filter Commands P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX M Internal SPTGEN Internal SPTGEN Overview Internal SPTGEN System Parameter Table Generator is a configuration text file useful for efficient configuration of multiple ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN lets you configure save and upload multiple menus at the same time using just one configuration text file eliminating th
499. sbvr lectore e baked nrinn PEUT RE AEQ DD EE osia 59 Table KE Ad Dr RT 60 Table Situs Packet SIRISUBS sistere Fett iib aai Dias oa ua EPA PIA E EEN RR RAMIS 61 Table 9 System General Password i bene oso ba e rat ERE ke ES aAa Aai 63 Table 10 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters sss 68 Table 11 lutemet Connection with PPPOE eu cec aei pri tasa REI ronida ols biia 69 Table 12 Internet Connection with RFG 1489 uie ere tira abe b red dod ede anda 70 Table 13 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP eee 70 Table 14 Internet Connection with PPPOA 1 ecsese sure tetra Seu e aaEEa teu EERERR aM HESSE o exa seinri 71 Table 15 Wireless LAM Setup Wizard T usse aar YE a Rh EAS IEEE R rar EL CRX aadi iaaa 74 Table 16 Wireless LAM Setup Wizard 2 assiste perra ER ER Ey IRR E Eo Rte REX SFR ERER 75 Table 17 Manually assign a WPA KOy usce bon etr or obe d e ead 76 Table 18 Manually assign a WEP key ccccsececcceeeeeeccceeeeeeeeceeeee eeeeaeeaeenneeceneeeneneaceaeennaees 77 Table 19 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services sseessee 79 Table 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information 2 eeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 81 Table 21 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration ceeececeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenteeeeeeenaaes 82 I ovsadun pnaeenprego Mer 91 Table 23 Advanced Internet Connection essssssssssseeemeremeetnenn 93 Table 24 More Connections senscion pre Pd tne
500. se it This is called user authentication However every device in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802 1x to do this 1 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 2 Hexadecimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F 124 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide For wireless networks there are two typical places to store the user names and passwords for each user nthe ZyXEL Device this feature is called a local user database or a local database Ina RADIUS server this is a server used in businesses more than in homes If your ZyXEL Device does not provide a local user database and if you do not have a RADIUS server you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users Unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network even if they cannot use the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network Local user databases also have an additional limitation that is explained in the next section 7 2 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a secret code If you do no
501. ser Database reports user credential error A user was not authenticated by the local user database because of an incorrect user password Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server RADIUS rejects user Pls check RADIUS Server A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server Local User Database does not support authentication method The local user database only supports the EAP MD5 method A user tried to use another authentication method and was not authenticated User logout because of session timeout expired The router logged out a user whose session expired User logout because of user deassociation The router logged out a user who ended the session User logout because of no authentication response from user The router logged out a user from which there was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user request A user logged out Local User Database does not support authentication mothed A user tried to use an authentication method that the local user database does not support it only
502. service two fields appear in brackets The first field indicates the IP protocol type TCP UDP or ICMP The second field indicates the IP port number that defines the service Note that there may be more than one IP protocol type For example look at the default configuration labeled DNS UDP TCP 53 means UDP port 53 and TCP port 53 Table 81 Available Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION AIM New ICQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 24032 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software DNS UDP TCP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names e g www zyxel com to IP numbers FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 21 File Transfer Program a program to enable fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Interne
503. sessions where the ZyXEL Device starts deleting old half opened sessions until it gets them down to the max incomplete low config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold where the max incomplete low 0 255 ZyXEL Device stops deleting half opened sessions config edit firewall attack This command sets the threshold of half open tcp max incomplete 0 255 TCP sessions with the same destination where the ZyXEL Device starts dropping half open sessions to that destination Sets config edit firewall set set This command sets a name to identify a specified set Config edit firewall set set f default permit forward block This command sets whether a packet is dropped or allowed through when it does not meet a rule within the set Config edit firewall set set gt icmp timeout seconds This command sets the time period to allow an ICMP session to wait for the ICMP response Config edit firewall set set gt udp idle timeout seconds This command sets how long a UDP connection is allowed to remain inactive before the ZyXEL Device considers the connection closed Config edit firewall set set f connection timeout seconds This command sets how long ZyXEL Device waits for a TCP session to be established before dropping the session Config edit firewall set set gt fin wait timeout seconds This command sets how long the ZyXEL D
504. signed X 509 Certificate v3 946687231 CN P662HW D1 001349000001 CN P662HW D1 001349000001 15a pkcs1 shal 2000 Jan 1st 00 00 00 GMT 2030 Jan 1st 00 00 00 GMT rsaEncryption 512 bits EMAIL 001349000001 auto gen cert DigitalSignature KeyEncipherment KeyCertSign Subject Type CA Path Length Constraimt 1 73 2d 72 ae bb 90 55 7a 59 ae 39 b2 1 09 c1 0b 32 46 61 18 61 47 c 8b da 4de 2c 1a 44 50 94 1d a6 bc 09 cf Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format Back Export Apply Cancel Chapter 17 Certificates 273 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 104 My Certificate Details Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use this certificate to sign the trusted remote host certificates that you import to the ZyXEL Device This check box is only available with self signed certificates If this check box is already selected you cannot clear it in this screen you must select this check box in another self signed certificate s details screen This automatically clears the check box in the details screen of the certificate th
505. sisiserrssrscaursssteonwrconeiourrnsssauuetsstduaverrsoneaed 87 SL XT a ios E REL pO bia au Ead ED EAR ERE eU REN E EC EROR REH laches FAUNE 87 SE MOG cT 88 To Walk OT aaa 88 STATIM Eget Wee UE m I 89 no bl Constant Bit Rate OBR 2c ett rene te oer ebnti etat reper eee bo eene etant 89 12 Table of Contents P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 5 2 02 Vanable Bi Rate VBR auscitexet m p PERI e PELA o FOLER e POLES S PELAGO 89 5 3 1 3 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR iue cete sensi tas srt tona cet ndi 90 5 4 Zero Configuration Internet ACCESS Louie ciiiseec eua tees cuu tetto kit dre ath dd va 90 5 9 RINGTONE Conc DB detnr A sehe ee atem ada dte 90 5 5 1 Configuring Advanced Internet Connection eese 92 5 8 Configuring More Connecuan uccccct ioci rcu ctt sae tacet ener ten kk nde caet dave race kt Intp wa aoE ene 94 50 1 Mare Connections Edit sssrinin iandien iati be va Msc RE 95 5 6 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup sssssssusss 98 scia D EUER 99 5 8 Configuring WAN Backup slats case sate eina eda Hepkaad de tut kae Shp cd adln Haa ade du 100 5 9 WAN Backup Advanced SOFGOH 1s eiie pate e picco nepera Ee epos IUE FRE PEOR arani 102 5 TU Dial Backup Modem SOUP arnasia Yos RS eM REFER er IS o PIER EE tis andis 105 Chapter 6 LAN SED oii b dd T CET T rey Corr E I E E RE rr cnr ere cyt er err rere Tree 109 ABE DES RETE 109 6 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device
506. specifies the new name as which the certificate is to be saved crl issuer lt name gt fon off Specify whether or not the specified CA issues CRL lt name gt specifies the name of the CA certificate on off specifies whether or not the CA issues CRL If onloff is not specified the current crl issuer status of the CA remote trusted import lt name gt Import the PEM encoded certificate from stdin lt name gt specifies the name as which the imported remote host certificate is to be saved export lt name gt Export the PEM encoded certificate to stdout for user to copy and paste lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be exported view lt name gt View the information of the specified trusted remote host certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be viewed verify lt name gt timeout Verify the certification path of the specified trusted remote host certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be verified timeout specifies the timeout value in seconds optional The default timeout value is 20 seconds Appendix Certificates Commands 423 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 166 Certificates Commands continued COMMAND DESCRIPTION delete name Delete the specified trusted remote host certificate lt name gt specifies the name of the certificate to be deleted
507. splay Filter Settings Command Example NetBIOS Filter Status Between Between Between IPSec Packets Forward Trigger LAN and WAN Block LAN and DMZ Block WAN and DMZ Block Dial Disabled Appendix L NetBIOS Filter Commands 433 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The filter types and their default settings are as follows Table 168 NetBIOS Filter Default Settings NAME DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE Between LAN This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded Block and WAN between the LAN and the WAN Between LAN This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded Block and DMZ between the LAN and the DMZ Between WAN This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded Block and DMZ between the WAN and the DMZ IPSec Packets This field displays whether NetBIOS packets sent through a VPN Forward connection are blocked or forwarded Trigger dial This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are allowed to initiate Disabled calls Disabled means that NetBIOS packets are blocked from initiating calls NetBIOS Filter Configuration Syntax sys filter netbios config type lt on off gt where type on off Identify which NetBIOS filter numbered 0 3 to configure 0 Between LAN and WAN 1 Between LAN and DMZ 2 Between WAN and DMZ 3 IPSec packet pas
508. sponds with an ACK acknowledgment After this handshake a connection is established SYN Attack floods a targeted system with a series of SYN packets Each packet causes the targeted system to issue a SYN ACK response While the targeted system waits for the ACK that follows the SYN ACK it queues up all outstanding SYN ACK responses on what is known as a backlog queue SYN ACKs are moved off the queue only when an ACK comes back or when an internal timer which is set at relatively long intervals terminates the three way handshake Once the queue is full the system will ignore all incoming SYN requests making the system unavailable for legitimate users Figure 92 SYN Flood Client Server Ina LAND Attack hackers flood SYN packets into the network with a spoofed source IP address of the targeted system This makes it appear as if the host computer sent the packets to itself making the system unavailable while the target system tries to respond to itself 7 A brute force attack such as a Smurf attack targets a feature in the IP specification known as directed or subnet broadcasting to quickly flood the target network with useless data A Smurf hacker floods a router with Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP echo request packets pings Since the destination IP address of each packet is the broadcast address of the network the router will broadcast the ICMP echo request packet to all hosts on the network If there
509. ss time allowance budget reaches zero and triggers the logout The system clock reaches the end time for the user s account and triggers the logout 230 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 14 5 2 Administrator Login The administrator can log into the system The administrator opens their browser and is directed to the ZyXEL Device user login page this is the same as the user login The administrator enters admin as the username and the system password The system administrator main menu screen opens Chapter 14 Content Access Control 231 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 232 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 15 Introduction to IPSec This chapter introduces the basics of IPSec VPNs 15 4 VPN Overview A VPN Virtual Private Network provides secure communications between sites without the expense of leased site to site lines A secure VPN is a combination of tunneling encryption authentication access control and auditing technologies services used to transport traffic over the Internet or any insecure network that uses the TCP IP protocol suite for communication 15 1 1 IPSec Internet Protocol Security IPSec is a standards based VPN that offers flexible solutions for secure data communications across a public network like the Internet IPSec is built around a number of standardized cryptographic techniques to prov
510. ssions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below another threshold max incomplete low When the rate of new connection attempts rises above a threshold one minute high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below another threshold one minute low The rate is the number of new attempts detected in the last one minute sample period 11 10 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time An unusually high number of half open sessions with the same destination host address could indicate that a Denial of Service attack 1s being launched against the host Whenever the number of half open sessions with the same destination host address rises above a threshold TCP Maximum Incomplete the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions according to one of the following methods Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is 0 the default then the ZyXEL Device deletes the oldest existing half open session for the host for every new connection request to the host This ensures that the number of half open sessions to a given host will never exceed the threshold Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is greater than 0 then the ZyXEL Device blocks al
511. sting Web Site Access Privileges 0 ccccccesescneeeeeencneeerseecaneeeesees 227 14 3 User Account Setup m 228 144 User Online Salis Me ccm 229 14 5 Content Access Conmrol LOGINS uiuo tenen o bete voe ER o EFE DER Re E nE 230 TAR LISGR 230 14 82 Administrator LOI ee TN 231 Chapter 15 hityodacHon te PSEC suirimo 233 Te VEN eU SS M A 233 ROUES 233 ToL Seci ASSO O dc 233 TIS Ohar TIMIN A t 233 toT EUDUUDNOR a tr Creer tere Heind RR omuia ua 233 19 1 3 2 Data Confidential e M 234 125 Utd Daa MEO enai 234 185 1 3 4 Data Origin Authentication sssscscicnnsssnnenninnniininrs 234 EP Eurer T 234 15 2 IP Sao ATCBITOCIIEG cits roa eei Dax Eoo gcd Rada En ak a a d a Edda 235 19 2 4 IPS AOE ons God Scr EE Feo m vbt epp veda Can RUE RE a eRAE ois 235 T22 Bey chri 235 px EAU e E IU UU T Tm 235 1955 1 Fansport Mode sc ccsiicsocssiusivesvusebuiuctsinecdee ovra Pi Fen eae PV Ex bbb eb EDE E 236 por reip Na o AM sill a eran a ce ee ea ads 236 gr p mii 236 Chapter 16 boc o me 239 TE d VRRP See Ove ACW sectioned DO rx eda db Moa RR XI A REA 239 16 2 TS SO EINER ass ets eode etae e ob eU Cen E RIA Mp dR DE 239 16 2 1 AH Authentication Header Protocol eese 239 Table of Contents 17 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Chapter 17 16 2 2 ESP Enc
512. sts of valid and revoked certificates 17 4 My Certificates Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen This is the ZyXEL Device s summary list of certificates and certification requests Certificates display in black and certification requests display in gray Figure 141 My Certificates My Certificates My Certificates PKI Storage Space in Use 3 0 100 My Certificate Setting LETT e Name rype subject rssuer From Yaild To rodify CN P662HW CN P662HW m rires 1 auto generated self signed cert SELF Di Di Aopen BRAG B A 001349000001 001349000001 ere paris GMT GMT Create Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 101 My Certificates LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates Replace This button displays when the ZyXEL Device has the factory default certificate The factory default certificate is common to all ZyXEL Devices that use certificates ZyXEL recommends that you use this button to replace the factory default certificate with one that uses your ZyXEL Device s MAC address This field displays the certi
513. subnets Chapter 8 DMZ 153 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 80 DMZ Public Address Example LAN LAN WAN IP 192 168 1 1 IP a b d b A IP 192 168 1 3 IP 192 168 1 3 f jl T M O IP 192 168 1 3 IP a b c k DMZ IP a b c j 8 4 DMZ Private and Public IP Address Example The following figure shows a network setup with both private and public IP addresses on the DMZ Lower case letters represent public IP addresses like a b c d for example The LAN port and connected computers A through C use private IP addresses that are in one subnet The DMZ port and server F use private IP addresses that are in one subnet The private IP addresses of the LAN and DMZ are on separate subnets The DMZ port and connected servers D and E use public IP addresses that are in one subnet The public IP addresses of the DMZ and WAN are on separate subnets Configure both DMZ and DMZ IP alias to use this kind of network setup You also need to configure NAT for the private DMZ IP addresses 154 Chapter 8 DVZ P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 81 DMZ Private and Public Address Example LAN LAN WAN IP 192 168 1 1 IP a b d b ane Internet B IP 192 168 1 3 3 P DMZ IP a b c h ERR D IP 10 0 0 1 G IP a bc i IP 192 168 1 3 T 2 DMZ P 10 0 0 2 E IP a bc j WW Chapter 8 DMZ 155 P 662H HW D Serie
514. supports EAP MD5 o response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use Local User Database to authenticate user The local user database is operating as the authentication server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication server o Server to authenticate user There is no authentication server to authenticate a user Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database 476 Appendix O Log Descriptions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 196 ACL Setting Notes PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN D to L DMZ to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the DMZ to the LAN D to W DMZ to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the DMZ to the WAN W to D WAN to DMZ ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the DMZ L to D LAN to DMZ ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the DMZ L to L LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or ZyXEL Device
515. t IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it Any IP Setup Select the Active check box to enable the Any IP feature This allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet When you disable the Any IP feature only computers with dynamic IP addresses or static IP addresses in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address can connect to the ZyXEL Device or access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device Windows NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that Networking enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up NetBIOS over services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls TCP IP However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and LAN and WAN from the WAN to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear t
516. t Scan P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 13 Content Filtering This chapter covers how to configure content filtering 13 1 Content Filtering Overview Internet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to your needs Content filtering gives you the ability to block web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can set a schedule for when the ZyXEL Device performs content filtering You can also specify trusted IP addresses on the LAN for which the ZyXEL Device will not perform content filtering 13 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL For example if you enable the keyword bad the ZyXEL Device blocks all sites containing this keyword including the URL http www website com bad html even if it is not included in the Filter List To have your ZyXEL Device block Web sites containing keywords in their URLs click Security gt Content Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 112 Content Filter Keyword Keyword IM Active Keyword Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL bad Delete Clear All Keyword Add Keyword Apply Cancel Chapter 13 Content Filtering 211 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 75 Content Filter Keyword LABEL
517. t Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP_TUNNEL GRE 0 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Cont
518. t chat program IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IPSEC_TUNNEL AH 0 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header tunneling protocol uses this service IPSEC_TUNNEL ESP 0 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol 220 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 81 Available Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION MULTICAST IGMP 0 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING ICMP 0 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable PING ICMP 0 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Poin
519. t know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication See Section 7 2 3 on page 124 for information about this Table 35 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication No Authentication Local Database RADIUS Server Weakest None IEEE 802 1x IEEE 802 1x Static WEP IEEE 802 1x Static WEP IEEE 802 1x Static WEP IEEE 802 1x Dynamic WEP WPA PSK WPA Strongest WPA2 PSK WPA2 For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose IEEE 802 1x IEEE 802 1x Static WEP IEEE 802 1x Dynamic WEP WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every device in the wireless network supports For example suppose you have a wireless network with the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device does not have a local user database and you do not have a RADIUS server Therefore there is no authentication Suppose the wireless network has two devices Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 125 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Note It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption IEEE 802 1x and WEP encryption are better than none at al
520. tacks by Internet hackers By default the firewall blocks all incoming traffic from the WAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection and DoS Denial of Services detection and prevention as well as real time alerts reports and logs 46 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure3 Firewall Application m a 5 Om e ae c3 gt Mm Um Internet p 1 1 4 Front Panel LEDs Figure 4 P 662H Front Panel ETHERNET ZyXEL P 600 series DSL INTERNET CON AUX Figure 5 P 662HW Front Panel ETHERNET ZyXEL P 600 series WLAN DSL INTERNET CON AUX The following table describes the Lights Table2 Front Panel LEDs LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION PWR SYS Green On The ZyXEL Device is receiving power and functioning properly Blinking The ZyXEL Device is rebooting or performing diagnostics Red On Post Power On Self Test failure or the device has malfunctioned Off The system is not receiving power LAN 1 4 Green On The ZyXEL Device has a successful 10 100Mb Ethernet connection Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data None Off The LAN is not connected Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device 47 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 2 Front Panel LEDs continued LE
521. tain material of adult nature that does not necessarily contain excessive violence sexual content or nudity These pages include very profane or vulgar content and pages that are not appropriate for children Pornography Selecting this category excludes pages that contain sexually explicit material for the purpose of arousing a sexual or prurient interest Sex Education Selecting this category excludes pages that provide graphic information sometimes graphic on reproduction sexual development safe sex practices sexuality birth control and sexual development It also includes pages that offer tips for better sex as well as products used for sexual enhancement Intimate Apparel Swimsuit Selecting this category excludes pages that contain images or offer the sale of swimsuits or intimate apparel or other types of suggestive clothing It does not include pages selling undergarments as a subsection of other products offered Nudity Selecting this category excludes pages containing nude or seminude depictions of the human body These depictions are not necessarily sexual in intent or effect but may include pages containing nude paintings or photo galleries of artistic nature This category also includes nudist or naturist pages that contain pictures of nude individuals Alcohol Tobacco Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or offer the sale alcohol tobacco products or provide the means to creat
522. ter six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL Device always assign the selected entry ies s IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 32 entries in this table Modify Click the modify icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table 6 6 LAN IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network When you use IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets Note Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Chapter 6 LAN Setup 119 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 59 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 1
523. teroperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces 6 2 4 Any IP Traditionally you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the ZyXEL Device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device In cases where your computer is required to use a static IP address in another network you may need to manually configure the network settings of the computer every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL Device With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled th
524. tes examples using Internet Explorer 5 Import ZyXEL Device Certificates into Netscape Navigator In Netscape Navigator you can permanently trust the ZyXEL Device s server certificate by importing it into your operating system as a trusted certification authority Select Accept This Certificate Permanently in the following screen to do this Figure 242 Security Certificate x Unable to verify the identity of ZyWALL 70 Factory Default Certificate as a trusted site Possible reasons For this error Your browser does not recognize the Certificate Authority that issued the site s certificate The site s certificate is incomplete due to a server misconfiguration You are connected to a site pretending to be ZyWALL 70 Factory Default Certificate possibly to obtain your confidential information Please notify the site s webmaster about this problem Before accepting this certificate you should examine this site s certificate carefully Are you willing to to accept this certificate for the purpose of identifying the Web ste ZyWALL 70 Factory Default Certificate O Accept this certificate permanently Accept this certificate temporarily For this session Do not accept this certificate and do not connect to this Web site Cock Cancel Heo Importing the ZyXEL Device s Certificate into Internet Explorer For Internet Explorer to trust a self signed certificate from the ZyXEL Device simply import the self signed ce
525. that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users Use low priority for applications that do not have strict latency and throughput requirements Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 141 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 7 8 3 Services The commonly used services and port numbers are shown in the following table Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers Next to the name of the service two fields appear in brackets The first field indicates the IP protocol type TCP UDP or ICMP The second field indicates the IP port number that defines the service Note that there may be more than one IP protocol type For example look at the DNS service UDP TCP 53 means UDP port 53 and TCP port 53 142 Chapter 7 Wireless LAN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 46 Commonly Used Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION AIM New ICQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 24032 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software DNS UDP TCP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names e g www zyxel com to IP numbers FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related comman
526. the connection is not allowed Phase 1 ID type mismatch This router s Peer ID Type is different from the peer IPSec router s Local ID Type Phase 1 ID content mismatch This router s Peer ID Content is different from the peer IPSec router s Local ID Content o known phase 1 ID type found The router could not find a known phase 1 ID in the connection attempt ID type mismatch Local Peer Local ID type Peer ID type The phase 1 ID types do not match ID content mismatch The phase 1 ID contents do not match Configured Peer ID Content Configured Peer ID Content The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the configured Peer ID Content is displayed Incoming ID Content XIncoming Peer ID Content The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the incoming packet s ID content is displayed Unsupported local ID Type Sd The phase 1 ID type is not supported by the router Build Phase 1 ID The router has started to build the phase 1 ID Adjust TCP MSS to d The router automatically changed the TCP Maximum Segment Size value after establishing a tunnel Rule d input idle time out disconnect The tunnel for the listed rule was dropped because there was no inbound traffic within the idle timeout period XAUTH succeed Username Username The router used extended authentication to authenticate the listed username
527. the My Certificate Details screen You can use this screen to view in depth certificate information and change the certificate s name In the case of a self signed certificate you can set it to be the one that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates that you import to the ZyXEL Device 272 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 144 My Certificate Details Certificate Name Property Certificate Path Searching Certificate Informations Type Version Serial Number Subject Issuer Signature Algorithm Valid From Valid To Key Algorithm Subject Altemative Name Key Usage Basic Constraint MD5 Fingerprint SHA1 Fingerprint of zpelYiypo6 Certificates My Certificates Details MIIBhTCCaS qawIBagIEOGiN zaNBgkqhkiG9SwOBAQUF ADAINSAWHGYDVOODExde NjYySFctRDEgIDAwMTMOOTAwMDAwMTAeFwOwMDAxMDEwMDAwMDBaFwOzMDAxMDEw MDAwMDBaMCIxIDAeBgQgNVBAMTF1A2NjJIVy1EMSAgMDAxMzQ5MDAvMDAXxMFwwDOYJ KoZIhvcNAQEBBQADSwAwSAJBAKB2AsSjRsSfw3EOKk6IQL3rG2P MOcdgpwlWukomFnB5 X 7nLrI4k6Bnqi8mILg4b5rxBh OOyJKiOEVJYSJ8JGm PeO0CA wEAAaNNMEsSwDGgYD VROPAQEABAQDAGgEKMCUGA1UGEQQeMByBGjA wMTHMOOTAwMDAwMUBhdXRvLmdlhisj ZXJOMBIGA1UdEwEBAARQIMAYBAfSCAQEwDOYJKOZIhvcNAQEFBOADQOBcomg f5dHQ jLkoBBkhlmfeQOB5i11d08w2 I3gsufnomEUHbMye6XDK1LV6wI3FkkLb5isJuhT auto generate d self signed cert M Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates Refresh Self
528. the ZyXEL Device W to W WAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device D to D DMZ to DMZ ACL set for packets traveling from the DMZ to the DMZ or ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device Table 197 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply 0 Echo reply message 3 Destination Unreachable 0 Net unreachable 1 Host unreachable 2 Protocol unreachable 3 Port unreachable 4 A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF 5 Source route failed 4 Source Quench 0 A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network 5 Redirect 0 Redirect datagrams for the Network 1 Redirect datagrams for the Host 2 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network 3 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host Echo Echo message Appendix O Log Descriptions 477 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 197 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 11 Time Exceeded 0 Time to live exceeded in transit 1 Fragment reassembly time exceeded 12 Parameter Problem 0 Pointer indicates the error 13 Timestamp 0 Timestamp request message 14 Timestamp Reply 0 Timestamp reply message 15 Information Request 0 Information request message 16 Information Reply 0 Informati
529. the ZyXEL Device will incorporate RIP information that it receives Enable Multicast Select this check box to turn on IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol IGMP is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data Multicast Select IGMP v1 or IGMP v2 IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 PPP Options Encapsulation Select CISCO PPP from the drop down list box if your backup WAN device uses Cisco PPP encapsulation otherwise select Standard PPP Compression Select this check box to enable stac compression Connection Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time The Connection ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected 104 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 28 WAN Backup Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time Demand and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0
530. the following two conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada FCC Caution Any changes or modifications not e
531. the peer ID type For IP type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection If you configure this field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank the ZyXEL Device will use the address in the Secure Gateway Address field refer to the Secure Gateway Address field description For DNS or E mail type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify the remote IPSec router Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from remote IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Set this field to 0 0 0 0 if the remote IPSec router has a dynamic WAN IP address the Key Management field must be set to IKE In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP add
532. the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 3 Telnet You can configure your ZyXEL Device for remote Telnet access as shown next The administrator uses Telnet from a computer on a remote network to access the ZyXEL Device Figure 165 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network LAN m M m qu mur E o Sm T N N Internet a A a User telnets into Incoming Traffic the LAN 21 4 Configuring Telnet Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as shown Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 311 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 166 Remote Management Telnet Telnet Port 23 Access Status LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP G all C selected 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firew
533. thorized services Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 131 Remote Management ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to Ping The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable is on selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do not respond to Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for requests for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port unauthorized request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device services unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a
534. threshold value see below then wireless devices never have to get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device Preamble A preamble affects the timing in your wireless network There are two preamble modes long and short If a device uses a different preamble mode than the ZyXEL Device does it cannot communicate with the ZyXEL Device Authentication The process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network Max Frame Burst Enable this to improve the performance of both pure IEEE 802 11g and mixed IEEE 802 11b g networks Maximum Frame Burst sets the maximum time that the ZyXEL Device transmits IEEE 802 11g wireless traffic only Fragmentation A small fragmentation threshold is recommended for busy networks while a Threshold larger threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy Roaming If you have two or more ZyXEL Devices or other wireless access points on your wireless network you can enable this option so that wireless devices can change locations without having to log in again This is useful for devices such as notebooks that move around a lot 7 5 General Wireless LAN Screen Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless se
535. ting the ZyXEL DEV CE eei ceted asia beth dn edua baa n gU HERE a ba dq UUE EE BRA DEDE CB BEAAURA UB AMA UU 51 2 9 1 Using he eset BURON iacu niei peste bte Fen bo a Ten vea Eau Vd 52 2 4 Navigating the Web Configurator 11st iec en Ore rH RR red RECO an a 52 2E T Naugagom PS ic aero cepe ipee OR E UM so pU PPP E cama 52 20 27 CAIUS SOFBOlKuseiiiuin rest hatidt ceto sub n des SR Dre SCA MUR CE SEDI EE PESO PAM Fe CO nid DIC etA IPEA 55 dud SORES ANY IP TODEB uu eee lesta dta rrr aia E dunes Ed IL tua EI GU a E Ka d Eae ind 58 24 4 Situs WLAN SIalUS neneiia ER E ERR PCI MR MIR TN MR RR DNPARRPPODNP ME 58 2485 Slats Bandwidth SAUS uii de peti i d ena de Fa bea ed Gaetaa d aper d ex d aee Sd 59 Table of Contents 11 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide A SUMS VPN SUS M 59 24 1 alus Packer See US a ouest dictum dii ee Hac ERUEN Pdl oaee i Ru E ERA ind 60 24 8 Changing Login PaSSUII uccisi ki Dix Pest soru Ert NA V tae DUr E Vae eb EUR E Rud 62 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access eeueeeeueeeeeeueeeeeeeeeeeeseee nennen nenne nnn 65 SMS E S ETET AE A N Ug RA baie a Ea pa Udo LN tu ER E Huan DE Ea T AERA RUND A 65 3 2 Internet Access Wizard Sel 2ususseoispl ete pea ERI a PRSE RR dEpEE 65 2 1 UL ire MW coe DIO iio cioe re te b ote N 67 3 2 2 WTS LONGUS aM T eE aki 67 3 4 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup sccciiscssdiccnsvctusscaneeeesscoujecanmequneeactsaaueeserccane 72 3 2 1 Automaticall
536. tion sssssssssseeeeem 146 Table 40 Multiple SSID Commands iuxccxemneteserapasce cus dHdp t t ep L E EUMQUE Ctt ad E 149 Table 50 Multiple SSID Example Configuration sssssssssseeemm 150 jo LIRE Ae 152 Table S2 NAT DDAMONS auisccddueeddedes xniMecrecusud isa e bic S Aia curio Du CEU Md Re UE 157 Table 53 NAT Mapping TYPES vrisani inaina ih akani van gad ut ean us ene iaa Let poit 160 Table 54 NAT General m 161 Table 55 Services and Port INOIBSIS 1st re Lie pd oet EI RS e ri Lore aaa 162 Table 56 NAT Port Forwarding uenssioaeiioaserecci a te ochird aecotntn pate d kl pa ti E RAM CE LER M CO cups 164 Table 57 Port Forwarding Rule SUP scenic sert tette kdo i 165 Table 58 Address Mapping RUBS 4 deis c orte Doe Eo to Eb ita o E De oet oodd 166 Table 59 Edit Address Mapping Pule iuniores ke eee E ERE PEEEREERREE EE FREUE RR e RI IRR n EEA 167 Table pU Common IF POS sceri tases vPRe PAM abiere odebu died a A 172 Table 61 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts cccccccsesscceeesesceeeeessesceeeeseseaseeeeneaaa 174 Table 62 Legal NetBIOS Commands cocci EE pee eoe FERRE Faser EEPr pe Sp Er EIE ER eyed e eur PAPE AEA 174 Table 93 Legal SM TE Commands 0rd ae oir aeos Ua eR ae E e db bob e E 174 Table 64 Firewall General IT M 185 Table fPgno Erg Wee erent shelnesass ied beleisenarlethess 186 Table 66 Firewall Edit RUIE L2 errare Et a etd aae UR PEE S EV RHIRAS E RUEREE aS Su ett os oix 189 Table 6
537. tion NAT Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 9 1 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP Alias behind the ZyXEL Device can communicate with three distinct WAN networks More examples follow at the end of this chapter Figure 83 NAT Application With IP Alias LANT 192 168 1 X Server in Network Server Admin Netwo rk Admin 2 192 168 1 1 IP 1 IGA 1 CorporationB S gt Sy P Corporation A N NT Server E 192 168 1 1 m zo NM EE Om Server in Bl 2 i e Internet E emen LAN2 192 168 2 X ce 9 a _ Network Server iex Sales 192 168 2 1 v t OE NT Server 192 168 2 1 Server in R amp D Network LAN3 192 168 3 X EG P IP 3 IGA 3 Network Server N m R amp D 192 168 3 1 E E WAN Addresses LAN Address es Default IPs um VE IGA 1 gt 192 168 1 1 re i SE IGA 2 192 168 2 1 BRL IGA 3 gt 192 168 31 9 1 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps one local IP address to one global IP address Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA for instance PAT port address translation
538. tion A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless station A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other Appendix F Wireless LANs 397 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 239 Basic Service Set E LJ a e B s mmm mmt ESS An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood An ESSID ESS IDentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless stations within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate 398 Appendix F Wireless LANs P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 240 Infrastructure WLAN he Nem Pa BSS 1 Wireless Station LB PH Station C Meg p ay Manu remeare nana temer nuum Le a yr 2 2 im ud 22 7 7 Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by IEEE 802 11a b g wireless devices Channels available depend on your geographical area You may have a choice of
539. tion file This restores all of the factory defaults including the password cannot Make sure that there is not a Telnet session running access the Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Refer to web the instructions on checking your WAN connection fi tor VR a Use the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN Refer to for instructions on checking your LAN connection Check that you have enabled web service access If you have configured a secured client IP address your computer s IP address must match it Refer to the chapter on remote management for details Your computer s and the ZyXEL Device s IP addresses must be on the same subnet for LAN access If you changed the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address then enter the new one as the URL See the following section to check that pop up windows JavaScripts and Java permissions are allowed 27 4 1 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default Note Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary 27 4 1 1 Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2
540. tiple SSID P 662HW D Models only The ZyXEL Device supports multiple SSID which allows you to configure a second wireless network with its own security parameters This means that you can allow two different user groups to be connected to the same access point Each user group can have different security options and access to different resources on your network For example in an office one permanent user group A can have access to the entire network and a second user group B can connect to the access point and use the wireless connection to only browse the Internet Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 147 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 78 Multiple SSID Network Example P m em mwm os a LM es i Internet a In this section the second wireless network is referred to as the guest wireless network and user s connecting to this network are referred to as guests Multiple SSID is only configurable via commands The next sections describe multiple SSID commands and show a configuration example See Appendix H on page 419 for information on the command structure and how to access the CLI Command Line Interface on the ZyXEL Device 7 10 1 Multiple SSID Commands Use the wlan mssid commands to configure multiple SSID on the ZyXEL Device The commands must be entered in the following syntax wlan mssid guestssid lt ssid gt wlan mssid mode 0 disable guestssid 1 enable guestssi
541. to an inside Notes server 1 Is the intent of the rule to forward or block traffic 2 What direction of traffic does the rule apply to 3 What IP services will be affected 4 What computers on the LAN are to be affected if any 5 What computers on the Internet will be affected The more specific the better For example if traffic is being allowed from the Internet to the LAN it is better to allow only certain machines on the Internet to access the LAN 11 3 2 Security Ramifications 1 Once the logic of the rule has been defined it is critical to consider the security ramifications created by the rule 2 Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet For example if IRC is blocked are there users that require this service 3 Is it possible to modify the rule to be more specific For example if IRC is blocked for all users will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective 182 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 4 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability For example if FTP ports TCP 20 21 are allowed from the Internet to the LAN Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers 5 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules 6 Once these questions have been answered adding rules is simply a matter of plugging the information into the correct field
542. to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 13 or 29 ASCII characters or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to save your wireless LAN settings Figure 35 Wireless LAN Setup 3 fi Wireless LAN Please Click the Apply Button to Save the Wireless LAN settings Note If you are currently using a Wireless PC card to access this router AND you made changes to the SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Apply Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and continue the configuration process Le aee ex 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 77 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 36 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Internet Wi tup configuration is complete Here is your current settings Mode Routing Encapsulation Enet Encap Mutiplexin VPI VCI Network Name SSID ZyXEL
543. to the DMZ interface and or managing the ZyXEL Device You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in doing so Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration 181 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Note If you configure firewall rules without a good understanding of how they work you might inadvertently introduce security risks to the firewall and to the protected network Make sure you test your rules after you configure them For example you may create rules to Block certain types of traffic such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic such as Lotus Notes database synchronization from specific hosts on the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow everyone except your competitors to access a Web server Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by comparing the Source IP address Destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL Device s default rules 11 3 Rule Logic Overview Note Study these points carefully before configuring rules 11 3 1 Rule Checklist State the intent of the rule For example This restricts all IRC access from the LAN to the Internet Or This allows a remote Lotus Notes server to synchronize over the Internet
544. tocol SIP is an internationally recognized standard for implementing VoIP SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP is transported primarily over UDP but can also be transported over TCP using the default port number 5060 VoIP H 323 H 323 is an umbrella recommendation from the ITU T that defines the protocols to provide audio visual communication sessions on any packet network TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP is a very simple file transfer protocol with the functionality of a very basic form of FTP It is used to transfer small files between hosts on a network such as when a remote X Window System terminal or any other thin client boots from a network host or server TFTP is transported primarily over UDP 4 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon fj in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 37 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes 2 Click
545. tore sensitive information on LAN computers 8 2 Configuring DMZ You can assign public or private IP addresses to computers connected to the DMZ port With public IP addresses the WAN and DMZ ports must use public IP addresses that are on separate subnets See the appendix for information on IP subnetting From the main menu click Network gt DMZ The screen appears as shown next Chapter 8 DMZ 151 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 79 DMZ DMZ TCP IP IP Address IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP M Allow between DMZ and LAN You also need to create a firewall rule M Allow between DMZ and WAN Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 51 DMZ LABEL DESCRIPTION DMZ TCP IP IP Address Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device s DMZ port in dotted decimal notation Make sure the IP address is on a separate subnet from the LAN port IP Subnet Mask The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device 255 255 255 0 RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field co
546. trol Logs 12a as etm korr npa ak ea pii pua Red ARRA E PAR a 466 Tels Wee Wer eee Lge erc 467 Tale 194 Facket Filer LODS ducctexinstessb VER MU EHSRIOEEEEUR EQUI ER RHE LER SMERHEDA FERRE EEEURER EAS UR 467 Tole To Ge NEN T T UT 468 Table 166 COR LOGS saiscsrsseecpoursenesherasga Herineide tortivod aaeain adi aahidi non AN i 468 Table ley PPP Woes RT 468 Bee Miter UFP ec cT 469 Table 189 Content Fitenng LOGS sciicestsicccecasecscsts 469 WMS TEN Pe NS eene 470 ILU X i nec ter rret nit tet rntle teat aa 471 Table V2 icio ania ined aeind aula dna otis 471 IE Te dei eere 474 Table 194 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes sess 475 Taa TOS ON ALOS C 476 Toe IS pl EE vsB C ommUm m ATT I cw rae Lid 477 Taole TS sois sa aera di ck haan a 478 Table 199 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types ssec trino erben cacasseoneavecesaceians 478 List of Tables 37 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 38 List of Tables P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Preface Congratulations on your purchase of the P 662H HW D series 802 11g Wireless ADSL 2 4 port Gateway P 662H D has a 4 port switch that allows you to connect up to 4 computers to the ZyXEL Device without purchasing a switch hub P 662HW D comes with built in IEEE 802 11g wireless capability allowing wireless connectivity Note Register your product online to receive e mail n
547. ts in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It 1s recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated w
548. ttings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the General screen Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 127 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 62 Wireless LAN General Wireless Setup Hide SSID Security Security Mode M Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID Channel Selection z yXEL Channel 06 2437MHz No Security Cancel Advanced Setup Apply The following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen Table 37 Wireless LAN General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Wireless Click the check box to activate wireless LAN LAN Note You can also activate the wireless LAN by pressing the RESET button for 1 second Network Service Set IDentity The SSID identifies the Service Set with which a wireless Name SSID station is associated Wireless stations associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing b
549. u 4 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup SMT Menu 4 FIN FN PVA INPUT 40000000 Configured lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000001 ISP lt 0 No exeun 1 Yes gt Appendix M Internal SPTGEN 443 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 172 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup SMT Menu 4 continued 40000002 Active lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000003 ISP s Name ChangeMe 40000004 Encapsulation lt 2 PPPOE 2 3 RFC 1483 4 PPPOA 5 ENET ENCAP gt 40000005 Multiplexing lt 1 LLC based 1 2 VC based 40000006 VPI 0 40000007 VCI d 35 40000008 Service Name Str any 40000009 My Login Str test pga 40000010 My Password lt Str gt 1234 40000011 Single User Account lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000012 IP Address Assignment lt 0 Static 1 D ls ynamic gt 40000013 IP Address 0 0 0 0 40000014 Remote IP address 0 0 0 0 40000015 Remote IP subnet mask 0 40000016 ISP incoming protocol filter set 1 6 40000017 ISP incoming protocol filter set 2 256 40000018 ISP incoming protocol filter set 3 2 56 40000019 ISP incoming protocol filter set 4 256 40000020 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 1 256 40000021 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 2 256 40000022 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 3 256 40000023 ISP outgoing protoc
550. uires LAN users to login with valid username and password before they are allowed to access the Internet Use the User Profile screen to set up user accounts From the main menu click Security gt Content Access gt User Profile to display the screen as shown next Figure 121 General User Profile Content Access Control User Profiles User Profile 1 1 Ju ul o N OO n ke OUN o E zl E E E E E E E If you want to add more user profiles please click here Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 84 Content Access Control User Profiles LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This field displays the index number Username Enter the user name for this account Password Enter a password associated to the user name above Category Select a user group from the drop down list box to associate this user account to the user group The drop down list box displays the name of the user group you configure in the General Screen Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 228 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 14 4 User Online Status To view the online status of each user click Security gt Content Access Control gt Online Status to display the scr
551. uit VC is carrying Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP 5 1 2 1 VC based Multiplexing In this case by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP etc VC based multiplexing may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical 5 1 2 2 LLC based Multiplexing In this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried protocol for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs 5 1 3 VPI and VCI Be sure to use the correct Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers assigned to you The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 and for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Please see the appendix for more information 86 Chapter 5 WAN Setup P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 5 1 4 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choice
552. ule Edit 1 11 rcc odo nO RE e p Doi ro dovrei 167 Chapter 10 i lt WI m ATE 169 ANI EE e EO o STOLE 169 10 2 types of Firewalls ae 169 10 2 1 Packet Filtering Firewalls 1 cerei e teer eda np d bn aha t uada 169 10 2 2 Applipauondeyel Firewalls 55 rota aa Rota nu SERERE Ira EE FH e eas eo pe E 170 10 2 3 Stateful Irispection Firewalls essei biore tir enr htt et et tt roa 170 10 3 Introduction to ZyXEL s F AFOVEBM iasiueuu ies cnr rra estia rat epe ora rni ne 170 10 3 1 Denial of Service ANACKS 4 ciesicieisree vro cb do rd bei debt adi bI CIA iniri 171 104 Donal ot Servio 21 e rop os oodd a Det ed Eee ER oed Ru EIE o dan 171 AN BASICS UU UNE 171 10 4 2 Types of DOS ANGOKS uusucucicccisi me trinkt i derer totu ec iE RESE 172 pam ox Nera in rien 174 10 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP seenen 174 QUE Su auro rm 175 PO Stater Nas pO airna iato e oap n pud iu aa aa eb aes Du a 175 10 5 1 Stateful Inspection PROCESS iiussenesesssetet eese seii scask oc bue tuae eo eee e inurria 176 10 5 2 Stateful Inspection and the ZyXEL Device eseeeeeeeeeeees 176 TELS ad SP macs beeen ne d rarer nner pare er erry rae cern rere OR CERE IUE NUM Tarr et 177 10 5 4 UDPACHEP SOOUIBE sicccescnesccecseresnuees conii ndo etal donde tht teat tho nn 177 10 5 5 Upp r Layer PrODGOBIS ausos a REFER EARS VE REX ENDE adii gia d dina 178 10 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall
553. unities or hosting services More Basic Click more to see an expanded list of categories or click basic to see a smaller list Keyword Blocking Select the Enable check box to block the URL containing the keywords in the keyword list Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 64 characters Wildcards are not allowed Delete Select a keyword from the keyword list and then click Delete to remove this keyword from the list Clear All Click Clear All to empty the keyword list 226 Chapter 14 Content Access Control P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 82 Content Access Control General Web Site Filter continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Keyword Type a keyword in the Keyword field and then click Add Keyword to add a keyword to the list of keywords The list of keywords that will be inaccessible to computers on your LAN once you enable URL keyword blocking Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 14 2 4 Testing Web Site Access Privileges To check the access restrictions of a web site click Diagnose under Web Browsing in the Content Access Control General screen A screen displays as shown next The ZyXEL Device first checks the web site address fo
554. unnel uses Telnet FTP WWW then you should configure remote management Remote Management to allow access for that service Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 17 Certificates This chapter gives background information about public key certificates and explains how to use them 17 1 Certificates Overview The ZyXEL Device can use certificates also called digital IDs to authenticate users Certificates are based on public private key pairs A certificate contains the certificate owner s identity and public key Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication A Certification Authority CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner There are commercial certification authorities like CyberTrust or VeriSign and government certification authorities You can use the ZyXEL Device to generate certification requests that contain identifying information and public keys and then send the certification requests to a certification authority In public key encryption and decryption each host has two keys One key is public and can be made openly available the other key is private and must be kept secure Public key encryption in general works as follows 1 Tim wants to send a private message to Jenny Tim generates a public key pair What is encrypted with one key can only be decrypted using the other 2 Tim keeps the private key and makes the pub
555. unt number of the call dev is the device type 3 is for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board 0 line 0 channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times board d line d channel d call d s CO2 OutCall Connected d s The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call is connected board d line d channel d call d s C02 Call Terminated The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected Table 187 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started Ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP Starting The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening 468 Appendix O Log Descriptions P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 187 PPP Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing Ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing Table 188 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firew
556. upports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation Note SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured Chapter 21 Remote Management Configuration 313 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 168 SNMP Management Model MANAGER An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next
557. ur Computer s IP Address sees 373 ll 300200 373 eroe 00O N diete EU m 376 dur ele P OS Paan 381 Table of Contents 21 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide iuc vii 1852 m NE 383 E T EE pias cu ERA ba RENE INCURIA MR ARE Po LUE KI SR PLU QUEE EA Cod REN ERLIS UMOR N 384 Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting 1 esiuanssestt sten ink n dn tan Sn uM FERME ER MR inaianei 389 ntoducion to IF ACIOS c de 389 SUONA MASKE iiia o p ed NOE 391 SE E eee nee ine E AE EE A E AA E I EE E EEE E EE 391 Example TWO CUBIST M 392 Example Four SUDNE S sisii naai Kada i usu Veena aaa a aa eis Mus 393 eamp EDM UE mE 394 Subnetting With Class A and Class B Networks sseeem 395 Appendix F Wireless LI S iuisesisnis kon na kkt ho uou Mh CHR ER CHR ERE CRURA CRERKERUKKSSERNAKSEKKERA LEE ROKAN raa aio RIVERS 397 Wireless LAN TPIS mM cT 397 MILII 399 ERE E 399 aspe Ic sb 400 miM ER 401 IEEE 802 1g Wireless LAN uei ti easi REPRE R riu bp Ea sai dk 401 EEE PUZ eee mau cence ee 402 SIBI c 402 Tepos of Jubii el aoa ddr Ua Eher FIR EE ERELA UE S R4 dr Ea ped T Ml S a dad 403 WV PB 2 m 405 Security Parameters Su iglbyl ersin terr rapti bai La pad d s dtu id oda tus UV UR 407 Appe
558. ur ZyXEL Device dials the secondary phone number if available Some areas require dialing the pound sign before the phone number for local calls Include a symbol at the beginning of the phone numbers as required Dial Backup Port Use the drop down list box to select the speed of the connection between the dial Speed backup port and the external device Available speeds are 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 or 230400 bps AT Command Type the AT command string to initialize the WAN device Consult the manual of Initial String your WAN device connected to your dial backup port for specific AT commands Chapter 5 WAN Setup 103 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 28 WAN Backup Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Advanced Modem Setup Click the Edit button to display the Advanced Modem Setup screen and edit the details of your dial backup setup TCP IP Options Metric This field sets this route s priority among the three routes the ZyXEL Device uses normal traffic redirect and dial backup Type a number 1 to 15 to set the priority of the dial backup route for data transmission The smaller the number the higher the priority If the three routes have the same metrics the priority of the routes is as follows WAN Traffic Redirect Dial Backup Enable SUA Network Address Translation NAT allows the translation of an Internet protocol address used within one network to
559. ure 215 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configuration sissitoiminnan 374 Figure 216 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address 2 aiiis tene tane 375 Figure 217 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration 376 Figure 216 Windows XF Sant ng m 377 Figure 219 Windows XP Conirol Panel 5 5 e i rdi on Hon Rais ae eb de RU LIS 377 Figure 220 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties 378 Figure 221 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties ncociietee tttm cente tee tke 378 Figure 222 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties seeseese 379 Figure 223 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properes sies peii rhe R PLI rer Rn ad gie Rdacn 380 Figure 224 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties sseeeeses 381 Figure 225 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu ssssssssssssseeeemeemeennenen nnne 382 Figure 226 Macintosh OS 8 9 TOPAP scala crssscrnbvcannteblete be PPP RESP IN PIRE bed a Rx PH FO SEND INA 382 Figure 227 Macintosh OS Ac Apple Mer uis oot Hep ed FEE P LIIS innnan iaa nnanet 383 Figure 220 Macimtosh OS PM cate dave 384 Figure 229 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices useesesss 385 Figure 230 Red Har 9 0 KDE Ethemet Device General usin aci tet tae 385 Figure 231 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS serere 386 Figure 232 Red H
560. urity Mode Choose No Security from the drop down list box Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup 7 5 2 WEP Encryption Screen In order to configure and enable WEP encryption click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 129 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 64 Wireless Static WEP Encryption Wireless Setup IV Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Security Security Mode Static WEP Passphrase fvoluyvclc Generate WEP Key 292325f9e4 q Note The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit respectively Your wireless client must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5 13 or 29 characters or Please type exactly 10 26 or 58 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters a f or A F Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 39 Wireless Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box
561. use for this VPN tunnel You must have certificates already configured in the My Certificates screen Click My Certificates to go to the My Certificates screen where you can view the ZyXEL Device s list of certificates Chapter 16 VPN Screens 251 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 16 12 Table 94 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum secu
562. use short preamble when all wireless stations support it otherwise the AP uses long preamble Note The AP and the wireless stations MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 163 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5111 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Appendix F Wireless LANs 401 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are User based identification that allows for roaming Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network R
563. using UPnP 22 2 1 Configuring UPnP Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next See Section 22 1 on page 321 for more information Figure 173 Configuring UPnP UPnP Setup Device Name ZyXEL P662HW D1 Internet Sharing Gateway Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Allow UPnP to pass through Firewall d Note For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP Apply Cancel 322 Chapter 22 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 133 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Active the Universal Plug and Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone could use Play UPnP Feature a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to configuration changes automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can through UPnP communicate through the ZyXEL Device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manual
564. ust create user groups and accounts each person user on the network Each person must log into the system before they can gain access to the Internet Each user group will hold the details access rights and privileges and time schedule for the associated user accounts The ZyXEL Device enforces these access restrictions Figure 115 Content Access Control with WLAN Application m Internet Y 14 1 2 Configuration Steps To activate and set up Content Access Control on the ZyXEL Device you must do the following tasks 1 Create four user groups with access restrictions and schedule 2 Create user accounts and associate the user accounts to a user group Chapter 14 Content Access Control 215 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 14 2 Activating CAC and Creating User Groups From the main menu click Security gt Content Access Control and General to open the configuration screen Use this screen to activate Content Access Control and set up the four user groups Note You must set up all four user groups Figure 116 Content Access Control General General General Group List Active Content Access Control Idle Timeout Click the Register button to register and subscribe this unit for content filtering service Click the Activate button to activate a previously active subscription Content Filtering Service Register Activate 10 min Time Service Web Browsing E E
565. ut blank Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help egak gt A A Qsearch GFavorites History Eh 3 m SO c Address amp https 192 168 1 1 2 When Authenticate Client Certificates is selected on the ZyXEL Device the following screen asks you to select a personal certificate to send to the ZyXEL Device This screen displays even if you only have a single certificate as in the example Appendix G Importing Certificates 417 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 259 SSL Client Authentication Client Authentication 3 You next see the ZyXEL Device login screen Figure 260 ZyXEL Device Secure Login Screen 418 Appendix G Importing Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide APPENDIX H Command Interpreter The following describes how to use the command interpreter Note Use of undocumented commands or misconfiguration can damage the unit and possibly render it unusable Command Syntax The command keywords are in courier new font Enter the command keywords exactly as shown do not abbreviate The required fields in a command are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt The optional fields in a command are enclosed in square brackets The arrow gt indicates that a command continues from the line above The symbol means or For example sys filter netbios config type onJoff means that you must specify the type of netb
566. uter Name n Windows 95 98 click Start Settings Control Panel Network Click the Identification tab note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows 2000 click Start Settings Control Panel and then double click System Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button Note the entry for the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows XP click start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL Device System Name 23 1 2 General Setup The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen Chapter 23 System 333 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 188 System General Setup System Setup System Mame Domain Name Administrator Inactivity Timer Password User Password New Password Retype to confirm Admin Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm A Caution m m 60 minutes 0 means no timeout m m Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten
567. utgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201025 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201026 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 Menu 3 5 Wireless LAN Setup SMT Menu 3 5 FIN FN PVA INPUT 30500001 ESSID Wireless 30500002 Hide ESSID lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30500003 Channel ID 1121314 516 7 2 1 819 110 11112 13 442 Appendix M Internal SPTGEN P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 171 Menu 3 SMT Menu 3 continued 30500004 RTS Threshold 0 2432 2432 30500005 FRAG Threshold lt 256 2432 gt 2432 30500006 WEP lt 0 DISABLE 0 1 64 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 30500007 Default Key lt 1 2 3 4 gt 0 30500008 WEP Keyl 30500009 WEP Key2 E 30500010 WEP Key3 30500011 WEP Key4 30500012 Wlan Active lt 0 Disable 0 1 Enable gt MENU 3 5 1 WLAN MAC ADDRESS FILTER SMT MENU 3 5 1 FIN FN PVA INPUT 30501001 Mac Filter Active lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30501002 Filter Action lt 0 Allow 0 1 Deny gt 30501003 Address 1 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 30501004 Address 2 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 30501005 Address 3 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 Continued 30501034 Address 32 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 Table 172 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup SMT Men
568. vKRfeBtli1TUwjl5Dc JB6dVqa47KJ OlYSOGSGPIhpWypNxadUuGyJzJv5PMrl Yn1lEjySeJbW3HRukORhOY3HRrJi1Dobo GYrVhWzVeBaVounICjjrSiQTTS3NUKkxOFOhuSHjSiiwWMuXeLsdsflJGrCVNukM57 Back Export Apply Cancel 278 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 107 Trusted CA Details Check incoming certificates issued by this CA against a CRL LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates that are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Clear this check box to have the ZyXEL Device not check incoming certificates that are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s certificate and a list of certification authority certificates that shows the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the end entity s certificate If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the
569. ve the file on a management computer for later manual enrollment You can copy and paste a certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste a certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name except in the case of a self signed certificate which you can also set to be the default self signed certificate that signs the imported trusted remote host certificates Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen 17 8 Trusted CAs Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen This screen displays a summary list of certificates of the certification authorities that you have set the ZyXEL Device to accept as trusted The ZyXEL Device accepts any valid certificate signed by a certification authority on this list as being trustworthy thus you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these certification authorities Chapter 17 Certificates 275 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 145 Trusted CAs Trusted CAs Trusted CAs PKI Storage Space in Use
570. vent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS CTS directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake If the RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see next then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Note Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy Fragmentation Threshold A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data frag
571. ver Port This field displays the default server port number of the protocol that you select in the Access Protocol field You may change the server port number if needed however you must use the same server port number that the directory server uses 389 is the default server port number for LDAP Login Setting Login The ZyXEL Device may need to authenticate itself in order to assess the directory server Type the login name up to 31 ASCII characters from the entity maintaining the directory server usually a certification authority Password Type the password up to 31 ASCII characters from the entity maintaining the directory server usually a certification authority Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen and return to the Directory Servers screen 1 At the time of writing LDAP is the only choice of directory server access protocol 288 Chapter 17 Certificates P 662H HW D Series User s Guide CHAPTER 18 Static Route This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyXEL Device 18 1 Static Route Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected and the ZyXEL Device has no knowledge of the networks beyond For instance the ZyXEL Device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node Router 1 However the ZyXEL Device is unable to route a packet to network N3
572. vice This chapter applies to the P 662HW D models only 7 1 Wireless Network Overview The following figure provides an example of a wireless network Figure 61 Example of a Wireless Network The wireless network is the part in the blue circle In this wireless network devices A and B use the access point AP to interact with the other devices such as the printer or with the Internet Your ZyXEL Device is the AP Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines Every device in the same wireless network must use the same SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network It stands for Service Set IDentity Iftwo wireless networks overlap they should use a different channel Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information Chapter 7 Wireless LAN 123 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Every device in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the AP Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network 7 2 Wireless Security Overview The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 7 2 1 SSID Normally the ZyXEL Device acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the Z
573. vices LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the number of your customized port Click a rule s number of a service to go to a Screen where you can configure or edit a customized service See Section 11 6 3 on page 191 for more information Name This is the name of your customized service Protocol This shows the IP protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized service Port This is the port number or range that defines your customized service Back Click Back to return the Firewall Edit Rule screen 190 Chapter 11 Firewall Configuration P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 11 6 3 Configuring A Customized Service Click a rule number in the Firewall Customized Services screen to create a new custom port or edit an existing one This action displays the following screen Refer to Section 10 1 on page 169 for more information Figure 99 Firewall Configure Customized Services Config Service Name Service Type TCP s Port Configuration Type single C Port Range Port Number From a To o Cancel Delete The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 68 Firewall Configure Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Name Type a unique name for your custom port Service Type Choose the IP port TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized port from the drop down list box Port Configuration Type Click Single
574. wireless features in this guide pertain to the P 662HW Dx series only Models ending in 1 for example P 662HW D1 denote a device that works over the analog telephone system POTS Plain Old Telephone Service Models ending in 3 denote a device that works over ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network Models ending in 7 denote a device that works over T ISDN UR 2 Note Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device 1 1 1 Features of the ZyXEL Device The following sections describe the features of the ZyXEL Device Note See the product specifications in the appendix for detailed features and standards support Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device 41 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide High Speed Internet Access The ZyXEL Device is an ADSL router compatible with the ADSL ADSL2 ADSL2 standards Maximum data rates attainable for each standard are shown in the next table Table 1 ADSL Standards Pa UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM ADSL 832 kbps 8Mbps ADSL2 3 5Mbps 12Mbps ADSL2 3 5Mbps 24Mbps Note If your ZyXEL Device does not support Annex M the maximum ADSL2 2 upstream data rate is 1 2 Mbps ZyXEL Devices which work over ISDN do not support Annex M The standard your ISP supports determines the maximum upstream and downstream speeds attainable Actual speeds attained also depend on the distance from your ISP li
575. x D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Ifyou have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields e Click Advanced Figure 222 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically C Use the following DNS server addresses 6 If you do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add In TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add e Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and
576. xpressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment IMPORTANT NOTE FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator amp your body This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 4 Certifications P 662H HW D Series User s Guide ZyXEL Communications Corporation declared that P 662H HW D is limited in CH1 11 from 2400 to 2483 5 MHz by specified firmware controlled in USA Viewing Certifications 1 Go to www zyxel com 2 Select your product from the drop down list box on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page Certifications 5 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Safety Warnings For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions To reduce the risk of fire use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel can service the device Please contact your vendor for further information Use ONLY the dedicated power supply for your
577. y atd owt tewath ata NMBR CONNECT lt Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 29 WAN Dial Backup Modem Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION AT Command Strings Dial Type the AT Command string to make a call Example atdt Drop Type the AT Command string to drop a call represents a one second wait for example ath can be used if your modem has a slow response time Answer Type the AT Command string to answer a call Example ata Drop DTR When _ Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device drop the DTR Data Terminal Hang Up Ready signal after the AT Command String Drop is sent out AT Response Strings CLID Type the keyword that precedes the CLID Calling Line Identification in the AT response string This lets the ZyXEL Device capture the CLID in the AT response string that comes from the WAN device CLID is required for CLID authentication Example NUBR Called ID Type the keyword preceding the dialed number Speed Type the keyword preceding the connection speed Example CONNECT Call Control Dial Timeout Type a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to try to set up an outgoing call before timing out stopping Example 60 Retry Count Type a number of times for the ZyXEL Device to retry a busy or no answer phone number before blacklisting the number Example 0 106 Chapter 5 WAN Setup
578. y assign a WPA KOY inepti Sepp a 75 3 3 2 Manually assign a WPA PSK Key ssscssecssssssarciscnsancesssnssacccisdcnaaersntoanaanerieaan 75 co Manually assign WEP Key iiscecccideru ci soe a atixd orca nnana eai add 76 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard ccecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeseeeseeeeeeneeeenes 79 Siren S EATA OAE EN 00 T 79 4 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services sssssssss 79 4 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup ssssssssssssee 80 Chapter 5 WAN GOP me M R 85 I cippo C1 EO ESSERE 85 ST BUEAPSOBIUDDL oco pobre o Tie t e de bon e t a set io oc POI II 85 NN A a l De ern PK en TerU errs 85 Bel PPP Oyar EENEI qe 85 EE Vk PPP 86 Bel ARP PGS MuR RERO 86 OLA SING e 86 5 1 2 1 VC based Multiplexing 2n ie terere E npa QUE ta biu LR aa 86 5 1 22 LAE USUS oo 86 5 13 VP SUO VOL uosciitendtixskvrtbbs S EEAEOBASEEEREA ESSERE TS NER FU SF EE YR HUUN FE RIG I SEA d 86 5 1 4 IF Address Assignment essaie ed uasa aie ka bad EUR LEbR2 RUE FUB EA eXR Lb ER aq UR EB baa dun 87 5 1 4 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation 87 5 1 4 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation 87 5 1 4 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation 87 5 1 5 Nailed Up Connection PPP scc
579. y it appropriately This requires integrating the firewall into a broad information security policy In addition specific policies must be implemented within the firewall itself Refer to Section 11 5 on page 184 to configure default firewall settings Refer to Section 11 6 on page 185 to view firewall rules Refer to Section 11 6 1 on page 187 to configure firewall rules Refer to Section 11 6 2 on page 190 to configure a custom service Refer to Section 11 10 3 on page 200 to configure firewall thresholds 10 2 Types of Firewalls There are three main types of firewalls Packet Filtering Firewalls Application level Firewalls Stateful Inspection Firewalls 10 2 1 Packet Filtering Firewalls Packet filtering firewalls restrict access based on the source destination computer network address of a packet and the type of application Chapter 10 Firewalls 169 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide 10 2 2 Application level Firewalls Application level firewalls restrict access by serving as proxies for external servers Since they use programs written for specific Internet services such as HTTP FTP and telnet they can evaluate network packets for valid application specific data Application level gateways have a number of general advantages over the default mode of permitting application traffic directly to internal hosts Information hiding prevents the names of internal systems from being made known via DNS to outside system
580. yXEL Device does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 7 2 2 MAC Address Filter Every device that can use a wireless network has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A0C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each device in the wireless network see the device s User s Guide or other documentation You can use the MAC address filter to tell the ZyXEL Device which devices are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a device is allowed to use the wireless network it still has to have the correct information SSID channel and security If a device is not allowed to use the wireless network it does not matter if it has the correct information This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device Then they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network 7 2 3 User Authentication You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can u
581. you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in Red Hat Linux 9 0 Procedure screens and file location may vary depending on your Linux distribution and release version 384 Appendix D Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Note Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator Using the K Desktop Environment KDE Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address using the KDE 1 Click the Red Hat button located on the bottom left corner select System Setting and click Network Figure 229 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices Iw Network Configuration ex File Profile Help S B vw x New Edit Copy Delete Activate Deactivate Devices Hardware DNS Hosts et You may configure network devices associated with a LES physical hardware here Multiple logical devices can be associated with a single piece of hardware Profile Status Device Nickname Type X Inactive f ethO ethO Ethernet a Edit Device 2 Double click on the profile of the network card you wish to configure The Ethernet Device General screen displays as shown Figure 230 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Ethernet Device General Ethernet Device mx General Route Hardware Device Nickname eth0 4 Activate device when computer starts Allow all users to enable and disable the device amp Automatically obtain IP
582. you want the remote IPSec router to be able to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses When you select DNS or E mail in the Local ID Type field type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify this ZyXEL Device in the local Content field Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See the chapter on WAN for details on dial backup and traffic redirect 250 Chapter 16 VPN Screens P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Table 94 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Peer ID Type Select IP to identify the remote IPSec router by its IP address Select DNS to identify the remote IPSec router by a domain name Select E mail to identify the remote IPSec router by an e mail address Content The configuration of the peer content depends on
583. your password Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 134 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION General Setup System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain name Administrator Inactivity Timer Type how many minutes a management session either via the web configurator or CLI Command Line Interpreter can be left idle before the session times out The default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle not recommended Password User Password If you log in with the user password you can only view the ZyXEL Device status The default user password is user New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the p
584. zard Setup for Internet Access This chapter provides information on the Wizard Setup screens for Internet access in the web configurator 3 1 Introduction Use the Wizard Setup screens to configure your system for Internet access with the information given to you by your ISP Note See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 3 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the admin password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon f in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 18 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 65 P 662H HW D Series User s Guide Figure 19 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP ou through the mc figuration n broken down into te which may 3 The wizard attempts to detect which WAN connection type you are using If the wizard detects your connection type and your ISP uses PPPoE or PPPoA go to Section 3 2 1 on page 67 The screen varies depending on the connection type you use If the wizard does not detect a connection type and the following screen appears see Figure 20 on page 66 check your hardware conne

ZyXEL 802.11g User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents